moe, forms and cpm issue 3 from 01.03.2011 revision 00 from 01.03.2011

MAINTENANCE ORGANIZATION EXPOSITION (MOE)

PROPERTY OF “ROSSIYA AIRLINES” OPEN JOINT STOCK COMPANY. NO COPIES WITHOUT WRITTEN AUTHORISATION

Issue No 3 Issue date 01 Mar 2011 Revision No 00 Revision Date: Page No 0.1

MAINTENANCE ORGANIZATION EXPOSITION Certificate No. EASA.145.0331

“ROSSIYA AIRLINES” OPEN JOINT STOCK COMPANY

Pilotov street 18/4, Saint-Petersburg, 196210 Russian Federation Tel: +78127041764 Fax: +78127041764

Manual serial No. 1 Issued to: Competent Authority Prepared and maintained by Maintenance Quality division




PART 0 INTRODUCTION Section Title Pages MOE title 0.1 Title page 0.2 0.1 Record of revisions 0.3 0.2 List of holders 0.4 0.3 List of effective pages 0.5-0.7 0.4 Revision pages 0.8-0.9 0.5 Abbreviations 0.10-0.13 0.6 Definitions 0.14-0.15 0.7 List of applicable documents 0.16




Part: 0. INTRODUCTION Section: 0.1 RECORD OF REVISIONS

Manual holder Supervisor Competent Authority Retain this record in the manual. Upon receipt of revisions, insert revised pages; enter the revision number, revision date, insertion date, and name of the person incorporating the revision in the appropriate block of the table below.

Revision No Revision date Revision insertion date Performed by Signature




Part: 0. INTRODUCTION Section: 0.2 LIST OF HOLDERS

Doc. No Holder

1 French OSAC

2 Bermuda DCA

3 «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Maintenance Quality division




Part: 0. INTRODUCTION Section: 0.3 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Page N° Issue Revision Date Page N° Issue Revision Date

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9

0.10 0.11 0.12 0.13 0.14 0.15 0.16 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9

1.10 1.11 1.12 1.13 1.14 1.15 1.16 1.17 1.18 1.19 1.20 1.21 1.22 1.23 1.24

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00

01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011

1.25 1.26 1.27 1.28 1.29 1.30 1.31 1.32 1.33 1.34 1.35 1.36 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9

2.10 2.11 2.12 2.13 2.14 2.15 2.16 2.17 2.18 2.19 2.20 2.21 2.22 2.23 2.24 2.25 2.26 2.27 2.28

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00

01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011






2.29 2.30 2.31 2.32 2.33 2.34 2.35 2.36 2.37 2.38 2.39 2.40 2.41 2.42 2.43 2.44 2.45 2.46 2.47 2.48 2.49 2.50 2.51 2.52 2.53 2.54 2.55 2.56 2.57 2.58 2.59 2.60 2.61 2.62 2.63 2.64 2.65 2.66 2.67

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00

01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011

L2.1 L2.2 L2.3 L2.4 L2.5 L2.6 L2.7 L2.8 L2.9

L2.10 L2.11 L2.12 L2.13 L2.14 L2.15 L2.16 L2.17

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00

01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011






3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9

3.10 3.11 3.12 3.13 3.14 3.15 3.16 3.17 3.18 3.19 3.20 3.21 3.22 3.23 3.24 3.25 3.26 3.27 3.28 3.29 3.30 3.31

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00

01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011

4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8 5.9

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00

01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011 01 Mar 2011




Part: 0. INTRODUCTION Section: 0.4 REVISION PAGES

Issue No. 3 Date: 01st

of March 2011

Revision No. 00 Date: Type of Revision: Minor Major

Pages cancelled Pages inserted Contents

All All First issue 37 39 Revision No. 01 All All Second issue 22 24 Revision No. 01 12 12 Revision No. 02 26 34 Revision No. 03 81 82 Revision No. 04 13 13 Revision No. 05 49 54 Revision No. 06 24 27 Revision No. 07 19 19 Revision No. 08 30 32 Revision No. 09 56 56 Revision No. 10 43 45 Revision No. 11 All All Third issue

V




Part: 0. INTRODUCTION Section: 0.5 ABBREVIATIONS

AC, A/C Alternating Current, Aircraft AD Airworthiness Directive AFM Aircraft Flight Manual AMC Acceptable Means of Compliance AMM Aircraft Maintenance Manual AMO Aircraft Maintenance Organization AOG Aircraft On the Ground APU Auxiliary Power Unit ARD Airplane Recovery Document ATA Air Transport Association ATR Aircraft Technical Record AWB Air Way Bill BITE Built-In Test System BMCE Base Maintenance Certifying Engineer CAA Civil Aviation Authority CD Compact Disc CDCCL Critical Design Configuration Control Limitations CDL Configuration Deviation List CL Calibration Laboratory CMM Component Maintenance Manual CPCP Corrosion Prevention & Control Program CPM Company Procedures Manual, Corrosion Prevention Manual CRS Certificate of Release to Service CS Certifying Staff CYC Cycle DC Direct Current DIR Deferred Item Record





EASA European Aviation Safety Agency EB Engine Borescope EFTB Engine Fan Trim Balance EGHD Engine Ground Handling ERU Engine Run Up ESD Electrostatic Sensitive Device ETOPS Extended Range Twin Engine Operations EWIS Electrical Wiring Interconnection Systems EXP Expire FAA Federal Aviation Administration FC Flight Cycles FD Foreign Object Damage FH Flight Hours FIM Fault Isolation Manual FRM Fault Reporting Manual GLB Ground Log Book GM Guidance Material GMT Greenwich Mean Time GSE Ground Support Equipment HC Hard Copy ICA Instructions for ICAO International Civil Aviation Organization

Continued Airworthiness

ID Identification Data IPC Illustrated Parts Catalog IT Information Technology





JAA Joint Airworthiness Authorities JAR OPS Joint Airworthiness Requirements for Operator JAR Joint Airworthiness Requirements JC Job Card JIC Job Instruction Card JO Job Order JPM Joint Procedure Manual JS Job Sheet LMCM Line Maintenance Certifying Mechanic LMCT Line Maintenance Certifying Technician MD Maintenance Department MCT Maintenance Certifying Technician ME Maintenance Engineering MEL Minimum Equipment List MFEP Maintenance Facility & Equipment Planning MI Measuring Instruments MJC Maintenance Job Card MM Maintenance Messages MMEL Master Minimum Equipment List MNHRS Man Hours MOE Maintenance Organization Exposition MPD Maintenance Planning Documents MQD Maintenance Quality Division MRB Maintenance Review Board MS Maintenance Schedule, Member State N/A Not Applicable NAA National Aviation Authority NAS National Aerospace Standard NDT Non Destructive Testing NDTM Non Destructive Testing Manual NR Not Relevant NTO No Technical Objection





OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer OHM Overhaul Manual OJSC Open Joint Stock Company OJT On Job Training P/N Part Number PO Purchase Order PPBU Power Plant Buildup Manual PPCD Planning Production and Control Department PVC Plasticized Polyvinyl Chloride QCD Quality Control Department QI Quality Inspector QMD Quality Management Department QTY Quantity S/N Serial Number SB Service Bulletin SDR Sheet of Defect Rectification SII Single Inspection Item SL Service Letter SPM Standard Practices Manual SRM Structure Repair Manual SSID Supplemental Structural Inspection Document SSM System Schematic Manual SUP Suspected Unapproved Parts TM Training Manual WAMD Western Aircraft Maintenance Division WDM Wiring Diagram Manual WO Work Order WP Work Package




Part: 0. INTRODUCTION Section: 0.6 DEFINITIONS

Accountable manager means the manager who has corporate authority for ensuring that all maintenance required for customer can be financed and carried out to the standard required by this Part. The Accountable manager may delegate in writing to another person in the organization. Aircraft means any machine that can derive support in the atmosphere from the reactions of the air other than reactions of the air against the earth’s surface Approved Maintenance Organization means maintenance organization approved in accordance with Part-145 requirements by competent authority. Such an organization may be established at more than one location whether or not within the territory of the Member States. Authorised release certificate means Part-145 Authorised Release Certificate of an aircraft/aircraft component or Certificate of Conformity for a standard component or material (EASA Form 1, or equivalent as per AMC.145.A.42). Certifying staff means personnel responsible for the release of an aircraft or a component after maintenance. Component means any engine, propeller, part or appliance. Continuing airworthiness means all of the processes ensuring that, at any time in its operating life, the aircraft complies with the airworthiness requirements in force and is in a condition for safe operation. Customer means recipient of a product provided by the Supplier. Hangar maintenance means maintenance tasks associated with A-checks (or equivalent). Heavy A-check (or equivalent) means any scope of activity (planned) requires more than:

- 90 Man Hours of labor intensity and / or - 48 hours of duration.

Human factors means principles which apply to aeronautical design, certification, training, operations and maintenance and which seek safe interface between the human and other system components by proper consideration of human performance.




Part: 0. INTRODUCTION Section: 0.6 DEFINITIONS

Human performance means human capabilities and limitations which have an impact on the safety and efficiency of aeronautical operations. Inspection means the examination of an aircraft/aircraft component to establish conformity with an approved standard. Line maintenance means any maintenance up to but excluding A-checks (or equivalent). Light A-check (or equivalent) means any scope of activity (planned) requires less than or equal to:

- 90 Man Hours of labor intensity and / or - 48 hours of duration.

Maintenance means any one or combination of overhaul, repair, inspection, replacement, modification or defect rectification of an aircraft or component, with the exception of pre-flight inspection. Manufactured means production of a new part / component in conformity with an approved standard. Measuring Instrument means all of the measuring equipment, instruments, measurement standards, reference materials, auxiliary apparatus that are necessary to carry out a measurement. Pre-flight inspection means the inspection carried out before flight to ensure that the aircraft is fit for the intended flight. Subcontractor is organization that provides a product to the Supplier. Supplier is organization that provides product to the Customer.




Part: 0. INTRODUCTION Section: 0.7 LIST OF APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS

Commission regulation (EC) No 2042/2003 of 20 November 2003 EASA ED Decision No 2003/19/RM of 28 November 2003 Company Procedures Manual (CPM), including: P.2.1.1 Supplier approval procedure P.2.1.2 Sub-contractor approval procedure P.2.2 Receiving inspection procedure P.2.3.1 Spare parts and materials order procedures P.2.3.2 Routable repair procedures P.2.3.3 Storage procedures P.2.3.4 Electrostatic sensitive devices protection procedure P.2.4 Tool receiving and storage procedure P.2.7 Environmental conditions and cleanliness standard for maintenance facilities P.2.8 Maintenance data management procedure P.2.9.1 Battery maintenance procedure P.2.9.2 Wheels and brakes maintenance procedure P.2.9.3 Galley equipment maintenance procedure P.2.9.4 Oxygen equipment maintenance procedure P.2.10 Production and planning control procedure P.2.13 Work package establishment procedure P.2.15 Defect rectification procedure P.2.16 Release to service procedure P.2.17 Swap / change over (robbery) of serviceable components between Member States registered aircraft

procedure P.2.23 Control of critical tasks procedure P.2.29 NDT activity P.3.0 Staff qualification procedure P.3.1 Quality audit procedure P.3.3 Corrective action procedure P.3.7 Inspector’s duties delegation procedure




PART 1: MANAGEMENT Section Title Pages No Title page 1.1 1.1 Corporate commitment by the accountable manager 1.2 1.2 Safety and Quality policy 1.3 1.3 Management personnel 1.4 1.4 Duties and responsibilities of management personnel 1.5-1.9 1.5 Management organization chart 1.10-1.16 1.6 List of certifying staff and B1 and B2 support staff 1.17 1.7 Manpower resources 1.18 1.8 General description of the facilities 1.19-1.28 1.9 Organizations intended scope of work 1.29 – 1.31 1.10 Notification procedure to the competent authority regarding changes to the organization’s activities / approval / location / personnel 1.32 1.11 Exposition amendment procedures including delegated procedures 1.33-1.36

MAINTENANCE ORGANIZATION RO SIYA EXPOSITION (MOE)

RUSSIAN A'RL'N~---------------------------'-

Issue No 3 Issue date 01 Mru- 20 I I Revision No no Revision Date: Page No 1.2

Part: 1. MANAGEMENT Section: 1.1 CORPORATE COMMITMENT BY THE ACCOUNTABLE MANAGER

Tbis exposition defines the organization and procedures upon which the Competent Au hority approval of' Rossiya airlines" open joint stock company under Part- l 45 is based. These procedures are approved by the undersigned and must be compl ied with as applicable in order to ensure that all maintenance of aircraft is carried out on time to an approve standard. It is accepted that these procedures do not override the necessity of comp lying with any new or amended regulation published by the Competent Authority from time to time where these new or amended regulations are in conflict with these proced ures. [t is understood that the Competent Authority wi ll approve thi s organization whilst the Competent Authority is satisfied that the procedures are being fol lowed and the work standard maintained. It is understood that the Competent Authority will be granted with access to the organization to d termine continued compliance with Part145. It is understood that the Competent Authority reserves the right to suspend, vary or revoke the Competent Authority maintenance system approval of the organi tion, as applicabl e, if the Competent Authority was not granted with access to organization or has evidence that procedures are not fo llowed and the standards not uphe ld .

Date:

Signature:

~ Mr. Vladimir Ershov, Accountable manager and Tech ni cal Director for and behalfof"Rossiya ai rlines" open joi nt

stock company Western Aircraft Maint nance Division.

"Rossiya airlines" open joint stock company General Director's statement. [ confi rm that Mr. Vladim ir Ershov - Technical Director of "Rossiya ai rl ines' open joint stock company has been Accountable manager for Part-145 purpose, has overall responsibility for performing aircraft mai ntenance under Part-145 requirements and has the financial responsibility for all ai rcraft maintenance arrangements.

Date:

Mr. Sergey Be lov. General Director 0 f " Ref.ai rl i nos" open j oi nt stock com pany.

PROPERTY OF "ROSS IYA AIRLI NES" OPEN JOINT ST CK OMPANY. NO COPI ES WITHOUT WRrTIEN AUTHORI S TrON




Part: 1. MANAGEMENT Section: 1.2 SAFETY AND QUALITY POLICY

“Rossiya airlines” open joint stock company (hereafter «Rossiya airlines» OJSC) Western Aircraft Maintenance Division (hereafter WAMD) main goal is to maintain aircraft for internal and external customers of a high standard, timely and with respect to Part-145 requirements: using properly trained staff, appropriate documentation, procedures, instructions, facilities, etc. After maintenance aircraft is in airworthiness condition, dependable and reliable for specified time interval. It is done using proper quality system. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC recognizes safety as a prime consideration at all times for all the staff and ensures that safety standards are not reduced by commercial imperatives. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC applies principles of human factors in order to improve the whole quality system and besides this trains all «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD personnel on human factors issues and performs continuation training relative to human factors as well. Quality and safety standards are responsibility of all personnel and it is the duty of all personnel to comply with this policy and with all procedures and regulations, to strive to both maintain and improve quality standards at every opportunity. All personnel are encouraged to report maintenance related errors and incidents to Maintenance Quality manager. In such case no any penalties should be applied to such personnel. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC makes available all tools and equipment, sufficient instructions and time to carry out maintenance to the personnel, when needed, in accordance with the procedures and sets suitable work environment to attract and keep competent and motivated personnel. Surveillance of quality is responsibility of Maintenance Quality division. Maintenance Quality division is responsible for «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD quality assurance including independent audit system, conformity with Part-145 requirements and ensures that aircraft is in airworthiness condition after performed maintenance. Fulfill the quality requirements and provide confidence for this fulfillment internal and external assures it, as well as continuous quality improvements. The powerful tool is performing routine and unplanned audits in accordance with Annual Audit Plan with control of follow up system concerning corrections. All «Rossiya airlines» OJSC personnel should cooperate with quality auditor. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC is opened, honest and improvement oriented organization, seeking to look out a good resource use and pays serious attention to carry out correct maintenance at the first attempt. Only by providing the standard of quality and service demanded by our customers and constantly striving to maintain and improve the standard, can «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD continue to be a respected provider of service. The basic quality requirements to achieve the standard are laid down in the MOE.




Part: 1. MANAGEMENT Section: 1.3 MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL

1.3.1 Management personnel (first level) ACCOUNTABLE MANAGER Mr. V. Ershov In case of absence the Chief of Western Aircraft Maintenance Division A. Pivovarov will act for the Accountable manager. MAINTENANCE QUALITY MANAGER Mr. I. Tylesov In case of absence the Chief of Quality Management department E. Bulyshchenko will act for the Maintenance Quality manager. CHIEF OF WESTERN AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE DIVISION Mr. A. Pivovarov In case of absence the Maintenance department manager N. Chernyshov will act for the chief of western aircraft maintenance division. 1.3.2 Acceptance of the management personnel The Part-145 requires that all managers specified above to be identified and credentials submitted on EASA Form 4 to the Competent Authority. EASA Form 4 or equivalent is at disposition of Competent Authority. Responsibility for EASA Form 4 creation, update and submission to the Competent Authority goes to Maintenance Quality manager. Accountable manager should demonstrate a basic understanding of Part-145 and the responsibilities associated with being Accountable manager. The rest managers should have relevant knowledge and satisfactory experience related to aircraft maintenance as appropriate in accordance with the relevant Competent Authority, full member of EASA, regulations. Also they must demonstrate working knowledge of Part-145 requirements.




Part: 1. MANAGEMENT Section: 1.4 DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL

1.4.1 Accountable manager The technical director is the Accountable manager for Part-145 purposes. The technical director reports to the «Rossiya airlines» OJSC general director. He is first responsible for: - Taking into account the statement by Accountable manager on the compliance with the Part-145; - Establishing and supporting the safety and quality policy; - Nomination of management personnel; - Assuring that maintenance is carried out in accordance with requirements of Part-145 / Competent

Authority and organization procedures; - Validation of the application of evolution of approval before submission to the Authority (EASA Form 2 or

equivalent); - Review the total progress of quality audits, corrective actions and overall quality results; - To make sure that the Authority has free access to the organization; - Developing the annual budget to perform the work in accordance with Part-145, pay the fees as required by

Competent Authority; - Ensuring to the Competent Authority that all required maintenance can be financed; - Availability of human resources, tools, materials, facilities as required by work scheduled according to

chapter 1.9.; - Determining what maintenance is required, when it has to be performed and by whom and to what standard,

in order to ensure the continued airworthiness of the aircraft being operated; - Carry out responsibility for the airworthy condition of aircraft it operates and thus should be satisfied before

the intended flight that all required maintenance has been properly carried out; - Providing clear work order to the maintenance sub-contractor;





- Checking at the sub-contractor's maintenance facilities on any aspect of the contracted work if wishes to do

so to satisfy for the airworthiness of the aircraft; - Performing the contracting work in accordance with «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD MOE, modifying the

MOE in accordance with amendment procedure; - Assuring that the qualification level of the «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD personnel meets the Part-145

requirements; - Indoctrination the personnel in observing safety precautions and policies and the enforcement of those

precautions and policies relevant to those function for which they may be utilized. 1.4.3 Maintenance Quality manager Maintenance Quality manager reports to the Accountable manager. Maintenance Quality manager is in charge for monitoring organization conformity with Part-145. He is first responsible for: - Realization of independent quality system to monitor organization’s conformity to Part-145 requirements

ant organization procedures; - Monitoring of maintenance organization exposition (MOE) and company procedures manual (CPM)

procedures updating, submission revisions to the Competent Authority and monitoring their application in organization;

- Review all new procedures and procedure revisions prior to implementation for compliance to Part-145; - Approval of maintenance instructions and procedures that were created from approved maintenance data; - Writing and submission of exceptional requests to the Authorities; - Notification of the evolutions of the maintenance organization to the Authorities. Writing and submission of

the requests of amendment of approval (EASA Form 2, EASA Form 4 or equivalent); - Performing reports due to unairworthy conditions; - Management, audits performance and audit reports formalization; - Request for corrective actions from concerned senior personnel (including Accountable manager);





- Informing the Accountable manager about organization’s quality situation and serious non-compliances; - Reporting of unairworthy condition to Competent Authority; - Liaison with Competent Authority and other NAA; - Annual audit plan planning, approval and implementation, monitoring of corrective action; - Arrangement of the work of the quality auditor and assurance that they have received the appropriate

training; - Qualification of certifying staff and quality inspectors; - Arrangement of training for the certifying staff; - Preparation and update of the training course schedules, specification of training facilities; - Determination of the need for original and recurrent training of personnel consistent with the work to be

performed; - Definition of the contains, duration and delivery method of all technical training courses to fulfill the

requirements of all departments, customers and the Authority; - Approval and management vendors, suppliers and sub-contractors; - Issue, renewal and cancellation of certifying staff company authorizations, management of certifying staff

qualification records; - Collecting and analyzing feedback from continuation training courses in order to find out deficiencies in

organization’s procedures and instructions; - Safety and human factor. 1.4.4 Chief of western aircraft maintenance division The chief of western aircraft maintenance division reports to the Accountable manager. He is first responsible for:





- Definition of the approved data required for the scope of activity, checking of availability of current

maintenance data; - Keeping and maintaining technical libraries with all external and internal Maintenance Data; - Validation of the job cards have to be added; - Request to Competent Authority an aircraft maintenance tasks exemption control process; - Review and implementation of actions in response of AD, SB and SL; - Developing of instructions, task cards and job cards for aircraft maintenance; - Definition and launching of contracted maintenance tasks, follow up of subcontractors, checking the

compliance of the subcontracted tasks; - Preparation and launching of the tasks according to the work order / contract, checking that the maintenance

operations required by contract with the operator or the customer are carried out and certified in accordance with the current rules and procedures. Checking of deferred tasks;

- Issue of the documents to the customers and storage of the technical records; - Maintenance plan efficiency; - Management of aircraft and product status; - Ensuring that all maintenance activities and defect correction are done in respect and accordance with Part-

145, approved data and organization’s procedures; - Determination the WAMD strategy and policy for aircraft maintenance; - Ensuring that all maintenance of the aircraft performed on time and completed;





- Definition of the staff number required and relevant to the scope of activity, checking availability of staff at

least every three months (plan of production). Notification to the Accountable manager and Maintenance Quality manager in case of 25% lack of available man-hours versus planned man-hours over a calendar month;

- Definition of the facilities and associated means required to the scope of activity and ensuring acceptable

working conditions, checking the availability of these infrastructures (planning the use of the hangars) for maintenance to be carried out and information to the Accountable manager in case of deviation;

- Definition of the tools and equipment required to the scope of activity, supplies, checking the availability of

the tools and equipment, checking their compliance, management of the stores/grants of tooling and information to the Accountable manager in case of deviation. Management of the maintenance;

- Definition of the material required for the scope of activity, supplies, checking the availability of materials,

checking their compliance, management of the stores and information to the Accountable manager in case of deviation;

- Analyzing of repetitive defects; - Maintaining of staff qualification level; - Performing corrective and preventive actions requested by Maintenance Quality manager.




Part: 1. MANAGEMENT Section: 1.5 MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATION CHART

1.5.1 Purpose To establish the maintenance organization structure and a cross-reference guide between the manager’s titles used by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD and those some contained in Part-145. 1.5.2 Cross reference guide

«Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD title Part-145

Technical director Accountable manager

Maintenance Quality manager Quality Assurance manager

Chief of Western Aircraft Maintenance Division Maintenance manager (line, base and workshop)

Certifying staff Certifying staff

For identify of the occupants of the above positions - together with the person's relevant personal and career details follow to Part 1.3.





1.5.3 Organization sub-chart of the senior persons (first level)

Chief of western aircraft maintenance division

Andrey Pivovarov

Accountable manager Vladimir Ershov

Maintenance Quality manager

Igor Tylesov





1.5.4 Organization sub-chart – Maintenance Quality division (second level)

Maintenance Quality manager Igor Tylesov

Quality Management department

Evgeny Bulyshchenko

Quality Control department

Alexander Zverev

Personnel Qualification group

Evgeny Soganov





1.5.5 Organization sub-chart –Western aircraft maintenance division (second level)

Chief of western aircraft maintenance division

Andrey Pivovarov

Production Planning and Control department

Andrey Nikitin

Maintenance department

Nikolay Chernyshov

Stock

Victor Tuvykin

Deputy Maintenance manager

Aircraft release to service personnel (Certifying staff)

Component maintenance shop

Viacheslav Kochkin Maintenance Engineering

Battery maintenance section

Specialized NDT activity section

Wheels and brakes maintenance section

Galley equipment maintenance section

Oxygen equipment maintenance section

Hydraulic equipment maintenance section





1.5.8 General functions of the departments 1.5.8.1 Maintenance Quality division general functions 1.5.8.1.1 Quality Management department general functions - Quality management and monitoring for the compliance to EASA Part-145 requirements; - Support of existed approvals and achievement of new ones; - Monitoring of MOE and procedures applications, development of new documents; - Review all new procedures and procedure revisions prior to implementation; - Perform internal and external audits in accordance with the annual audit plan and unscheduled as well,

monitoring of corrective and preventive actions implementation, their assessment; - Coordination for SAFA (or another kinds of internal and external inspections) findings rectification; - Liaison with Competent Authority and other Authorities; - Assessment of Certifying staff and Quality inspectors qualification; - Approve Training Centers, Suppliers and Sub-contractors; - Prepare and monitor of initial and continuation training plans; - Supervise in time initial and periodical staff training, training program preparation and monitoring of its

observance; - Monitoring of airworthiness standards in accordance with legal and company requirements; - Support the quality records; - Report dangerous faults and unairworthy condition. 1.5.8.1.2 Quality Control department general functions - Perform quality inspection of maintenance process; - Monitor, supervise and control (when required) of the Required Inspection Items; - Sampling control of incoming parts and material; - Took a part in aircraft incidents investigation. 1.5.8.1.3 Personnel Certification group general functions - Support of RCAA and EASA requirements in terms of personnel qualification and licensing; - Arrangement of staff training, continuation training and licensing; - Personnel data collection and support; - Training and Continuation Training Plan support and monitoring; - Liaison with training organizations.





1.5.8.2 Maintenance department general functions - Provide the activities of “Rossiya airlines” OJSC and Customer aircraft line maintenance; - Trouble shooting and defect rectification during line maintenance; - Provide the activities of “Rossiya airlines” OJSC and Customer aircraft hangar maintenance; - Trouble shooting and defect rectification during hangar maintenance; - Provide phase-in hangar maintenance; - Aircraft engine and APU replacement; - Performance of labour-consuming removal/installation of aircraft parts and specific maintenance tasks; - Performance of aircraft interior and buffet / galley equipment on wing maintenance, passenger cabin

reconfiguration; - Aircraft safety / emergency equipment on wing maintenance; - Control of Ground Support Equipment used in maintenance purposes; - Maintenance data control (ordering, distribution, keeping up to date); - Tool and equipment AD / SB status control (monitoring, receiving, registration and processing); - Customer support; - Investigation of damage or discrepancies found during maintenance work in production and approval of

repair procedures; - Preparation of Job Cards / Job Orders / Work Orders / Task Cards etc… (as per Customer requirements and

specification); - Control of defects and repetitive defects, functional interconnection between the shifts:

Senior Engineers of Maintenance department monitor the repetitive defects rectification, provide functional interconnection between the shifts. Senior engineers are responsible for maintenance staff technical training. In case of Maintenance department manager absence nominated senior engineer will take his duties;

- AD / SB / Modification status lists issue (after completion of Customer fleet hangar maintenance); - Liaison with aircraft / aircraft parts manufacturer; - Alternative tool / equipment control; - Report the defect or un-airworthy condition to the Maintenance Quality division; - Ensure flight schedule integrity by reducing factors, which cause delays and cancellations; - Perform duplicate inspections of the Required Inspection Items; - Perform corrective and preventive actions requested by Maintenance Quality manager.





1.5.8.3 Stock department general functions - Provide the activities of the stock, which includes tools, material, routable and standard parts stores; - Operation of the stockrooms, receiving, delivery, shipping and purchasing areas; - Identifying, controlling, segregating and maintaining all stores to a serviceable category; - Tools, material, routable and standard parts inventory and shelf-life control (where applicable); - Preservation of all aircraft materials / components, while carried in inventory, including parts that are

subject to deterioration and shelf-life specifications; - Tools, material, routable and standard parts distribution, transportation, delivery and shipment; - Support the minimum required level of tools, material, routable (as per Customer request) and standard

parts; - Issue Repair Orders for internal component shops; - Issue Purchase Orders for incoming outside tools, parts and material; - Control, servicing and repair of tools and equipment; - Perform corrective and preventive actions requested by Maintenance Quality manager. 1.5.8.4 PPCD general functions - Preparation and update annual, monthly and daily maintenance plans in accordance with man-hour,

facilities and tool / equipment / material availability; - Dispatching of production areas; - Control deferred items terms (as per Customer request); - Liaison with Customer and preparation of work scope and technical records / documents; - Maintenance records (WP, WO, Technical logbooks, etc…) control (receiving, accounting, issue, checking,

archiving); - Support the EASA Form 1 register; - Perform corrective and preventive actions requested by Maintenance Quality manager. 1.5.8.6 Component maintenance shop general functions - Maintenance and repair of aviation Ni-Cd batteries; - Perform specialized NDT activities; - Maintenance and repair of wheels and brakes; - Maintenance and repair of buffet and galley equipment; - Oxygen equipment maintenance; - Hydraulic equipment maintenance; - Liaison with aircraft parts manufacturers; - Forming of required tools, equipment, spares and material orders; - Perform corrective and preventive actions requested by Maintenance Quality manager.




Part: 1. MANAGEMENT Section: 1.6 LIST OF CERTIFYING STAFF AND B1 AND B2 SUPPORT STAFF

The List of Certifying Staff and Category B1 and B2 Support Staff (Form 008) is a document which requires to be updated in following cases: - Certifying Staff adding, revoking or suspending; - Certifying Staff scope of authorization adding, revoking or suspending. The List of Certifying Staff and Category B1 and B2 Support Staff is updated and revised with “as required” basis in accordance with part 1.11 of this MOE. When there is an adding to the List of Certifying Staff and Category B1 and B2 Support Staff required manager of related department shall submit a written change request to Maintenance Quality manager and initiate a Qualification Board as per CPM P.3.0. Qualification Board members interview the candidate, assess his qualification and observe the evidence documentation (as detailed in Appendix 1 to CPM P.3.0). Maintenance Quality manager based on Qualification Board decision and have examined all related records, takes a final decision to amend or decline an amendment. When amendment is accepted responsible staff of Personnel Certification group updates List of Certifying Staff and Category B1 and B2 Support Staff. Maintenance Quality manager approves it and validates with Accountable manager. Amended List is distributed to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD personnel and forwarded to the Competent Authority for information and traceability. Maintenance Quality manager makes decision for revoking or suspending the Certifying Staff or Certifying Staff scope of authorization in compliance with part 3.4 of this MOE. The List of Certifying Staff and Category B1 and B2 Support Staff is a registered Form 008 and stored as separate document. Different levels of Certifying Staff are identified according to part 3.4 of the MOE.




Part: 1. MANAGEMENT Section: 1.7 MANPOWER RESOURCES

1.7.1 Purpose To establish the human resources available to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC for the purpose of planning - and the subsequent performance and supervision of maintenance and inspection activities applicable to the company's approval. The staffing levels contained in this chapter shall be revised twice per year. 1.7.2 Manpower – March 2011

Departments Total Temporary staff Administration 3 - Maintenance

department Maintenance staff 148 -

Maintenance Engineering 9 -

Maintenance Quality division

Quality Management department 5 - Quality Control department 12 - Personnel Certification group 4 -

PPCD 13 - Stock 32 -

Component maintenance shop

Battery maintenance section 2 2 (from MD) NDT activities section 2 - Wheels & brakes section 3 - Galley equipment section 3 - Oxygen equipment section - 4 (from MD) Hydraulic equipment section - 4 (from MD) TOTAL 236 10 (from MD)

To see personnel repartition by speciality – refer to the List of Certifying Staff and category B1 and B2 Support Staff (Form 008) and List of Authorized Personnel (Form 051). 1.7.3 Interim personnel For interim personnel see section 2.22.6 of this MOE. 1.7.4 Manpower planning A manager of PPCD is responsible to create and update Man-hour plan (Form 001) and Annual Hangar visit Plan (Form 047) according to the Section 2.22 of this MOE and Procedure P.2.13.




Part: 1. MANAGEMENT Section: 1.8 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE FACILITIES

1.8.1 General The «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD maintenance base is situated at the security area of the Pulkovo Airport, Pilotov street 18/4, Saint-Petersburg, 196210 Russian Federation. Tel: +78127041764 Fax: +78127041764 There are following buildings using for «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD activity: 1. Maintenance hangar with office rooms and stores situated inside the hangar – see page 1.22. All WAMD facilities are free for access of Competent Authority authorized persons. All maintenance facilities are protected against weather elements (such as rain, hail, ice, snow, wind, etc), dust and airborne contaminants (paint, smoke, etc). Cleaning of facilities is described in section 2.7 of MOE, storage requirements – in section 2.3 of MOE. Access to the storage facilities limited to authorized personnel. During work in maintenance facilities various noise sources can disturb maintenance personnel. If excessive noise level distracts personnel from carrying out inspection tasks and where is impractical to control those sources – personnel will be supported by personal equipment (headphones) that helps to decrease noise level to the normal. All A-checks (or equivalent types of maintenance) for Boeing 737-300/400/500 and Airbus A319/320/321 aircraft are performed in the hangar. Due to absence of hangar for Boeing 767-200/300 aircraft on the main base of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Maintenance Quality manager depend on scope of planned works and forecasted weather conditions may resolve to perform Light A-check(s) (or equivalent type(s) of maintenance) for Boeing 767-200/300 aircraft outside of hangar. To perform Light A-check(s) (or equivalent type(s) of maintenance) for Boeing 767-200/300 aircraft outside of hangar forecasted weather conditions during all period of planned maintenance have to be as follow: - outside temperature: + 100

- no rain or dust storm; C and more;

- wind speed: less then 30 knots (~15 m/s or ~55 km/h). Maintenance Quality manager’s decision to initiate Light A-check(s) (or equivalent type(s) of maintenance) for Boeing 767-200/300 aircraft outside of hangar shall be issued as written Statement not later then 4 days before planned date of maintenance starting. This Statement has to be approved and validated by Accountable Manager in written prior to come into force. Copy of validated Statement is forwarded to PPCD at least 4 days before due date of planned maintenance to be taken into account for check planning. Original of Statement is archived in Quality Management department.





1.8.2 Maintenance hangar (see page 1.22) PPCD manager is responsible to create and update a Monthly Hangar Visit Plan (Form 024) and Annual Hangar Visit Plan (Form 047) for accomplishment of scheduled works. The hangar should be available for works presented in this plan. Hangar has been equipped with water-air heating system to provide at least +150C when outside temperature as low as – 250

C.

Hangar lighting system contains of electroluminescent and incandescent lights that produce 300 luxury lightning. If it is necessary the additional lightning is available. At several points of the hangar the following electric power supply is available: 208 volts, 400 Hz, 90/120 kilowatt power. 27.5 volts, DC. The cold and hot water can be found in the toilet. The fire-protection of the hangar is ensured by portable and fixed fire extinguishing systems: portable fire extinguishers (3 ea), semiautomatic water spray fire extinguishing system and automatic foam fire extinguishing system. Fire alarm system consist of 2 kind of sensors: smoke detectors (signal goes to the foam fire extinguishing system for automatic fire extinguishing) and infrared sensors (signal goes to the desk of operator), which can determine place of fire. There are 2 panels for switching on fire protection system. Switching any of them will result in automatic fire extinguishing and call of fire brigade. Inside the maintenance hangar there are following rooms:

904 Maintenance personal; 905 Shift engineers; 910 Accommodation space.

Also, inside the maintenance hangar there are stores (see section 1.8.3) and office rooms (see section 1.8.4).





1.8.3 Stores (see page 1.22) The rooms, which do not have natural ventilation, have artificial ventilation. There is automatic fire alarm system and extinguishing system in the stores with hand fire extinguishers of the required quantity and quality. Inside of the hangar there are following storage rooms linked with Part-145 activities:

909 Storage: Exact component storage; Tools storage; Short term used unserviceable components storage; 912 Storage: Buffer zone; Exact components storage; 120 Dangerous Goods storage; 914 Ground Support Equipment storage; 915, 917 Serviceable wheels storage; 916 Oil and grease storage.

There are identified areas for segregated storage of Serviceable, Unserviceable high dimensions parts / material and received items temporary storage area. There is an identified area for long term storage of unserviceable parts in the hangar. 1.8.4 Office rooms (see page 1.22 and 1.23) All office rooms are in the maintenance hangar. All offices are furnished with neon lamps. Inside of the hangar there are following office rooms linked with Part-145 activities:

204 Chief of western aircraft maintenance division; 208 Maintenance Quality manager; 237, 902, 903 Quality Management department; 219 Personnel Certification group; 235, 236 Quality Control department; 125 Maintenance department manager; 901 Deputy Maintenance department manager and maintenance engineering; 904, 905, 906, 908 Maintenance department staff; 114 Maintenance department staff accommodation; 911 Maintenance department staff and Component shop manager; 105 PPCD; 136, 137, 140 Hydraulic equipment maintenance section; 128 Specialized NDT activity section; 223 Archive.





Maintenance hangar No. 2 with office rooms and stores that are situated inside the hangar (ground floor).





Maintenance hangar No. 2 with office rooms and archive that are situated inside the hangar (first floor).





1.8.5 Component maintenance shops, wheels and brakes storage area, consumable material

storage, tool storage, staff accommodation and PPCD operational coordinators at the Pulkovo I apron (see page 1.25)

There is a distant staff accommodation at the Pulkovo I apron. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD has all the necessary means of staff transportation and delivery of equipment. Battery maintenance shop divided for four zones: Entrance hall; Temporary stockroom; Paperwork area; Work area. Oxygen equipment maintenance facilities are also located in the same building as battery maintenance, staff accommodation and PPCD operational coordinators. The rooms have natural ventilation and artificial ventilation (where required). There are automatic fire alarm system and hand fire extinguishers of the required quantity and quality. Work area is made from fireproof materials (where required). There is an explosion proof lightning (luminescent light source) in the battery maintenance work area. Following facilities are also situated at Pulkovo I apron: storage area for serviceable and unserviceable wheels and brakes; storage room for tools and equipment required during line maintenance and consumable material storage. 1.8.6 Component maintenance shop and staff accommodation at the Pulkovo II apron (see page

1.26) Specialized NDT activities section of component maintenance shop is located in the Hangar No. 2 room 128 and in outside bay at the Pulkovo II apron area. The Wheels and Brakes maintenance section is situated in the same outside bay in the room next to specialized NDT activities section. Galley equipment maintenance section of component maintenance shop is situated on the ground floor of maintenance hangar No. 1 (rooms 129 and 130). The rooms have natural ventilation and artificial ventilation. Luminescent light sources are available. There are automatic fire alarm system and hand fire extinguishers of the required quantity and quality.





Component maintenance shops, staff accommodation, wheels and brakes storage, consumable material storage, tools and equipment storage and PPCD operational coordinators which are situated at the Pulkovo I apron.





Component maintenance shop which is situated at the Pulkovo II apron (specialized NDT section, wheels and brakes maintenance section).

Galley equipment maintenance section of component maintenance shop located on the ground floor of maintenance hangar No. 1.





INTENTIONALLY BLANK




Part: 1. MANAGEMENT Section: 1.9 ORGANIZATIONS INTENDED SCOPE OF WORK

1.9 Purpose To establish the limitations with respect to products and activities identified on the Approval schedule attached to the Competent Authority Approval Certificate (Reference EASA.145.0331) issued to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. 1.9.1 Aircraft maintenance Rating TC

HOLDER AIRCRAFT

MODEL LIMITATION MAINTENANCE Level Base Line

A1 AIRBUS

A319-110 series A320-111

A320-210 series A321-110 series A321-210 series

Airbus A319/A320/A321

(CFM56)

Up to and including A checks/defect rectification,

GTCP36-300, GTCP131-9A, APS3200 APU on-wing

maintenance

X X

A1 THE

BOEING COMPANY

B737-300 B737-400 B737-500

Boeing 737-300/400/500

(CFM56)

Up to and including A checks/defect rectification,

GTCP85-129, GTCP36-280, APS2000 APU on-wing

maintenance

X X

A1 THE

BOEING COMPANY

B767-200 B767-300

Boeing 767-200/300 (GE CF6)

Up to and including Light A checks/defect rectification except engine replacement,

GTCP331-200 APU on-wing maintenance

X

A2 NIL A3 NIL A4 NIL «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD may perform filling and refilling of airplane oxygen equipment (such as stationary cylinders and portable oxygen bottles) on board of airplane as well as in oxygen equipment maintenance section of component maintenance shop.





1.9.2 Component maintenance Rating ATA Designation P/N C5 24 Electrical Power. Batteries

Components in accordance with the capability list reference Form 066. C6 25 Buffet and Galley equipment.

C14 32 Landing Gear. Wheels and Brakes.





1.9.3 Specialized services maintenance Rating Limitation Detail of limitation D1 Liquid Penetrant Inspection (PT) No Magnetic Particle Inspection (MT) Except inspections require Magnetic Particle Bench Eddy Current Inspection (ET) No Ultrasonic Inspection (UT) No




Part: 1. MANAGEMENT Section: 1.10 NOTIFICATION PROCEDURE TO THE COMPETENT AUTHORITY

REGARDING CHANGES TO ORGANIZATION'S ACTIVITIES / APPROVAL / LOCATION / PERSONNEL

The Maintenance Quality manager will notify the Competent Authority, as soon as practical, of the following changes: - the name of the organization; - the location of the organization; - additional locations of the organization; - the Accountable manager; - any of the manager specified in paragraph 1.3 of this MOE; - any change of the facilities, equipment, tools, materials, procedures, work scope, work force and certifying

staff that could affect the approval or require changes in the scope of work. The Maintenance Quality manager will modify the MOE according to chapter 1.11 and issue (as requested) new EASA Form 2 and EASA Form 4. Competent Authority may prescribe the conditions under which the organization may operate during such changes, unless the Authority determines that the approval should be suspended. During Accountable manager change – statement in section 1.1 with Accountable manager signature must be sent to the Competent Authority at the earliest opportunity. Each of above changes requires Major revision of this MOE. Major revision must be approved by Competent Authority according to Section 1.11 of this MOE. Any other changes of this MOE shall be defined as Minor revision. Minor revisions will be approved by Competent Authority till 1 year experience of organization will be gained. After 1 year of agreement with Competent Authority, minor revisions will not require direct approval by Competent Authority and will be approved by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Maintenance Quality manager according to Section 1.11 of this MOE.




Part: 1. MANAGEMENT Section: 1.11 EXPOSITION AMENDMENT PROCEDURE INCLUDING DELEGATED

PROCEDURES 1.11.1 Purpose To establish control procedures applicable to the «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Maintenance Organization Exposition (MOE) and Company procedures manual (CPM). 1.11.2 Policy Use of uncontrolled copies of individual procedures for use «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD staff is not permitted. Copies of procedures used for training purposes shall: - be identified as being “for training purposes only”;

or - be identified as “uncontrolled copy”. The «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD MOE, CPM, Registered Forms and filled “Lists” are holding in electronic files within the company’s computer system. These files are available on a “read only” basis to the staff of all relevant departments – however only the Maintenance Quality manager has an access to edit the files. 1.11.3 Control pages Within Introduction section the following document control pages are to be found: - Cover page – identifies the manual number; - Table of content – identifies the various chapters and the individual procedures and / or pages that

constitute the manual; - List of effective pages – identified the revision status of each page within the manual; - Record of revision – carries the approval details for each revision; - List of holders – identifies each “hard copy” manual, together with details of the location and department; - Revision pages – provides revision status and short description of each revision; - References – provides a cross-reference index between the requirements of Part-145 and relevant MOE

reference where compliance is met.





PROCEDURES 1.11.4 Control procedures 1.11.4.1 Need for revision Overall responsibility for the effectiveness of the MOE including associated (if applicable) procedures rest with the Maintenance Quality manager and under the regular supervision of Quality Management department. The Maintenance Quality manager shall discharge this responsibility primarily by means of effective audit and continuing consultation with all applicable activities. In addition to the above actions, each manager shall continuously monitor the effectiveness of approved procedures relevant to their function within the organization. Where an approved procedure is found to be inadequate or in need of revision, the relevant manager shall inform the Maintenance Quality manager of the fact and circumstance surrounding the matter. 1.11.4.2 Draft revision Maintenance Quality manager shall determine whether or not a formal revision to the MOE including associated (if applicable) procedures is required. Preparation of draft procedures - whether they are a revision to an approved procedure or a new procedure, shall be drafted and subsequently retained, in the electronic file by Quality Management department. The presentation of new MOE revision will be as follows: new MOE issue will be done in case of incorporation of major changes of Part-145, any other revisions will be considered as an amendment. When performing MOE revision – Competent Authority comments (such as corrective actions, changes of the amendment, revision transmission to Competent Authority and etc.) must be also taken into account. Maintenance Quality manager must ensure that MOE revisions are reflected in CPM and there is no disagreement between MOE and CPM procedures. 1.11.4.3 Submission of revision

Major revisions of the MOE according to Section 1.10 require prior approval by the Maintenance Quality manager and subsequent approval by Competent Authority. Minor revisions

of the MOE according to Section 1.10 require prior approval by the Competent Authority during first year. After 1 year experience, Competent Authority can delegate approval rights to the Maintenance Quality manager.

Responsibility for negotiation of revisions to the MOE and sending it to Competent Authority with accompanying letter and EASA Form 2 (if needed) rest with Maintenance Quality manager.





PROCEDURES Proposed revisions of procedures (CPM), List of Certifying Staff and Category B1 and B2 Support Staff (Form 008) and Component Capability List (Form 066), affecting or resulting from implementation of section 1.10, require prior approval by Accountable manager and Maintenance Quality manager to be subsequently sent to Competent Authority for information and traceability. Amendment of List of Certifying Staff and Category B1 and B2 Support Staff (Form 008) is organized in accordance with part 1.6 of this MOE. Any adding to Component Capability List (Form 066) which is in approved scope of work frame, requested by related department’s manager, is possible to be performed only as positive decision of Maintenance Quality manager based on result of audit performed by Quality Management department staff. Audit measures the readiness of department and its staff for capability increasing and performed in accordance with part 3.1 of this MOE. Other revisions are approved by the Maintenance Quality manager and also by Accountable manager. Before to be distributed these revisions should be sent to the Competent Authority for confirm of acceptance. Competent Authority will review this revision and if Competent Authority confirms it, «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD will receive record of revision approval (Part-145 certificate and/or appendix changed in the case of amendments with evolution of the scope of work and/or evolution of the localizations, etc). Approval signature (during major changes and minor changes during first year period) or reference of acknowledgement receipt of Competent Authority (during minor changes and thus delegation after one year period of experience) and with the date of approval must be displayed in section “Revision Pages” of this MOE before issuing this revision. In case of CPM revision, if Competent Authority confirms revision of procedure(s) or there is a conformation of receiving but no any answer from Competent Authority during 10 working days since conformation of receiving the revision by Competent Authority - this mean that revision has been confirmed and should be incorporated and distributed to holders. If Competent Authority not confirms the revision this one should be changed as required by Competent Authority and send again for approval. A vertical line on the left side of each revised text identifies amendments / revisions. 1.11.4.4 Incorporation of revisions into the master file Chief of Quality Management department shall incorporate proposed revisions to the MOE and CPM which have been approved by the Accountable manager and Maintenance Quality manager and formally approved by the Authority into the electronic file.





PROCEDURES 1.11.4.5 Incorporation of revisions into the “hard copy” manual After successful approval of revision, revised MOE pages or CPM procedures will be transferred to the Quality Management department engineer of Maintenance Quality division which in turn distributes MOE (CPM) revision to the holders, mentioned in section “List of Holders”, together with Technical Documents Distribution Form (Form 043) for the acknowledgement of receipt (CPM revisions will be distributed to concerned departments through electronic access). Upon receipt of the notification referred to above, any holder of MOE shall incorporate the subject revision into all “hard copy” manuals as a matter of priority and complete the Record of revision page in the Preamble section of these manuals. Approved revisions of MOE, CPM and lists should be incorporated during 5 working days after receiving. 1.11.4.6 Revision information system Every page should contain following information: issue No, issued date, revision No, revision date. Every revised page should contain last revision date and number. Changed / added text should be marked by revision bar (vertical line left from the amendment). All Revision Pages (section of this MOE) must be kept within Exposition after successful previous amendments (except after new issue). All revisions should be included into next issue of the MOE and CPM. Updated MOE and CPM should be issued at least annually. When new issue is done, revision No comes back to 0, but all revised pages (section 0.4) of previous revisions must be archived in library. After new MOE, CPM revisions issue, «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD personnel will be informed about revision topics during Quality meetings, continuation training and training in particular departments.




PART 2: PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section Title Pages No. Title page 2.1 2.1 Supplier evaluation and subcontract control procedure 2.2-2.3 2.2 Acceptance / inspection of aircraft components and material from outside contractors 2.4-2.5 2.3 Storage, tagging and release of aircraft components and material to aircraft 2.6-2.9 maintenance 2.4 Acceptance of tools and equipment 2.10-2.11 2.5 Calibration of tools and equipment 2.12-2.14 2.6 Use of tool and equipment by staff (including alternate tools) 2.15-2.16 2.7 Cleanliness standards of maintenance facilities 2.17 2.8 Maintenance instructions and relationship to aircraft / aircraft component 2.18-2.21 manufacturer’s instructions including updating and availability to staff 2.9 Repair procedure 2.22-2.23 2.10 Aircraft maintenance program compliance 2.24-2.25 2.11 Airworthiness directives procedure 2.26-2.30 2.12 Optional modification procedure 2.31-2.34 2.13 Maintenance documentation in use and its completion 2.35-2.35 2.14 Technical records control 2.38-2.39 2.15 Rectification of defects arising during base maintenance 2.40-2.42 2.16 Release to service procedure 2.43-2.47 2.17 Records for the operator 2.48 2.18 Reporting of defects to the competent authority / operator / manufacturer 2.49 2.19 Return of defective components to store 2.50-2.51 2.20 Defective components to outside contractors 2.52 2.21 Control of computer maintenance record system 2.53-2.55 2.22 Control of man-hour planning versus scheduled maintenance work 2.56-2.57 2.23 Control of critical tasks 2.58 2.24 Reference to specific maintenance procedures 2.59-2.62 2.25 Maintenance errors detection and rectification procedure 2.63-2.64 2.26 Shift / task handover procedure 2.65 2.27 Notification of maintenance data inaccuracies and ambiguities to the type 2.66 certificate holder procedure 2.28 Production planning procedures 2.67




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.1 SUPPLIER EVALUATION AND SUBCONTRACT CONTROL PROCEDURE

2.1.1 Company policy Any Supplier or Sub-contractor has to be validated by the Quality Management department, which verifies that work is performed in a manner to preserve material airworthiness, and complies with «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD requirements. Sub-contractors and Suppliers are assessed in order to check their ability to meet specific order requirements. Sub-contractors and Suppliers are required to guarantee that the supplied product or service meets all the requirements specified in the order. In case an evaluation audit is needed, a Quality Management department auditor according to Quality audit procedure P.3.1 performs it. Depending on performance, an approved Supplier or Sub-contractor may be confirmed, reconsidered or cancelled. The Quality system to evaluate Suppliers is designed to accomplish the following objective: - select, approve, survey and monitor competence of Suppliers; - support the Supplier by ensuring correct and detailed orders. - perform appropriate levels of incoming inspection. 2.1.2 Applicable documents List of approved Suppliers is Form 038; List of Part-145 approved Sub-contractors Form 049; Supplier approval procedure is P.2.1.1; Sub-contractors approval procedure is P.2.1.2; Spare parts and materials order procedure is P.2.3.1; Routable repair procedure is P.2.3.2; Storage procedure is P.2.3.3; Quality audit procedure is P.3.1.




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.1 SUPPLIER EVALUATION AND SUBCONTRACT CONTROL PROCEDURE

2.1.3 Selection, approval and evaluation of Suppliers and Sub-contractors 2.1.3.1 Sub-contractors Sub-contractors are: - Part-145 approved organizations and NAA approved organizations under the terms of a bilateral agreement

signed by the European Community to supply maintenance activities and / or specialized services, such as plating, painting, heat treatment, etc.

- non Part-145 organizations to supply limited maintenance activities and / or specialized services, such as plating, painting, heat treatment, etc.

2.1.3.2 Suppliers Suppliers are organizations listed in the List of approved Suppliers Form 038 and used to supply: - new components; - repaired components; - standard parts, consumables. Note: Components are repaired by EASA approved organizations. 2.1.3.3 Approval and evaluation of Suppliers and Sub-contractors Suppliers and Sub-contractors approval and evaluation will be done in accordance with procedures “Supplier approval procedure P.2.1.1” and “Sub-contractors approval procedure P.2.1.2”. 2.1.4 Contracted services «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD may order the required tools and equipment from other organizations mentioned in the List of approved Suppliers (Form 038) and List of Part-145 approved Sub-contractors (Form 049).




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.2 ACCEPTANCE / INSPECTION OF AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS AND

MATERIAL FROM OUTSIDE CONTRACTORS 2.2.1 General Store keepers are responsible for acceptance / inspection of components and materials. The storage of components and materials in receiving area should be organized in a manner to prevent mix of materials and parts intended to respect the EASA requirements and all other materials and parts (the storage of such components always must be segregated). All components / materials arriving from outside contractors are routed to a receiving inspection area to check the condition and conformity of the component / material with technical data (specified on the Purchase order). 2.2.2 Applicable documents Receiving inspection procedure is P.2.2; Corrective action procedure is P.3.3; Electrostatic Sensitive Devices Protection Procedure P.2.3.4; Purchase order is Form 030; EASA Technical Occurrence Report (EASA Form 44); Aircraft component / material defect report (Form 020). 2.2.3 Acceptance / inspection The guideline for “Receiving inspection” is described in procedure P.2.2. Aircraft components will be accompanied with EASA Form 1 or equivalent. An equivalent document to an EASA Form 1 may be: a) a release document issued by an organization under the terms of a bilateral agreement signed by the European Community (release document issued by foreign repair station should include the EASA Part-145 release to service certifying statement with the EASA Part-145 Approval Certificate number of the this repair station); b) a release document issued by an organization approved under the terms of a JAA bilateral agreement until superseded by the corresponding agreement signed by the European Community; c) a JAA Form One issued prior to 28 November 2004 by a JAR 145 organization approved by a JAA Full Member State; d) in the case of new aircraft components that were released from manufacturing prior to the Part-21 compliance date the component should be accompanied by a JAA Form One issued by a JAR-21 organization approved by a JAA Full Member Authority and within the JAA mutual recognition system; e) a JAA Form One issued prior to 28 September 2005 by a production organization approved by a competent authority in accordance with its national regulations. On receipt of supplied items, Receiving Inspection will perform at least following: • visual inspection in order to detect any damage caused during transportation; • examination of Airworthiness Certificate (EASA Form 1 / FAA Form 8130-3 / TCCA Form 24-0078) or

Certificate of Conformity;




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.2 ACCEPTANCE / INSPECTION OF AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS AND

MATERIAL FROM OUTSIDE CONTRACTORS • compliance with Purchase order / Work order / Repair order; • identification in relation with the delivery documentation; • applicable specific storage conditions; • quantitative check; • applicable Shelf Life Limits; • verification for CDCCL applicability. Handling and storage of ESD’s shall be organized in full compliance with Electrostatic Sensitive Devices Protection Procedure CPM P.2.3.4. After acceptance the Store keeper should stamp Airworthiness Certificate or Certificate of Conformity with statement: “Receiving inspection performed”, enter date of inspection and signature / individual stamp. Note

: List of approved aircraft maintenance organizations is available on the official EASA website.

2.2.4 Rejection of materials When components / material are not accepted during incoming inspection, a yellow “Unserviceable tag” (Form 010) should be issued and Aircraft component / material defect report (Form 020) completed in accordance with procedure P.2.2. The rejected components / materials are placed in the Quarantine area of the receiving inspection room, where they will remain until a final disposition is made, i.e. corrective action is taken or return to Supplier. If corrective action is sufficient (controlled by Store keeper) the “Unserviceable tag” is removed, the Airworthiness Certificate or Certificate of Conformity or Component’s Passport should been stamped in accordance with MOE item 2.2.3, has been attached to the material / component and has been placed together with the material / component in store as a serviceable. 2.2.5 Suspected Unapproved Parts (Bogus Parts). Suspected unapproved parts (bogus parts) means a parts, components, or materials that has not been manufactured in accordance with the approval procedures in Part-21 or overhauled / repaired in accordance with Part-145; that may not conform to an approved type design; or may not conform to established industry, EU or USA specifications (standard parts). Such unapproved parts may not be installed on a type-certificated product, unless a determination of airworthiness can otherwise be made. The Aircraft component / material defect report is being forwarded to the Quality Management department which will be part of the decision loop according to procedure P.2.2. Chief of Quality Management department is responsible for send an EASA Technical Occurrence Report (EASA Form 44) to the Competent Authority during 5 working days since "bogus part" has been discovered. Suspected unapproved parts shall be placed to the Quarantine Box and shall keep than until Authority take a decision.




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.3 STORAGE, TAGGING AND RELEASE OF AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS AND

MATERIAL TO AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE 2.3.1 General All materials and components are stored in conditions assuring their preservation. Serviceable parts and materials are segregated from unserviceable parts and materials, tools and non-aircraft parts. The components and materials stores are organized in a manner to prevent mix of materials and parts intended to respect the EASA requirements and all other materials and parts (the storage of such components always must be segregated). Accepted to Part-145 aircraft parts and materials are segregated from unaccepted to Part-145 parts and materials. The «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD stores are under the responsibility of Stock manager. 2.3.2. Applicable documents Receiving inspection procedure P.2.2; Storage procedure P.2.3.3. Electrostatic Sensitive Devices Protection Procedure P.2.3.4; 2.3.3 Main store «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD storage areas are divided into several zones: - receiving inspection area and quarantine area; - unserviceable components area; - serviceable component area; - room for tools and special equipment. All aircraft components / materials are stored with respect of appropriate specifications: - parts are stored on metallic shelves; - shelves are assigned to receive electrostatic sensitive parts and avionics parts; - storage of consumables / expendables is organized on the shelves in the identified bins; - shelves and bins are identified and parts location are computerized; - all components remain in the transportation boxes and are identified; - storage of wheels is made on racks in vertical position, in accordance with CMM, with installed protective

caps (light protection). Handling and storage of ESD’s shall be organized in full compliance with Electrostatic Sensitive Devices Protection Procedure CPM P.2.3.4. 2.3.4 Shelf life control "Shelf life" is a storage time limitation, which limits the component serviceability in the storage condition.





MATERIAL TO AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE The manufacturer normally determines the Shelf life, stating preservation and / or re-test requirements on a periodical basis, while the component is in a stored condition. The “Shelf life” is introduced in the store computer system and is reviewed every month. The Store keeper will withdraw any expired part and part with less of one-month life after having attached the adequate tag in accordance with Storage procedure P.2.3.3. 2.3.5. Component tagging system The «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Component tagging system consists of 4 tags: • Serviceable Tag (Form 009); • Unserviceable Tag (Form 010); • Condemned Tag (Form 011); • Identification Tag (Form 012). Serviceable tag (green) is used to identify serviceable units. Unserviceable tag (yellow) is used to identify unserviceable units. Condemned tag (red) is used to identify parts to scrap. Identification tag (gray) is used for identification of component temporary removed from aircraft without change of the status. All routable serviceable components must have EASA Form 1 or equivalent which remains attached to the part till component has been fixed to the aircraft. An equivalent document to an EASA Form 1 may be: a) a release document issued by an organization under the terms of a bilateral agreement signed by the European Community (release document issued by foreign repair station should include the EASA Part-145 release to service certifying statement with the EASA Part-145 Approval Certificate number of the this repair station); b) a release document issued by an organization approved under the terms of a JAA maintenance bilateral agreement until superseded by the corresponding agreement signed by the European Community; c) a JAA Form One issued prior to 28 November 2004 by a JAR 145 organization approved by a JAA Full Member State; d) in the case of new aircraft components that were released from manufacturing prior to the Part-21 compliance date the component should be accompanied by a JAA Form One issued by a JAR-21 organization approved by a JAA Full Member Authority and within the JAA mutual recognition system; e) a JAA Form One issued prior to 28 September 2005 by a production organization approved by a competent authority in accordance with its national regulations. The expendable materials should have a Certificate of Conformity. Batches must not be mixed. All new purchased routable units and units repaired by outside organizations will be identified with a filled out Airworthiness Certificate.





MATERIAL TO AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE Each unserviceable routable unit, whether held in stores or in flight kits shall be identified with a «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Unserviceable tag and then placed into unserviceable area. Units, which have not been accepted during incoming inspection, shall be identified with an Unserviceable tag, pending final decision in accordance with procedure P.2.2. 2.3.6 Release of Aircraft components and materials to aircraft maintenance The main store is manned on a 24-hour basis. Release of the component to the aircraft is performed in accordance with Storage procedure P.2.3.3. Normal issue of goods held in stock is "on demand" at the stores service counter (AMOS Pickslip Request issued by Store keeper) or via AMOS (with Pickslip Request issue). Details of the part issued are entered in store book by the Store keeper, including ATA, part number, serial number, description, request number, incoming data, issue data, A/C registration, S/N and P/N of unserviceable components and hand recorded in the store book. Store keeper updates store inventory in AMOS. Consumable / expendable and raw material minimum level is traced by Stock engineers and shouldn’t decrease the required quantity. When an item is requested and is not available in store, Customer will be immediately notified to order required items, to satisfy requirements of this MOE. The Release Certificate (EASA Form 1 or equivalent) has been attached to the component and delivered to the maintenance. After component replacement the Release Certificates will be forwarded to the PPCD with work package in accordance with MOE 2.13. The Release Certificate has been kept in the Customer Aircraft file and under the Customer responsibility till next component removal. Copies of the Release Certificate or Serviceable Tag have been archived with work package. Standard parts and aircraft materials are released to Aircraft / Aircraft component maintenance with Certificate of Conformities (C of C), in case if C of C is issued for a batch of Standard parts or aircraft materials, to Aircraft / Aircraft component maintenance will be given the Reference Number of C of C (to make a cross-reference in work package), and C of C will be stored in the Store, till the batch of Standard parts or aircraft materials will be completely used in Aircraft / Aircraft component maintenance; after that C of C will be archived in accordance with Section 2.14 of this MOE for three years.





MATERIAL TO AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE 2.3.7 Periodic stores inventory Authorized Stock person shall inspect all stores on a monthly basis. The inspection shall include, but is not limited to the following: - correct storage conditions; - continued segregation of serviceable and unserviceable material; - continued segregation of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD material from customer's material and that such

material remains properly protected, - continued segregation of accepted to PART 145 and not accepted to PART 145 parts and material; - continued confinement of flammable material to the flammable store; - continued integrity of material identification; - integrity of the quarantine store is assured; - shelf life items in stock remain within the applicable shelf life. Result of this inventory should be formalized into register book. Removal of material within the applicable shelf life limitation shall be facilitated by monthly automatic generating with AMOS of a list of shelf life limited items - together with the stores location, whose shelf / expiry dates fall due during the course of the succeeding month. 2.3.8 Store audit Storage facilities and procedures are periodically checked by Quality auditors in accordance with the Quality Audit Plan (Form 041) and formalized into Audit report. Storage procedure and Audit reports data (number and date) are included into the Quality audit plan. 2.3.9 Control of AD/SB status of stored components If AD/SB applied to the Customer component it is necessary to check stored components and parts for AD/SB applicability. For this purpose Customer is responsible to provide this information to the Stock. Stock manager shall organize store check for requested items and report to Customer with resulting information. The filled and signed feedback form shall be returned to Customer within 3 working days. Maintenance Engineering responsible engineer for the tools / equipment AD/SB status control will act in accordance with paragraphs 2.11 and 2.12 of this MOE.




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.4 ACCEPTANCE OF TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2.4.1 General «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD has all necessary tools and equipment to perform the approved scope of work. Store keeper is responsible for acceptance of tool and equipment. Maintenance department manager is responsible to initially issue and timely update the lists of manufacturers recommended special tools and ground support equipment as listed in the aircraft and engine maintenance manuals. Stock manager is responsible for the keeping tool / equipment sufficiency for the approved scope of work to be undertaken. 2.4.2 Applicable documents Corrective action procedure is P.3.3; Tool and Material List is Form 040; Tool / Equipment Register is Form 045; Tool receiving and storage procedure is P.2.4; Electrostatic Sensitive Devices Protection Procedure P.2.3.4. 2.4.3 Tool / Equipment classification All tools / equipment (including alternate tools) are classified as follows: • standard tool / equipment; • specific tool / equipment; • ground support equipment (GSE). Tools / equipment (including alternate tools) are subdivided on tools / equipment which should be calibrated / inspected / serviced. 2.4.4 Tool/GSE Availability and Acceptance All necessary tools and equipment will be available to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD to perform the approved scope of work. It will be done in accordance with Tool receiving and storage procedure P.2.4. It is also possible to use the loaned tools and GSE in other organizations mentioned in the List of approved Suppliers (Form 038) and List of Part-145 approved Sub-contractors (Form 049). Calibration control of all tools used by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD is «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD responsibility. Loaned tools / equipment are calibrated i.a.w. Owner Quality Manual Procedures but shall pass acceptance inspection and be incorporated into the calibrated tools / equipment register prior to use. Handling of equipment related to ESD’s protection shall be organized in full compliance with Electrostatic Sensitive Devices Protection Procedure CPM P.2.3.4.




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.4 ACCEPTANCE OF TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2.4.5 Alternate tool Alternate tool may be used for aircraft / aircraft component maintenance. Decision about alternate tool will be taken by OEM or Maintenance Engineering in case when OEM can’t provide information about interchangeability / equivalence of required tool for any reason (e.g. tool is out of production, no answer from OEM, etc.). Maintenance Engineering will take decision in accordance with approved maintenance data and CDCCL requirements shall be taken into account (when exist). 2.4.6 Rejection of tool / equipment If the tool / equipment didn't pass through acceptance inspection the rejection procedure is initiated in accordance with Tool receiving and storage procedure (P.2.4) and Tool / GSE unserviceable tag (Form 029) will be used.




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.5 CALIBRATION OF TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2.5.1 General The validity of measuring instruments (MI) utilized is ensured with control of calibration intervals, fulfillment of requirements of calibration methods, keeping up of high professional qualification of personnel of Calibration Laboratory (CL). «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD ability to demonstrate maintenance conformity relies on the following principles: - required accuracy is achieved by MI; - every MI is identified, registered, calibrated, tagged and used appropriately; - recalibration of MI is carried out at fixed intervals according schedule, taking into account specific

activities and usage of MI, manufacturer’s recommendations, intensity of deterioration or referring to the subsequent verification list of MI prepared by the Russian Standards Board;

- measurement standards used in CL are traceable to the national or international standards. 2.5.2 Applicable documents Corrective Action Procedure P.3.3; Tools / GSE Unserviceable Tag Form 029; List of Measuring Instruments Form 042; Request for Calibration Form 032; Calibration Tag Form 013. 2.5.3 Calibration of MI Stock manager is responsible for calibration, repair of MI inside the organization or at subcontractor. Stock manager is responsible to take a decision to which organization MI will be send for calibration and / or repair. In addition, MI is re-calibrated whenever the unit was overloaded, damaged or inaccuracy was suspected. 2.5.4 Calibration records Each MI, which requires calibration, has its own "Tool individual file" which is kept in Stock until the MI is used in the Company. Calibration data is collected in these files. Register of calibrated MI is maintained in Calibration Laboratory and monitored for timely re-calibration. 2.5.5 Setting and follow-up system of MI calibration intervals Setting of re-calibration period will be in compliance with MI manufacturer recommendation.





The Stock manager is responsible for control of calibration intervals, arranging calibration of MI and updating of the List of Measuring Instruments (Form 042). Each MI that requires periodic calibration is registered on the List of Measuring Instruments (Form 042). List of Measuring Instruments (Form 042) includes the following information: • description, type of MI; • P/N; • S/N or identification mark, if MI has not S/N; • manufacturer; • date of the last calibration; • date of the next calibration; • calibration interval; • location; • remarks and others. Stock manager reviews this list monthly and informs in written form (Form 032) managers of other departments about the expiration date of the validity of calibration of their MI. 2.5.6 Acceptance of MI after calibration / repair Delivered MI by subcontractor is accepted in accordance with procedure P.2.2. The List of Measuring Instruments (Form 042) is updated and MI file is set or supplemented. 2.5.7 Tagging of MI Each MI (or its package) which requires calibration is tagged with Form 013 with the following data: • type of MI or P/N; • S/N or another MI identification mark; • date of the last calibration; • date of the next calibration; • calibration technician signature or stamp. Non conformed MI is identified with “Tool / GSE Unserviceable Tag” (Form 029) and kept in special area or on separate shelf. MI is used to discover or show the presence of something, such as changes in pressure or temperature, etc., but not obligatory is considered with the value of a quantity is a detector and does not require periodic calibration.





2.5.8 Audit of Calibration Laboratory Quality Management department auditors perform audits in CL in accordance with WAMD Audit Plan (Form 041).




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.6 USE OF TOOL AND EQUIPMENT BY STAFF (INCLUDING ALTERNATE

TOOLS) 2.6.1 General Tools and equipment (including alternate tools) are used by the competent personnel, who have been trained to use them. However, when these tools or equipment are "specific", their technical instructions or operation manual allowing knowing how to use them always accompanies them. When requested, a specific training is performed in accordance with chapter 2.6.5. Only identified tool can be used during maintenance on the aircraft. 2.6.2 Applicable documents Tool receiving and storage procedure is P.2.4.; Engineering Statement Form 053. 2.6.3 Tool and equipment from main store Any tool or equipment that are held in stores, are delivered in accordance with Tool receiving and storage procedure ref. P.2.4. Standard tool is handled with tool ident coin process. When specific tool or GSE is served, tool register is updated by Store keeper and signed by the Loaner additionally to tool ident coin process. The "Tool distribution register" includes following minimum information: • name of the person receiving the tool; • marking of the tool or part number (serial number if applicable) of the GSE; • where the tool is going to be used (tail number of the aircraft or Work order number); • date and time of delivery; • date and time of return. When the tool is returned to the store the Store keeper is responsible to check number, condition and identification of the tool. Note: No tool or equipment is delivered to technician if expiration date is reached. 2.6.4 Use of tool and equipment by staff Tool and equipment must remain in their original package, where it's applicable, during transportation or when not in use.




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.6 USE OF TOOL AND EQUIPMENT BY STAFF (INCLUDING ALTERNATE

TOOLS) It is responsibility of the user to verify that: • any tool or equipment is serviceable before using; • any tool is marked in accordance with «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD mark; • the next due inspection date has not been exceeded; • tool is still serviceable before return the tool to the store. Prior to use, it must be ensured that the precision and tolerance of the tool / equipment are adequate for the work to be performed, as per the task card or maintenance manual requirements. The tool and equipment operation manual should be available for the user, as required. 2.6.5 Training program On the job training lists (Form 007) of the personnel shows all the details of training they received (if requested). Quality Management department auditors will carry out audits to ensure and maintain standards (as per Quality audit plan). 2.6.6 Use of alternate tool Alternate tool may be used for aircraft maintenance. Decision about Alternate tool using can be taken by OEM or Maintenance Engineering (only in case when OEM can’t provide information about interchangeability / equivalence of required tool for any reason e.g. tool is out of production, no answer from OEM, etc.). Maintenance Engineering engineers are responsible to contact OEM and to file all concerning correspondence. The storage limits for subject files – all time, while alternate tool is in usage by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. Maintenance department manager will take decision in accordance with approved maintenance data and Engineering Statement Form 053 will be provided in case, when Maintenance Engineering take decision by him self. CDCCL requirements shall be taken into account (when exist). The alternate tool should be marked as “PLK” in addition to the standard marking nearby with part number of the tool at free surface. It allows clearly identify that this tool is used by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD as alternate. All common procedures for registration, marking, servicing, calibration, tool distribution and return shall be applied as per this MOE and CPM in case of usage of alternate tool.




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.7 CLEANLINESS STANDARDS OF MAINTENANCE FACILITIES

2.7.1 Objective This procedure describes the environmental conditions and cleanliness standards used by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD, to create a working environment appropriate for the task carried out. 2.7.2 Applicable documents Part 145.A.25; Environmental conditions and cleanliness standards for maintenance facilities P.2.7. 2.7.3 Procedure Site of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD facilities is adequate to perform work to be carried out in accordance with Part-145 regulation and manufacturers specifications. All necessary maintenance actions are taken in order to keep material in safe condition and clean environment in accordance with P.2.7. This is responsibility of department manager, who schedules facilities cleaning. He / she may order exceptional cleaning when it is requested. However, supervisor has to watch over the cleanness of their facilities and require that facilities are regularly arranged. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD has the necessary personnel (employed and contracted), designated in each area to clean surfaces on schedule basis.




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.8 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AND RELATIONSHIP TO AIRCRAFT /

AIRCRAFT COMPONENT MANUFACTURERS’ INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDING UPDATING AND AVAILABILITY TO STAFF

2.8.1 General The maintenance documentation provided by the manufacturers is the base of work carried out by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD is to receive, keep and update all necessary maintenance data from the EASA, Russian Aviation Authority, CAA of State of registry, FAA, the aircraft / aircraft component manufacturer documentation, and its own data produced by Maintenance Quality division / Maintenance Engineering. All maintenance data are made available to all personnel who need access to such data to perform their duties. 2.8.2 Applicable documents Maintenance data management procedure is P.2.8; Technical documents distribution form (Form 043); List of maintenance data is Form 046. 2.8.3 Maintenance data from the Authorities There are: • EASA documentation, such as Part-145, Part-66 requirements, AMC, Guidance material, etc; • EN 4179 and NAS 410 requirements; • Documentation from CAA of State of registry; • Documentation from FAA; • Russian Aviation Authority documentation; • Data sheets for each type of aircraft maintained. This documentation is available on hard copy, or in electronic format at NAA or OEM official websites or «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD server. 2.8.4 Aircraft / aircraft component manufacturer documentation For the purpose to perform the scope of work according with MOE section 1.9 «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD holds and supports the list of documents which are recommended by type certificate holder / manufacturer. Basically required minimum of such manuals are:






• Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM); • Maintenance Planning Documents (MPD); • Illustrated Parts Catalog (IPC); • Aircraft Wiring Diagram Manual (WDM); • Aircraft System Schematic Manual (SSM); • Structural Repair Manual (SRM); • Corrosion Prevention Manual (CPM); • Trouble Shooting Manual (TSM); • Fault Isolation Manual (FIM); • Fault Reporting Manual (FRM); • Non Destructive Testing Manual (NDT); • NDT Written Practice; • NDT Written Procedure; • Service Bulletins (SB). 2.8.5 Operator’s / customer's documentation There is documentation such as: - Aircraft maintenance program includes Maintenance Schedule (MS); - Aircraft (Engine, APU) log book; - Operator's MEL; - Operator’s customized Maintenance Data; - etc… The documentation is available on hard copy, microfilm, micro card, CD-ROM, OEM official web-sites or a combination of these formats. 2.8.6 WAMD maintenance documentation There is documentation such as: • Maintenance cards (Work Orders, Staged WOs, Task Cards, Job Instruction Cards, Job Cards, Job Orders,

Job Sheets etc.); • Maintenance procedures included into Company Procedures Manual (CPM); • Maintenance forms (attached to the MOE); • etc…






That documentation is available on hard copy and computer network and in the AMOS. 2.8.7 Documentation control and updating 2.8.7.1 «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD maintenance data Technical documentation engineer of Maintenance Engineering is responsible to control «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD maintenance data in accordance with procedure P.2.8. This engineer which also manages subscription, receives all incoming documentation (from external sources) and in charge of recording and dispatching to appropriate departments. MOE, CPM, Forms and regulations are controlled and published by Quality Management department staff. Technical documentation engineer of Maintenance Engineering holds current register, allowing checking the validity of the documentation used by the different sections. The register includes: • the date of receiving; • identification document; • revisions number (if exist); • date of issue; • quantity of items; • dispatch. After the registration is made the updated documents are sent to concern departments in accordance with concerned procedure ref. P.2.8. Responsible person of corresponding department, who will make the record in the appropriate pages, replaces revised pages or update an electronic format. 2.8.7.2 Status control and document / change evaluation When a new document or a revision is received, Technical documentation engineer of Maintenance Engineering verifies if it already exists and if previously modified data are affected by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC will check it.






Revision of any maintenance data located in other departments should be controlled by the Technical documentation engineer of Maintenance Engineering using write-down back system after receiving Technical documents distribution form (Form 043). Confirmation should be received not later than after 5 days. If any approved maintenance data is removed from controlled document list – Technical documentation engineer of Maintenance Engineering will act as per procedure P.2.8. Status of last revisions of maintenance data should be checked by the Technical documentation engineer every 120 days. Status of last revisions may be checked upon receiving of new revision if agreed that new revision notification or/and distribution is responsibility of documentation manufacturer. 2.8.7.3 Operator's / customer's maintenance data In the case of operator / customer controlled and provided approved data, the Technical documentation engineer of Maintenance Engineering must ensure that either it has written confirmation from the operator / customer that all such approved data is up to date or it has work orders specifying the amendment status of the approved data to be used or it can show that it is on the operator / customer approved data amendment list. The status of the above mentioned data must be available to the maintenance personnel, supervisors, inspectors and certifying staff for control that subject documentation is up to date. 2.8.8 Subscription Technical documentation engineer of Maintenance Engineering is responsible to set up the list of subscription. 2.8.9 Documentation availability to staff Department Managers are responsible for Maintenance data availability to staff. Where computer system is used, the number of computer terminals should be sufficient in relation to the size of the work program to enable easy access, unless the computer systems can produce paper copies. Where microfilm or microfiche readers/printers are used, a similar requirement is applicable. Electronic database is subject to both adequate safeguards against unauthorized alteration and a back-up electronic database. It is done in accordance with Section 2.21 of this MOE.




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.9 REPAIR PROCEDURE

2.9.1 General Aircraft and component repair are considered as part of the aircraft airworthiness, therefore they must be approved and take the aircraft data specification into consideration. This procedure is initiated when defects are found during scheduled or unscheduled maintenance, or as indicated by an order from the Operator. 2.9.2 Applicable documents Corrective action procedure is CPM P.3.3; Release to service procedure is CPM P.2.16; Battery maintenance procedure is CPM P.2.9.1; Wheels and brakes maintenance procedure is CPM P.2.9.2; Galley equipment maintenance procedure is CPM P.2.9.3; Oxygen equipment maintenance procedure is CPM P.2.9.4; NDT activity procedure is CPM P.2.29. 2.9.3 Identifying the damage Have been discovered the damage is notified in maintenance documentation. A repair on aircraft is required when Maintenance department fill out an appropriate section of operators Aircraft Technical Report and Non Routing Work Order if aircraft is on the line maintenance or Non Routing Work Order for hangar maintenance. Defect will be described as follows: • Location on the aircraft; • Dimensions of damage; • Aircraft external map study; • Availability of approved repair / solution.





2.9.4 Repair procedure for «Rossiya airlines» OJSC fleet Engineer of the Maintenance Engineering will analyze the work to be performed. When repairs can be normally accomplished in accordance with manufacturer’s repair schemes (such as SRM, SB, SL, OHM and etc.), typically engineer of Maintenance Engineering will develop the necessary repair schemes and all works must be carry out i.a.w. existed maintenance instructions basing on approved scope of work. If damage is beyond of manufacturer's repair schemes (such as SRM, SB, SL, OHM and etc.) engineer of Maintenance Engineering will approach the TC holder or Part-21 approved design organization with capability in compliance with 21.A.432B and supplies them with the information such as: • Damage; • Aircraft hours and cycles; • Circumstances; • Eventual repair scheme requesting a “No Technical Objection” (NTO) or repair scheme from manufacturer. After reception of major repair design and prior to CRS issue «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD will ensure that it is approved by manufacturer, TC holder or primary Authority of TC holder. Repairs can be performed during approval process. In such case «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD must apply for exemption to the Competent Authority. If major repair design obtained from Part-21 approved design organization with capability in compliance with 21.A.432B EASA approval not required. The operator is in charge to make this repair approved by his Competent Authority. When scope of repair is not covered by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD approval then embodiment of a repair is made by appropriately approved Part-145 maintenance organization or production organization appropriately approved with Part-21 requirements. Parts and appliances that used for the repair / modification are manufactured in accordance with production data based upon all the necessary design data by the repair design approval holder: • Under Part-21 Subpart F, or • By an organization appropriately approved in accordance with Part-21 Subpart G, or • By an appropriately approved Part-145 maintenance organization. Responsible engineer of Maintenance Engineering will incorporate all associated maintenance records into the Workpackage and update Aircraft Damage Map (if applicable). When the repair has been performed and paper work returned to PPCD: • PPCD engineer shall inform Customer Engineering about accomplishment of repair to update the aircraft

repair status in accordance with Operator requirements.





2.9.5 Component maintenance «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Component Maintenance Shop performs maintenance of parts for own fleet and for Customers in accordance with contracts. Partnership between «Rossiya airlines» OJSC and Customers is based on MOE Part - 4 “Contractors” requirements. The maintenance of batteries is performed according to CPM procedure P.2.9.1. The maintenance of wheels and brakes is performed in accordance with CPM procedure P.2.9.2. The maintenance of buffet and galley equipment is performed in accordance with CPM procedure P.2.9.3. The maintenance (filling / refilling) of oxygen equipment is performed in accordance with CPM procedure P.2.9.4. 2.9.6 NDT activity «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD NDT section performs NDT activity for «Rossiya airlines» OJSC and for Customers in accordance with contracts. Partnership between «Rossiya airlines» OJSC and Customers is based on MOE Part - 4 “Contractors” requirements. The NDT activity is performed according to CPM procedure P.2.29.




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.10 AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAM COMPLIANCE

2.10.1 General Operator has overall responsibility for preparation of Maintenance Program for its fleet and carries out its Maintenance Programs monitoring. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD performs routing maintenance in accordance with pre-delivered by Customer Workpackage / Work Order or forms the Workpackage / Work Order from AMOS (when Customer provides its Maintenance Program to be uploaded into the system). PPCD remains responsible for generation of Workpackage / Work Order from AMOS (when contractually agreed with Customer) in accordance with AMOS user guide. Scheduling is carried out by regular meeting between the concerned departments (PPCD, Maintenance Engineering, Stock and Customer) and will take into account: • Next check due data; • Limits (hours, cycle...); • A/C operation projections; • Company requirements; • Personnel availability; • Facilities availability; • Parts availability. When, for any reason, the scheduled maintenance cannot be carried out on time the exemption process procedure must be initiated and the Customer is advised (see chapter 3.9 of this MOE). 2.10.2 Applicable documents Production and planning control procedure is P.2.10; Work package establishment procedure is P.2.13. 2.10.3. Scheduled maintenance The A/C maintenance is based on the requirements of the Maintenance Program, which is approved by the Competent Authority of state of aircraft registration, it is operator’s responsibility to approve Maintenance Program. Customer is responsible to timely order all required routing maintenance tasks unless otherwise is agreed by Contract. Workpackage shall be received, checked, registered and issued for maintenance in accordance with concerned procedure P.2.13.




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.10 AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAM COMPLIANCE

PPCD checks Workpackage / Work Order for conformity of its content to the order and workscope listed. PPCD checks that all the works to be done is in accordance with the approval of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. Maintenance Quality division is notified when any work requested by the Customer is outside the approved capability. 2.10.4 Maintenance program non-compliance As an exception, when scheduled maintenance cannot be performed on time PPCD Department will advise Maintenance Quality manager to initiate request for concession as described in chapter 3.9 MOE. 2.10.5 Non-scheduled maintenance task Customer is in charge to schedule timely any maintenance task, required by AD, SB, repetitive AD, etc… and order it to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD PPCD. 2.10.6 Deferred items PPCD is responsible to schedule performance of deferred items in accordance with Customer order as per procedure P.2.10. 2.10.7 Records Having satisfied that all the work scheduled is performed, PPCD staff will check the completeness of Workpackage / Work Order, copy it for archiving and forward the original to the Customer. Any noncompliances found shall be immediately checked with Maintenance Engineering and where applicable with Customer.




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.11 AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES PROCEDURE

2.11.1 General Modifications and inspections that are considered essential for airworthiness are classified as mandatory by aviation Authority of the manufacturing or registration country and are called as AD. Maintenance department manager is responsible for AD's subscribing of all manufacturing countries for «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD aircraft/engine/components "on wings" or in store in accordance with «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD scope. Maintenance Engineering is responsible to keep subscription for ADs issued by Competent Authority (EASA, FAA, IAA and RCAA). 2.11.2 Applicable documents EASA requirements - Regulation 2042/2003; Part 145.A.45, Part 145.A.70(a), AMC 145.A.45(b); Maintenance data management procedure is P.2.8.; Work package establishment procedure is P.2.13.; Equipment AD/SB status file (Form 018C); 2.11.3 Airworthiness directive subscription and control The following ways are acceptable of ADs receipt: - hard copy; - electronic format (via web-access); - from customer (as it is specified in the relevant maintenance or engineering contract). ADs are published on regulatory basis in web-sites shall be fortnightly checked by Maintenance Engineering responsible engineer for new issue. All ADs applicable to the tool / equipment is registered. Note: Web-site accessibility is under responsibility of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC IT department (MOE section 2.21). Whenever AD applicable for tool / equipment is issued Maintenance Engineering responsible engineer assess this AD, register it and complete Equipment AD/SB status file (Form 018C).





Equipment AD/SB status file (Form 018C) is sent to the Stock where Stock engineer responsible to check the availability of mentioned in the Form 018C tool / equipment and, when it is allocated in Stock, mark it with unserviceable tag and put into quarantine area until requested actions will be organized (repair, modification, scrap, etc…). Having performed required in Form 018C actions responsible Stock engineer complete this document with associated information and return it to the Maintenance Engineering responsible engineer. When mentioned tool / equipment is not allocated in the Stock then Form 018C shall be completed with this information and returned to the Maintenance Engineering responsible engineer. Regardless whether the tool / equipment are found in stock or not Stock engineer has to copy received Form 018C and collect it in the folder located in incoming inspection area. This folder is available during incoming inspection of tool and equipment for inspector’s reference and to prevent passing it into the tool store until required corrections are performed. Having received Stock feedback (completed Form 018C) responsible engineer of Maintenance Engineering will close the status of associated AD in his working file. 2.11.4 AD on operator / customer aircraft «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD does not tracking applicability of AD to the Customer fleet. Tracking of AD status for «Rossiya airlines» OJSC fleet is «Rossiya airlines» OJSC OPS part responsibility. The operator is responsible for monitoring and timely order AD performance to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. When Customer order has been received PPCD checks the Workpackage / WO content for the conformance to the order form (workscope), with the whole documents corresponding at AD and the supplied documents validity. Any mismatch found shall be clarified with Customer. Customer provides AD to incorporate on his aircraft. However if the customer doesn’t possess them, «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD provides them (subject of preliminary agreement), in accordance with references and status announced in the customer workscope / order form. PPCD checks that all ADs to be done are in accordance with the approval of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. Maintenance Quality division is notified when any work requested by the Customer is outside the approved capability.





2.11.5 AD on operator aircraft component If AD applied to the Customer component it is necessary to check stored components and parts for AD applicability. For this purpose Customer is responsible to provide this information to the Stock. Stock manager shall organize store check for requested items and report to Customer with resulting information. The filled and signed feedback form shall be returned to Customer within 3 working days.





INTENTIONALLY BLANK




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.12 OPTIONAL MODIFICATION PROCEDURE

2.12.1 General Modifications are changes made to a particular aircraft, including its components, engines, equipment and their installation. This optional modification can be divided into two categories: • modifications, provided by the aircraft / component manufacturer; • modifications initiated by operator / customer. Exempt for manufacturer technical memo, any process of modification not described in manufacturer manual is a subject to a specific procedure for request of Competent Authority approval. 2.12.2 Applicable documents EASA requirements - Regulation 2042/2003; Part 145.A.45, Part 145.A.70, AMC 145.A.45; Maintenance data management procedure is P.2.8.; Work package establishment procedure is P.2.13.; Equipment AD/SB status file (Form 018C); Receiving inspection procedure is P.2.2. 2.12.3 Definitions

This term is applied to those modifications or manufacturers Service bulletins made mandatory by a licensing Authority Airworthiness Directive or which obviously include a definite compliance connotation, such as incorporation deadline, safety implication, etc.

MANDATORY Modification

Policy for modifications in accordance with AD requirements is described by MOE Section 2.11.

OPTIONAL Modification

On attribution Basis: Modification, which consists in replacing an existing part on Aircraft, Engine or Component by an improved part after depletion of the existing stock of old parts. On Condition Basis: Modification to be incorporated if the affected Aircraft, Engine or Component requires such modification.





Surplus Value: Modifications with “surplus value” are those major modifications, which change in an important way the airplane, engine or component specification and increase the commercial value of the airplane. 2.12.4 Modification subscription and control The following ways are acceptable of SBs receipt: - hard copy; - electronic format (via web-access); - from customer (as it is specified in the relevant maintenance or engineering contract). SBs are published on regulatory basis in web-sites on manufacturers and shall be fortnightly checked by Maintenance Engineering responsible engineer for new issue. All SBs applicable to the tool / equipment is registered. Note: Web-site accessibility is under responsibility of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC IT department (MOE section 2.21). Whenever SB applicable for tool / equipment is issued Maintenance Engineering responsible engineer assess this SB, register it and complete Equipment AD/SB status file (Form 018C). Maintenance department manager is responsible to take a decision for SB embodiment. The following elements shall be taken into account for the decision on the embodiment or rejection of the proposed modification and/or inspection: • Safety (crashworthiness, personnel safety, ground safety); • Economics; • Maintenance reliability; • Life extension; • Environmental improvement; • Maintainability or user convenience; • Warranty aspects. The appropriate incorporation schedule shall be indicated as: • At convenience; • On condition basis; Or: • Next check / calibration / repair / overhaul; • Before … (specify a calendar time or date).





At positive decision of Maintenance department manager Equipment AD/SB status file (Form 018C) is sent to the Stock. Stock engineer responsible to check the availability of mentioned in the Form 018C tool / equipment and, when it is allocated in Stock, shall organize requested actions (repair, modification, scrap, etc…) in accordance with specified incorporation schedule. Having performed required in Form 018C actions responsible Stock engineer complete this document with associated information and return it to the Maintenance Engineering responsible engineer. When mentioned tool / equipment is not allocated in the Stock then Form 018C shall be completed with this information and returned to the Maintenance Engineering responsible engineer. Regardless whether the tool / equipment are found in stock or not Stock engineer has to copy received Form 018C and collect it in the folder located in incoming inspection area. This folder is available during incoming inspection of tool and equipment for inspector’s reference and to prevent passing it into the tool store until required corrections are performed. Having received Stock feedback (completed Form 018C) responsible engineer of Maintenance Engineering will close the status of associated SB in his working file. 2.12.5 Modification on operator / customer aircraft «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD does not tracking applicably of SB to the Customer fleet. Tracking of SB status for «Rossiya airlines» OJSC fleet is «Rossiya airlines» OJSC OPS part responsibility. The operator is responsible for monitoring and timely order SB performance to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. When Customer order has been received PPCD checks the Workpackage / WO content for the conformance to the order form (workscope), with the whole documents corresponding at SB and the supplied documents validity. Any mismatch found shall be clarified with Customer. It is the Operator / Customer responsibility to obtain approval (if modification not in accordance with SB or another document approved by manufactures or manufacturer’s NAA) from Customer’s NAA. No subject modification (as above) will be performed by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD without evidence of prior Customer NAA approval. Customer provides SB to incorporate on his aircraft. However if the customer doesn’t possess them, «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD provides them (subject of preliminary agreement), in accordance with references and status announced in the customer workscope / order form.





PPCD checks that all SBs to be done are in accordance with the approval of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. Maintenance Quality division is notified when any work requested by the Customer is outside the approved capability. 2.12.6 Modification on operator aircraft component If SB applied to the Customer component it is necessary to check stored components and parts for SB applicability. For this purpose Customer is responsible to provide this information to the Stock. Stock manager shall organize store check for requested items and report to Customer with resulting information. The filled and signed feedback form shall be returned to Customer within 3 working days.




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.13 MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION IN USE AND ITS COMPLETION

2.13.1 General «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD maintenance documentation in use is based on the following: - it is necessary to ensure that only documents which have been examined and approved before hand are

actually distributed; - only currently applicable documents issues are available to personnel and their users destroy all obsolete

documents; - room in which instructions may be studied is provided to the personnel. The Customer’s (Operator’s) Check Lists may be used for the purpose of performance of routine line maintenance checks if is agreed with Operator. There is no need to issue Work package in this case. 2.13.2 Applicable documents Procedure for Work package establishment is P.2.13.; MOE section 2.8. 2.13.3 Completion of documents 2.13.3.1 Aircraft Work package content The PPCD is in charge to produce aircraft Work package in accordance with procedure P.2.13. The aircraft Work package has been prepared by PPCD engineer and has been checked by Maintenance Engineering responsible engineer and then after registration in PPCD should be sent to Maintenance department. The aircraft Work package (WP) consists of: - Workpackage-Summary for aircraft maintenance (Form 034) used as a title and workscope list. Supplied by

Customer (AMOS generated form); - Part List (Form 040) or Tools and Material List (Form 040A) which is prepared and provided by Customer

in accordance with planned workscope. These forms may be developed by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Maintenance Engineering upon Customer request. Part List (Form 040) is an AMOS generated form, Tools and Material List (Form 040A) is a hand written form. These two forms are interchangeable and may be used each instead other as per issuer convenience;

- Maintenance Job Card (Form 015), which are produced to reflect Customer routing tasks and appropriated to the particular inspections, special inspections, structural inspections, etc… Routing Maintenance Job Cards (or their analog like a Task Cards) generally are supplied by Customer. Maintenance Engineering is responsible to issue Maintenance Job Card when agreed with Customer;





- Workorder (Form 016) which is produced to meet the requirements of the AD, SB or any additional

Customer nonroutine works, also issued to clarify any inexactitudes in position of aircraft component, its serial or part numbers (AMOS generated form);

- W/O Stages (Form 017) is used as an attachment to the Workorder (Form 016) when indication of stages (step by step performance) in necessary (AMOS generated form);

- Component change report (Form 035), which is produced for requiring routable replacement; - Job Instruction Card (Form 031) issued for repetitive inspections with defined periodicity (AMOS

generated form); - Technical Logbook pages; - Deferred works; - Certificate of Release to Service (Form 005); - Aircraft Status information (when initially notified by Customer); - Airworthiness Release Certificate for fitted parts; - Certificate of Conformities, or cross-reference to Certificate of Conformities for used standard parts and

aircraft materials; - Any special documentation required by Customer. This file is accompanied by all completed work documents, approval documents for alteration and repair and release documents for the equipment installed. Documents for consumable parts are delivered only upon customer request. Workpackage is normally prepared by Customer and checked by PPCD staff, Maintenance Engineering is consulted when required. PPCD staff checks the received from Customer file content for the conformance to the order form (workscope). Workpackage for hangar maintenance shall be confirmed for required tool / equipment / spares with Stock personnel, man-hours availability with man-hour plan and Maintenance department manager agreement when required. Checked Workpackage is registered in PPCD and directed to the Maintenance department for work preparation (availability of tools, staff, and components...) and for completion. Additionally to the mentioned above Workpackage content includes: - all needed inspections; - serial and part number of removed / installed components; - detail of incorporated modifications; - mandatory specific instructions (AD, SB); - specific procedures such as "Engine run up", "Landing gear retraction", etc. When there is a requirement to ensure dimensions or test figures the above figures with dimensions and specific tolerances should be attached.





2.13.3.2 Work package completion. All internal forms are designed to show the signature and maintenance staff stamp number or stamp of the Aviation Mechanic, Certifying Staff and Quality Inspector (if required), who perform the operation and at which operation has been performed. In order to prevent omissions, every task card or group of task cards must be signed. Work may not be continued unless the previous step, on the process sheet has been signed after completion. This is done to ensure that task card or group of task cards are completed. Each Certifying Staff and Quality Inspector is responsible for signing (stamping) the concerned operation. The signature (stamp) signifies that the assigned work was carried out in compliance with applicable work references. Each work carried out by Aviation Mechanic must be under supervision and to be certified by Certifying Staff at least category B. Completed Workpackage is forwarded to PPCD where it shall be checked for content completeness. Any mismatch to be clarified with Maintenance department and Customer. PPCD keeps and files a Workpackage copy as per chapter 2.14 of this MOE. Original is routed to the Customer. 2.13.3.3 Specific information At the Customer’s request, «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Maintenance Engineering may prepare an inspection report, consisting of a statement of: - engine and APU extinguishers, - oxygen cylinders and toboggan, - life-limit equipment replaced or tested, - additional works/modification sheets applied during work, - AD/SB applied during work, - tests performed, - run up report, - weighing report, - deferred work. When these reports are delivered to the Customer as separate documents (out of Workpackage) they shall be accompanied with Certificate of Release to Service (Form 005).




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.14 TECHNICAL RECORDS CONTROL

2.14.1 General In order to prove that all requirements have been met for issuance of the certificate of release to service, including subcontractors release document and to be in position to provide to Authorities and Customers proof regarding airworthiness, full records related to maintenance supplied by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD, must be properly kept. Such records are to be filed and stored in conditions permitting rapid retrieval and in facilities which provide an environment suitable for storage purposes so as to prevent records from misplacement and to minimize any damage or deterioration. All the Aircraft technical records (ATR) and all the maintenance documentation completed as per chapter L.2.4 of this MOE. PPCD is responsible for storing and maintaining the records. 2.14.2 Safety conditions 2.14.2.1 Paper copies The records are stored in a manner that ensures protection from damage alteration (fire, flood....) and theft. 2.14.2.2 Computer control system Refer to MOE section 2.21. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC IT department remains responsible during any electronic records consultation. 2.14.3 Process PPCD engineer (under control of PPCD manager) allocated for a Project is hereby also allocated responsibility for: • collation of all documentation (Workpackage) applicable to the Project; • production of the requisite copies of the Workpackage for archive purposes (when agreed with Customer); • dispatch of the original Workpackage to the Customer; • delivery the Workpackage copy to the archive. PPCD responsible engineer shall physically place the Workpackage in the archive and thereafter maintain the housekeeping of the records and the archive in general. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD PPCD collects the copies of maintenance records in the electronic (scanned) format and in the paper copies as well. All the copies (whether scanned or paper) shall be clearly indentified.




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.14 TECHNICAL RECORDS CONTROL

2.14.4 Archiving duration As a general rule all maintenance records are stored for 3 years from the date the aircraft to which the work relates was released by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC. 2.14.5 Component Authorised release certificate (EASA Form 1 or equivalent) These certificates are part of the Workpackage and handle as per chapters 2.14.3, 2.14.4. 2.14.6 Lost records In case of loss records, «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD will recover the records using mainly AMOS. Other maintenance records databases which are supporting by PPCD and Stock. If record is not complete, then «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD shall ask Competent Authority for further action. 2.14.7 Access to records Direct access to records is available for PPCD responsible engineer, Management personnel and Maintenance Quality personnel. Customer Authority may impound and access any records which may be required for incident / accident investigation purposes. 2.14.8 Maintenance organization cessation of activities Maintenance organization will transfer all the available records to the Operator or Owner. If Operator or Owner is unknown, «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD will approach EASA for further action.




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.15 RECTIFICATION OF DEFECTS ARISING DURING BASE MAINTENANCE

2.15.1 General Defects found during hangar maintenance (A-Checks or equivalent) could be classified in two categories: - Defect covered by approved maintenance data; - Defect not covered by approved maintenance data. Whatever category is, defects are under Certifying staff responsibility. 2.15.2 Applicable documents Defect rectification procedure is P.2.15.; Workorder is Form 016; EASA Technical Occurrence Report (EASA Form 44). 2.15.3 Defect identification Defects are treated according to applicable procedure P.2.15 and recorded on the nonrouting Workorders (Form 016). When maintenance group discovered a defect not covered by approved maintenance data, before starting the rectification process, an assessment of Maintenance Engineering is necessary in order to determine the required actions and informs about it Maintenance Quality division. Maintenance department shall make a decision and inform Maintenance Engineering, Maintenance Quality division and Operator whether the defect must be deferred due to parts or time non-availability. Maintenance Quality division must also determine whether the defect should be reported to the manufacturer, CAA of State of registry and the Operator / Customer through the mandatory occurrence report – EASA Technical Occurrence Report (EASA Form 44). This report must be issued and distributed by Quality Management departmetn in accordance with section 2.18 this MOE. 2.15.4 Defect covered by maintenance data If the defect can be rectified during current maintenance, then the defect and the work performed shall be described on nonrouting Workorder (Form 016). This nonrouting Workorder (Form 016) will be part of the work package, counted in the PPCD and routed to PPCD upon completion of the maintenance.





If the defect cannot be rectified due to parts or time non-availability, then a deferred defect approval process is initiated as per chapter 2.15.6 below. Depending on the gravity of the defect, chapter 2.18 procedure may be initiated (Reporting of defects to the CAA of State of registry / Operator / Manufacturer). 2.15.5 Defect not covered by maintenance data These are generally major structural and corrosion defects. Refer to the MOE section 2.9. 2.15.6 Deferred defect process. A defect rectification could be deferred for two different reasons: - Lack of time; - Spare parts or materials / tools or equipment / staff non-available. Whatever the reason, defect rectification and initiation of deferment process remains under Certifying staff responsibility and based on MEL requirements or other Approved Maintenance documentation. If, after identification and assessment, the defect can not be rectified during the current maintenance check, the following deferred defect processes could be initiated: - Deferment covered by approved documents; - Deferment not covered by approved documents. 2.15.6.1 Deferment covered by approved documents These defects are covered by documents such as: - Operator’s Approved MEL; - Manufacturer CDL (Configuration deviation list); - Defect complying with Manufacturer's tolerance (AMM, SRM, TSM, etc…). Before postponing of defects, Certifying staff responsible for defect rectification has to: - Carry out troubleshooting to determine at least, which system, indication or component is faulty; - Check MEL and other technical documentation concerning possibility for dispatch of the aircraft; - Analyze the defect influence over the aircraft's operation or passengers comfort and determine information

important for crew or not. Deferred item record in this case should be issued by Certifying staff in accordance with their responsibilities and privileges held. Reference to the approved data is mandatory.





Operator should be informed about limitations and data about deferred item has to be entered into «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD computer system. 2.15.6.2 Deferment not covered by approved documents These deferments must be submitted to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Maintenance Quality division. They may require external approval such as: • No technical objection (NTO) statement from the Manufacturer; • A concession granted by the Operator / Customer or by the NAA through the Operator / Customer may be

treated as per chapter 3.10. 2.15.6.3 Rectification intervals for «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD fleet «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD may permit one time extension of the applicable interval B, C or D, for the same duration as that specified in the MEL upon Customer request and written approval. CautionDispatch of the aircraft is not allowed after expiry of the Rectification interval specified in MEL unless:

:

- The rectification interval has been extended in accordance with this sub-paragraph; - The defect has been rectified. 2.15.7 Rectification of defects arising during hangar maintenance Customer aircraft «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD will act as per the Contract / Work package and will inform the Customer of any important defect detected. 2.15.8 Additional requirements for other operator / customer When the Operator / Customer does not permit the deferment of MEL items, the Quality Management department must inform the Operator / Customer and wait for further information. When the defect is considered a serious hazard to the aircraft, a report is made as per chapter 2.18. MOE and Certifying staff must not issue a Certificate of Release to Service in this case.




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.16 RELEASE TO SERVICE PROCEDURE

2.16.1 General A Certificate of Release to Service is necessary before flight at the completion of any package of the maintenance scheduled and / or any defect rectification or deferment. The Certificate of Release to Service may be issued by Certifying staff at the «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD main base, and at any location in case of unserviceability of Customer’s aircraft and / or occasional line maintenance. 2.16.2 Applicable documents Part-M Appendix 2; Certificate of release to service (Form 005); EASA Form 1 – MF/145 issue 2 (Form 006); Serviceable Tag (Form 009); List of Certifying Staff and category B1 and B2 Support Staff (Form 008); Robbery Tag (Form 070); Swap / change over (robbery) of serviceable components between MS registered aircraft procedure CPM P.2.17; Release to service procedure P.2.16. 2.16.3 Certifying Staff Only personnel that hold a valid maintenance license and «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD authorization endorsement for Release to Service issue are permitted to approve an aircraft / component for Release to Service. The List of Certifying Staff and category B1 and B2 Support Staff (Form 008) is stored and distributed as a separate document. 2.16.4 Release to Service forms «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD uses following Release to Service forms: (a) Aircraft Release to Service:

- Operators’ Aircraft Technical Log and Certificate of Release to Service (Form 005) after hangar maintenance (Heavy A-checks or equivalent);

- Operators’ Aircraft Technical Log after line maintenance and Light A-checks or equivalent; (b) Component Release to Service:

- EASA Form 1 (Form 006).





Certificate of Release to Service and EASA Form 1 contains basic details of the maintenance and additional work carried out, the date such maintenance was completed, Certifying staff signature, personal number (stamp) and the identity, including Part-145 certificate reference EASA.145.0331. Certificate of Release to Service issued on the Customer form has to contain Statement or refer to pre-printed Statement as per AMC 145.A.50 (b)(1). 2.16.5 Release to Service process 2.16.5.1 Approval for Release to Service. Certifying staff is a holder of approval for Certificate of Release to Service issue. Procedure P.2.16 provides guidelines for releasing material. After completion of maintenance task or group of tasks, Certifying Staff checks that: - all work required by the Workpackage has been performed; - all maintenance instructions (maintenance Job Cards, Task Cards, Workorders and etc.) are up to date in

accordance with procedure P.2.8; - all work performed are authorized by approved scope of work; - all documentation has been completed and signed; - there is no deferred work other than as defined in chapter 2.10, 2.15; - applicable AD have been embodied; - characteristics that have to be recorded are recorded; - Life Limited part status (when supplied by Customer); - Identification of components. The maintenance personnel including Quality Inspectors shall sign maintenance documents (WO, TC, MJC, JO, JS and etc.) with his full signature and maintenance stamp number (or stamp) as required. After line maintenance a responsible person – member of Certifying staff with appropriate rating fills in Operators’ Aircraft Technical Log with his full signature, date, time, personal stamp number and Part-145 certificate reference. After Light A-checks or equivalent a responsible person – member of Certifying staff with appropriate rating fills in Operators’ Aircraft Technical Log with his full signature, date, time, personal stamp number and Part-145 certificate reference. After hangar maintenance (Heavy A-checks or equivalent) a responsible person – member of Certifying staff with appropriate rating signs and stamps a CRS (Form 005) and fills in Operators’ Aircraft Technical Log with his full signature, date, time, personal stamp number and Part-145 certificate reference. Dual release of aircraft e.g. with usage of two different approval numbers is prohibited.





2.16.5.2 The case of a CRS can't be issued If found defect cannot be rectified in accordance with section 2.15 of this MOE and when defect is considered a serious hazard (that means any instances where safe operation could not be assured or which could lead to an unsafe condition, for example: significant cracking, deformation, corrosion or failure of primary structure, any evidence of burning, electrical arcing, significant hydraulic fluid or fuel leakage and any emergency system or total system failure, AD overdue) to the aircraft «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Certifying staff must not issue CRS. The aircraft maintenance records must indicate that the aircraft has been inspected and found to be unairworthy condition because of certain discrepancies. A signed and dated list of these discrepancies must be given to the aircraft Operator / Customer. 2.16.5.3 Specific conditions for aircraft permission to fly When aircraft is grounded at a location other than base station due to non-availability of an aircraft component with the appropriate release certificate, it is permissible to temporarily fit an aircraft component without the appropriate release certificate for a maximum of 30 flight hours or until the aircraft first returns to the main line station or main maintenance base, whichever is the sooner, with component having a suitable serviceable tag but otherwise in compliance with Part-145 requirements. Such aircraft components must be removed by the specified time unless an appropriate release certificate has been obtained in the meantime. 2.16.6 Components Certifying Staff Category B has a limited rating to issue EASA Form 1 (Form 006) when aircraft component is removed from serviceable Member state registered aircraft in accordance with procedures as per AMC No 2 to 145.A.50 (d) 2.6. This rating has been limited by inspection / testing of the Component on the Aircraft. Release to Service can be issued by Certifying Staff after Component has been inspected / tested on the Aircraft in accordance with relevant Maintenance Manual and after Aircraft Technical Log has been checked in accordance with AMC No 2 to 145.A.50 (d) 2.6. EASA Form 1 will be issued in accordance with following procedure. This procedure allows fitment of parts removed from one Member State registered aircraft to be fitted to another Member State registered aircraft. Serviceable aircraft components removed from a Member State registered aircraft may be issued an EASA Form 1 by an appropriately rated organization subject to compliance with this subparagraph.

a) The organization should ensure that the component was removed from the aircraft by an appropriately qualified person.





b) The aircraft component may only be deemed serviceable if the last flight operation with the component fitted revealed no faults on that component/related system. c) The aircraft component should be inspected for satisfactory condition including in particular damage, corrosion or leakage and compliance with any additional manufacturer’s maintenance instructions. d) The aircraft record should be researched for any unusual events that could affect the serviceability of the aircraft component such as involvement in accidents, incidents, heavy landings or lightning strikes. Under no circumstances may an EASA Form 1 be issued in accordance with this paragraph if it is suspected that the aircraft component has been subjected to extremes of stress, temperatures or immersion which could effect its operation. e) A maintenance history record should be available for all used serialized aircraft components. f) Compliance with known modifications and repairs should be established. g) The flight hours/cycles/landings as applicable of any service life limited parts including time since overhaul should be established. h) Compliance with known applicable airworthiness directives should be established. i) Subject to satisfactory compliance with this subparagraph an EASA Form 1 may be issued and should contain the information as specified in paragraph AMC No 2 to 145.A.50 (d) 2.4 including the aircraft from which the aircraft component was removed.

Serviceable aircraft components removed from a non Member State registered aircraft may only be issued an EASA Form 1 if the components are leased or loaned from the maintenance organization approved under Part-145 who retains control of the airworthiness status of the components. An EASA Form 1 may be issued and should contain the information as specified in AMC No 2 to 145.A.50 (d) 2.4 including the aircraft from which the aircraft component was removed. EASA Form 1 should be issued at least in two copies – master copy should be attached to the component and other copy should be archived. When an organization maintains a component for use by the organisation, an EASA Form 1 may not be necessary and CPM procedure P.2.17 shall be used in such case to provide guidance for swap/change over the serviceable component with Robbery Tag (Form 070) issue. 2.16.7 CRS process After completion of aircraft / component maintenance Certifying staff will issue a CRS with the following information: • type of maintenance carried out; • deferred tasks, if applicable;





• date / time of maintenance completion; • aircraft / component hours and cycles; • identification number and signature of the Certifying Staff; • reference to the Part-145 Approved Maintenance Organization authorization; • reference to the Customer’s Workorder or Workpackage or both. 2.16.8 Record keeping The relevant Release to Service documents are stored as per chapter 2.14 of this MOE, and original is forwarded to the Customer.




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.17 RECORD FOR THE OPERATOR

2.17.1 General This procedure summary contains the basic requirements related to: - main types of records for the operator; - records take over procedure. 2.17.2 Main types of records used The minimum records for aircraft operator are as follow: - Aircraft Logbook; - Certificate of Release to Service; - EASA Form 1 or equivalent for all replaced components; - Workpackage summary and all inclusions; - Workorder(s); - Inspection statements and reports; - AD / SB status (when initially provided by Customer); - Hard Time / Life Limited parts statuses (when initially provided by Customer); - NDT and Weight reports; - Repair files; - Summary of approval data used for repairs and modifications; - Another relevant documents. This List is subject of Maintenance Contract or Joint Procedure Manual between Operator and «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. 2.17.3 Records take over procedure PPCD is in charge to transfer maintenance records (in the volume, as agreed in the Maintenance Contract) to the aircraft Operator in agreed time. PPCD will make a copy of maintenance records and follows it to archive in accordance with chapters 2.14 of this MOE.




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.18 REPORTING OF DEFECTS TO THE COMPETENT AUTHORITY /

OPERATOR / MANUFACTURER 2.18.1 General The Quality Management department will report to the CAA of State of registry, Competent Authority, the Manufacturer and the Operator within 72 hours after discovery, any serious defect that could affect the airworthy condition of the aircraft. Certifying staff shall provide Quality Management department with all necessary information required to prepare a complete report form when the defect is identified. 2.18.2 Applicable documents EASA Technical Occurrence Report (EASA Form 44). 2.18.3 Conditions to be reported «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD is required to report to the regulatory Authority the occurrence or detection of each failure, malfunction or defect concerning: - Airplane structure that requires major repair; - Cracks, permanent deformation or corrosion of airplane structures, if more than the maximum acceptable; - Emergency evacuation system (exit doors, evacuation lighting ...); - Any other failure, malfunction or defect that may endanger safe operation. This list should not be considered restrictive. Any major incidents, where their repetition may put in doubt the airworthiness of the aircraft, should also be reported. 2.18.4 Reporting The report will be made in a form describing the defect or malfunction without withholding any pertinent information and shall include at least the following information: • Type and identification number of the airplane; • Date, flight number, and circumstances when the incident occurred; • Any emergency procedure implemented; • The nature of the failure, malfunction or defect; • Identification of the part / system involved including available information pertaining to type designation of

the major component and time since overhaul; • Apparent cause of the failure, malfunction or defect; • Whether the part was repaired, replaced, sent to the manufacturer, or other action was taken; • Other pertinent information necessary for more complete identification, determination of seriousness, or

corrective action. EASA Form 044 and completion instructions are available via EASA official websites.




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.19 RETURN OF DEFECTIVE COMPONENT TO STORE

2.19.1 General Defective components are defined as components removed either from aircraft, engines, APU during maintenance, or from flight kits / stores due to failure or Shelf Life expiration, rectification requirements, modification requirements, etc… 2.19.2 Applicable documents EASA Technical Occurrence Report (EASA Form 44); Form 010 Unserviceable tag; Form 011 Condemned tag; Form 012 Identification tag. 2.19.3 Tagging Whenever an aircraft component is removed from an aircraft technician should enter the required data into the Unserviceable tag (Form 010) (if component is unserviceable) or into the Identification tag (Form 012) (if serviceable component has been temporary removed for any purpose) and attach it to the removed component. The required data are: • Part description; • Part number; • Serial number; • Position (if applicable); • Aircraft registration number; • Date; • Reason for replacement; • Failure description (for Unserviceable Tag); • Signature and stamp (or stamp number). 2.19.4 Shipping to the unserviceable store The part is routed to the Unserviceable Components Area of the Main Stores, where it will remain until a final decision is made. The final decision includes any additional work to be carried out, such as AD, SB to be incorporated, etc… in accordance with requirements provided by Customer / Owner of component. After the final decision is taken, a document is raised depending on the particular requirement (for example close loop repair, outside repair, scrap, and return to lender).




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.19 RETURN OF DEFECTIVE COMPONENT TO STORE

During 3 working days, Stock engineer has to send required information about spare parts (GSE, tools) to the Customer / Owner of component. Having received Customer decision Stock department shall organize appropriate actions. 2.19.5 Scrapping When a component is to be scrapped, it is directed to the restricted scrap-designed area, with attached Condemned tag and then scrapped in accordance with next scheme. Components, which are classified as unsalvageable [criteria as per AMC 145.A.42 (d)] must have the red “Condemned tag”. When a need occurs, the unsalvageable components shall be disposed of excluding possible return to service, such facts shall be confirmed by Scrap Report. Scrap Report shall contain following data: Components name, Part Number, Serial Number, statement that components are destroyed to prevent possible return to service, date and commission members signatures. Commission members: Chief of WAMD; Stock manager; Chief of Quality Management department. When component / material are not «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD property scrapping may be performed basing on the Customer / Owner of component official approval only. 2.19.6 Suspected Unapproved Parts (Bogus Parts) Suspected unapproved parts (bogus parts) means a parts, components, or materials that has not been manufactured in accordance with the approval procedures in Part-21 or overhauled / repaired in accordance with Part-145; that may not conform to an approved type design; or may not conform to established industry, EU or USA specifications (standard parts). Such unapproved parts may not be installed on a type-certificated product, unless a determination of airworthiness can otherwise be made. The Aircraft component / material defect report is being forwarded to the QA which will be part of the decision loop according to procedure P.2.2. Quality manager is responsible for send an EASA Technical Occurrence Report (EASA Form 44) to the Competent Authority during 5 working days since "bogus part" has been discovered. Suspected unapproved parts shall be placed to the Quarantine Box and shall keep than until Authority take a decision.




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.20 DEFECTIVE COMPONENTS TO OUTSIDE CONTRACTORS

2.20.1 General The following principles are applied in order to ensure the quality, the continuity of airworthy condition and the continuity of Part-145 respect of the items procured by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD: - Sub-Contractors are Part-145 Approved Organizations; - Procurements documents contain data providing a clear description of work to be done and related delivery

documents; - Customer / Owner has approved Repair order (Form 021) before sending to outside Contractors. - All unserviceable parts are accompanied with Unserviceable tag (Form 010) and stored in secured area. 2.20.2 Applicable documents Routable repair procedure is P.2.3.2; Unserviceable tag is Form 010; Repair order is Form 021. 2.20.3 Repair order Customer / Owner of component is generally responsible to take a decision relative to the part repair and its scope. Stock department is responsible for tracking Repair orders for unserviceable components, which are required to rectification by outside contractors according to procedure P.2.3.2. This includes components for which «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD does not have in house capabilities and spares, which are under warranty. Stock department also issues and track Repair orders (Form 021) for in-house repair according to procedure P.2.3.1. As described in applicable procedure, the Repair order will contain following details: - Component description; - Part, serial number; - Work to be carried out (repair, modification, inspection...); - Delivery documents (EASA Form 1, Inspection report...); - Failure description; - Due date. Repair order is closed when component are successfully received in Stock or when cancelled by Customer / Owner. 2.20.4 Shipping the component Store staff sends the packaged component to the selected subcontractor, remaining a copy of Unserviceable tag, Repair order and other relevant records. Unserviceable tag remains attached to the component. Manufacturer specification is taken into consideration for packaging. Components called back by Customer / Owner are shipped to the defined destination with the documentation mentioned above.




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.21 CONTROL OF COMPUTER MAINTENANCE RECORD SYSTEM

2.21.1 General The «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD general policy with regard to information technology deals with all aspects related to software systems and hardware equipment used to introduce the information technology applications used by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. The «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD operates a computerized information system (IS) and AMOS system, which cover, but not limited to quality, maintenance, engineering & planning, administration and logistic systems. Supervising of general data flow, exchange between separate systems is fixed on Administrator of the computer network. Note: Administration of local network is under «Rossiya airlines» OJSC IT department responsibility. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD has local Administrator in each production area. Administrator of the computer network is responsible for: - control of hardware; - deciding on the choice of application. - control of data base integrity, safety and backup. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD local Administrator (basically department manager) of the computer network is responsible for: - requesting of application required; - user rights validation; - application validation. Quality Management department is responsible for performing audits to monitor system implementation. 2.21.2 Application validation Every applications used in «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD are validated by Administrator of the computer network with the purpose to analyze any software and data compatibility problems, identifies and take action to prevent them. This involves every time verifying of the new application delivered from a third party software Vendor or produced within the «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD.





Administrator of the computer network is responsible for analyzing any software and data compatibility problems. All personnel are responsible for ensuring that all software changes are coordinated and approved with Administrator of the computer network. Administrator of the computer network shall receive software and / or documentation for analysis, prior to the any steps of application implementation will be taken. The software validation starts from the acquaintance with the functions covered by application. In that point all indistinct relations must be cleared. Software must be evaluated with real data in test environment, and opinion of each user of application must be estimated. Validation is the end result of a process in which Administrator of the computer network certifies, on the basis of experimental evidence, that application meet requirements of functional needs. 2.21.3 Control of access Administrator of the computer network is responsible for controlling all access to the computer systems by employees of the «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. Before any «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD employee delegated by the departmental manager is allowed to access, he / she should be authorized by himself. Every employee receives default departmental access rights plus those, which the departmental manager decided to allow them by informing Administrator of the computer network. In case when the Administrator of the computer network is not satisfied of the employee’s knowledge of how the complete system functions and detailed in the areas that the employee will have access to, he must delay authorization of that employee, till the employee will receive sufficient training. When authorization has been issued, the new user receives a login, and access to those functions which the user requires to carry out his / her job. Each user granted with access right has his / her own “password”, which knows only this user and local Administrator, password must be kept in secret, so no unauthorized person could use any computer systems function on his / her behalf. To prevent unauthorized change and access to the information, users, particularly performing maintenance record data input, can be forced periodical change own password, and can be allowed login from specific workstation only. Administrator of the computer network records the list of authorized personnel. Any changes to the user’s access privileges must be first agreed and approved by the user’s departmental manager. Department managers inform the Administrator about necessity of access privileges changing.





2.21.4 Back up of data To ensure against the loss of data from the system, a back up of the databases and files will be taken every 24 hours with the RAID technology. Back up is made by separate, placed in geographically different places backup systems. Monthly back up is performed with usage of non-erasable data carrier. IT department keeps total responsibility for this process. In the event of loss of data from the live system, data from the last available back up must be restored in the computer network. IT department keeps total responsibility for this process. If the system was stopped for any reason all data required shall be recorded in writing. IT department engineers, working 24 hours, have to be notified to restore the system. Having the system restarted and, if necessary restored all such manually recorded data shall be entered in addition into computer network. 2.21.5 Control of software revisions From time to time the system Vendors will make revisions to the program and release new versions to the «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. It is responsibility of the Administrator of the Computer Network within «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD to review these revisions and to establish acceptance tests. The testing of new releases will be carried out in the test system using “real” data. The test results and the decision of Administrator of the Computer Network shall be recorded. 2.21.6 System problem / fault logging and control Any problem or fault with the system found by any user will be reported to the department manager and to the Administrator of the Computer Network. The user will report details of the problem / fault found and any other relevant information. The completed information shall be passed to the Administrator of the computer network, who will investigate the problem and take any appropriate action. Details of any rectification action will be passed back to the originator.




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.22 CONTROL OF MAN-HOUR PLANNING VERSUS SCHEDULED

MAINTENANCE PLAN 2.22.1 General «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD man-hour planning is based on the following: availability of specialists to perform aircraft maintenance and secure scheduled aircraft down time. 2.22.2 Applicable documents Production and planning control procedure is P.2.10; Work package establishment procedure is P.2.13; Annual Hangar Visit Plan is Form 047; Monthly Hangar Visit Plan is Form 024. 2.22.3 Documentation in use Refer to MOE section 2.8. 2.22.4 Completion of documents 2.22.4.1 Man-hour planning for Hangar Maintenance staff and Maintenance Engineering PPCD creates Monthly Hangar Visit Plan (Form 024) and Annual Hangar Visit Plan (Form 047) for hangar maintenance performance. PPCD must revise Annual plan when there are significant changes from scheduled works. PPCD will prepare Annual man-hour plan, which is included in the Annual Hangar Visit Plan (Form 047) for cross reference in order to have available maintenance staff, Maintenance Engineering, Stock staff to perform and support maintenance for long terms. Annual man-hour plan is based on training, vacations, maintenance plans. Annual man-hour plan must be revised by PPCD when there are significant changes from man-hours, but not less than once per 3 months. PPCD will draw up Man-hour plan for Hangar Maintenance (Form 001) for each project in accordance with MOE section 2.13 and procedure P.2.13. If an additional project will be performed at the same hangar at the same time PPCD should update man-hour plan. 2.22.4.2 Man-hour planning for line maintenance Man-hour plan for line maintenance will be drawn up by PPCD in accordance with MOE section 2.10 and procedure P.2.10. PPCD should update man-hour plan every day.




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.22 CONTROL OF MAN-HOUR PLANNING VERSUS SCHEDULED

MAINTENANCE PLAN 2.22.4.3 Man-hour planning for Maintenance Quality Man-hour planning for Maintenance Quality division will be drawn up by Maintenance Quality manager (Form 041). On an average each on site Quality Audit will take minimum 3 days and according to the Annual audit plan (Form 041) the required number of quality monitoring staff will be calculated for each month and referred in the Annual audit plan. The available number of quality monitoring staff (based on training, vacations, etc) will be referred in Annual audit plan too. Maintenance Quality manager is responsible to ensure that there is enough quality monitoring staff to perform all planned audits. 2.22.5 Reporting of significant man-hour plan deviation PPCD manager should report about significant deviation from the maintenance man-hour plan to the Maintenance Quality manager and the Accountable manager for the review (significant deviation means more than a 25% shortfall in available man-hours during a calendar month to plan, perform, supervise, inspect and quality monitor the «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD in accordance with approval). 2.22.6 Organizational stability assurance «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD employs such staff that at least is half of the staff performs aircraft / aircraft component maintenance to assure organizational stability. Contracted staff working part time or full time in «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD must comply with «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD, as Competent Authority Part-145 approved maintenance organization, requirements, procedures and instructions regarding their duties. Quality Management department is responsible to control such compliance.




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.23 CONTROL OF CRITICAL TASKS

2.23.1 General This procedure summary contains the basic requirements to control of critical tasks. Control of critical tasks is a subject of higher risk of failure. Control of critical tasks has been determined and listed in P.2.23. 2.23.2 Applicable documents Part 145.A.65 (b); AMC 145.A.65 (b); Control of critical tasks procedure is P.2.23. 2.23.3 Control of critical tasks during Hangar Maintenance Certifying staff of the Maintenance department are responsible for control of critical tasks. This control during Line and Hangar maintenance consists of two steps: 2.23.3.1. During first step Certifying staff who is responsible for job performance must determine in accordance with P.2.23 is particular task of the Control of critical tasks or NOT. If YES the column “INSP” in the work documents should be left clean for duplicate inspection authorization. If NO the column “INSP” must be filled in by the same person as in “MECH” column. It means that this person has checked job status and found Critical tasks control unnecessary based on Control of critical tasks procedure P.2.23. 2.23.3.2. Second step is required when particular task has been identified as Critical tasks. Then Category B1/B2 Certifying staff shall carry out the task and sign “MECH” column when satisfied by self inspection. Inspection in addition

to one performed must be accomplished by second Certifying staff (holder of Category B1/B2 privileges – depends on task chapter) or Quality Inspector of Quality Control department, who has to sign “INSP” column for the second inspection when satisfied.

Task may not be considered as “Performed” if it is determined that Critical Task control is required but second inspection is not done by other person – holder of Category B1/B2 Certifying staff or Quality inspector privileges.




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.24 REFERENCE TO SPECIFIC MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

2.24.1 General The following maintenance procedures accomplished in the Saint-Petersburg Pulkovo Airport are listed in this item: • aircraft towing procedure; • engine run-up procedure; • aircraft pressure run procedure. Whenever the local aircraft towing procedure is differ from this MOE section the more strict rules are apply. 2.24.2 Applicable documents Aircraft towing instruction is in accordance with AMM; Engine run up instruction is in accordance with AMM; «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Internal Standard is “Organization of Aircraft Towing”. 2.24.3 Aircraft towing procedure If it's necessary to tow the aircraft to the new parking position or to engine start position, towing team leader on duty should inform PPCD operation coordinator. A towing team leader and cockpit designated technician should be holders «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD license with related type training. Towing team leader designates the towing team. The following ground personnel are required for a pushback / towing from a parking stand to air bridge / new parking stand or from air bridge to engine start position (stand): - Cockpit crew member or technician with type rating; - Towing team leader / start-up communication person; - Wing / tail walker guide’s (if needed). When towing through restricted area (into / out of hangar, etc.) wing / tail walker guides is required (one on each wing, one at tail, and one at nose). All the team members are qualified in accordance with applicable procedure P.3.0 for towing and must be equipped with portable radio stations (at least one) and flash lights (in the nighttime). The Team leader instructs team members before towing. He points out an aircraft towing peculiarity at existing weather conditions (especially at icy covered taxiway, strong wind), aircraft locations on apron, taxiway, apron and towing equipment conditions. He inspects team members’ readiness for towing gives industrial safety instructions and distributes duties between team members. Team members are responsible for their duty accomplishment according to their "Qualification file". Team Leader informs ground support mechanic about towing. Ground support mechanic removes all ground equipment out from the aircraft and transports necessary equipment to the new parking position.





Team leader reports to PPCD operation coordinator, who orders the tow truck and reports to Saint-Petersburg Pulkovo Airport Tower about readiness for towing. The Team leader checks before towing: • aircraft readiness for towing in accordance with AMM chapter; • tow truck, towing equipment and radio aids; • absence of impediments on the towing way for aircraft. The Team leader controls actions of the team members during towing. Towing is accomplished in accordance with AMM and Saint-Petersburg Pulkovo Airport taxi and traffic circuits. While towing the Team leader must be located within the view of the tow truck driver and all team members. The aircraft breaking system is used in case of emergency only, such as: • threat of collision with obstacle; • disconnection between the aircraft and tow truck; • tow bar breakage; • others. It is banned when towing: • to swing an aircraft for moving out; • to push an aircraft at the tow truck reverse motion; • people presence on the aircraft surfaces, tow bar and tow truck steps; • to rectify the tow bar defects. 2.24.4 Engine Run up Engine run up is performed in accordance with this procedure in the following cases: • In accordance with Operator Maintenance Program; • During accomplishment of AD, SB etc., if it is required by the above listed technical documents; • When an aircraft and / or engine systems functional test is needed; • Engine run up procedure must be accomplished by qualified operators in accordance with the maintenance

instruction, given by a Shift Leader, or according to the request of a Flight Crew. A Shift Leader assigns three (as minimum) technical specialists for engine run up: • Engineer / Technician-Mechanic qualified for engine run up procedure; • Two mechanics qualified for aircraft and engine maintenance: one to assist in the cockpit, second for

monitoring engine run up from the ground and to maintain the communication with specialist in the cockpit. Note: Communication between mechanic on the ground and specialist in the cockpit is carried out using aircraft interphone system. It is allowed to use portable radio station for this reason.





2.24.4.1 Job set up Shift Leader informs Saint-Petersburg Pulkovo Airport Tower about a necessity of engine run up on the aircraft. Saint-Petersburg Pulkovo Airport Tower defines Engine run up position on the Saint-Petersburg Pulkovo Airport ramp. Team leader is engineer / technician - holder of maintenance license issued by Russian Aviation Authority and Company Authorization with relevant type training, who is responsible for engine run up. He must check out the following condition of the position and aircraft: • presence of fire extinguisher on the position; • absence of snow, ice and foreign objects, ground support equipment, other aircraft as an obstacle which can

cause damage of aircraft and engine during run up; • absence of ice, snow, and foreign objects on engine nacelle, in engine and APU air intakes and exhaust

nozzles; • installation of chocks under all wheels of main landing gear; • removal of all covers and plugs from engine and aircraft; • all doors and panels closing on the aircraft and engine; • readiness of all specialists providing engine run up procedure. Engine run up is performed in accordance with the AMM of a concrete type of engine. Team Leader who performs engine run up is responsible for completeness and correctness of engine run up procedure. The actual AMM and authorized engine run up checklist define actions and responsibilities of specialists performing engine run up in the cockpit. Mechanic on ground which provides engine run up is responsible for the immediate information of the specialists in the cockpit about a necessity of engine shut down in case of any danger for people, possible aircraft movement, fire, threat of other aircraft and ground support equipment damage, etc. All specialists on the ground taking part in engine run up must be located away from dangerous zones, which are defined in AMM. If it is necessary to perform work on running engine all specialists must move along special safety corridors, defined in AMM. 2.24.4.2 Records During engine run up the specialist performing this procedure fills out the special authorized table of engine parameters in the appropriate maintenance documentation. After accomplishment of engine run up procedure the remaining fuel must be recorded in the Aircraft Technical Report.





2.24.5 Aircraft pressure run procedure Aircraft pressure runs shall be under the control of an appropriately qualified maintenance engineer / technician – holder of maintenance license issued by Russian Aviation Authority and Company Authorization with relevant type training, who has full responsibility for ensuring: - that aircraft pressure runs are conducted in accordance with the relevant manufacturers' maintenance

manual (AMM) or Customer supplied pressure run schedule; - that only staff witch involvement with the pressure run are inside the aircraft or the immediate vicinity of

the aircraft; and - that all staff directly involved is aware of their function and of the appropriate safety factors pertaining to

the maintenance manual (AMM). 2.24.6 Maintenance Schedule tasks are not designated as letter checks Under Approved Scope of work listed in MOE 1.9 «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD can perform following tasks of Operator’s Approved Maintenance Schedule which are out of phase (letter) checks and do not require any unavailable special tool/equipment, staff qualification or facilities. These are tasks which require via determined FH, FC or calendar interval to perform: - check (Visual Check, Operational Check, Functional Check); - inspection (General Visual Inspection, Detailed Inspection, Special Detailed Inspection); - lubrication and servicing; - restoration; - corrosion prevention control program; - structural inspection; - etc… 2.24.7 APU replacement «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD is able to provide replacement of APU whenever such action is necessary. All the required tools and G.S.E. have to be available (either own or leased). 2.24.8 ETOPS aircraft maintenance «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD maintains ETOPS operated airplanes before dispatching and releasing to service as ETOPS flight in accordance with additional procedures agreed with Operator’s specific requirements by special transit items accomplishment and applying to Operator’s MEL specific demands.




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.25 MAINTENANCE ERRORS DETECTION AND RECTIFICATION

PROCEDURE 2.25.1 General This procedure is applied to minimize risk of multiple errors and capture errors on critical systems. 2.25.2 Applicable documents AMC 145.A.65 (b); MOE sections 2.18, 2.27; Maintenance Errors Notification Form is Form 003. 2.25.3 Procedure During maintenance performance on aircraft / aircraft component, various maintenance errors can be detected. Methods to detect maintenance errors can be such as internal audits, double control of required inspection items, analysis of any defect. All maintenance personnel dealing with aircraft / aircraft component maintenance will report any maintenance error to the Maintenance Quality manager in written Form 003. In such case no any penalties should be applied to such personnel. The following maintenance task should be reviewed for their critically: • Installation, rigging and adjustments of flight controls; • Installation of aircraft engines and propellers; • Overhaul, calibration or rigging of components such as engines, propellers, transmissions; But additional information should also be processed, such as: • Previous experiences of maintenance errors, depending on the consequence of the failure; • Information arising from the ‘occurrence reporting system’ required by MOE section 2.18; • NAA national requirements for error capturing, if applicable. Special attention should be paid to those defects, arising after base maintenance performance, because those defects can be directly related to maintenance errors. It is a Maintenance Quality manager’s responsibility to investigate each fact of such maintenance error to prevent repeat of this error. Based on investigation results the Maintenance Quality manager should initiate to carry out corrective actions. These corrective actions may be as follow: • Additional training for some group of personnel; • Improve continuation training program;




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.25 MAINTENANCE ERRORS DETECTION AND RECTIFICATION

PROCEDURE • Analyze such errors during scheduled Quality Meetings; • Improve company procedures; • Inform Vendors about fact of mistakes in Vendor’s Maintenance data according to Section 2.27 of this

MOE; • Require from related department manager to assure all required maintenance tools, documents; • Appropriate environment conditions. In order to minimize maintenance errors – maintenance instructions must be created in such way that critical tasks can be easily identified. Also, maintenance personnel should report to Maintenance Quality manager about any incomplete or hardly understandable maintenance procedures and instructions which can do adverse affect to the work quality. Technical procedures should be written keeping in mind good human factors principles.




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.26 SHIFT / TASK HANDOVER PROCEDURE

2.26.1 General This procedure is applied to ensure effective communication between shift / task handover. 2.26.2 Applicable documents Part 145.A.47; AMC 145.A.47(c); Shift Handover Logbook (Form 055). 2.26.3 Procedure «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD uses shift system for organizing maintenance personnel work. Effective handover procedure depends on 3 items (as per AMC 145.A.47(c)): • The outgoing person’s ability to understand and communicate the important elements of the job or task

being passed over to the incoming person. • The incoming person’s ability to understand and assimilate the information being provided by the outgoing

person. • A formalized process for exchanging information between outgoing and incoming persons and a planned

shift overlap and a place for such exchanges to take place. In order to effectively communicate between shifts if any task is not finished during previous shift – «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Maintenance department uses Shift Handover Logbook (Form 055). There maintenance staff from previous shift writes down details about aircraft condition, ground equipment condition, performed work or incomplete work, work that must be performed if aircraft is in unserviceable condition, references to maintenance data, flight delays, etc. Incoming shift becomes acquainted with all pertinent information, required for the incoming shift work.




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.27 NOTIFICATION OF MAINTENANCE DATA INACCURACIES AND

AMBIGUITIES TO THE TYPE CERTIFICATE HOLDER PROCEDURE 2.27.1 General This procedure is applied to hurry change process of approved maintenance data, when this data contains inaccurate, incomplete or ambiguous information. 2.27.2 Applicable documents Part 145.A.45; AMC 145.A.45(c); Notification of Maintenance data Inaccuracies and Ambiguities to the Type Certificate Holder (Form 054). 2.27.3 Procedure When maintenance personnel finds any inaccurate, incomplete or ambiguous information in approved maintenance data, they informs about that Maintenance Engineering in written Notification of Maintenance data Inaccuracies and Ambiguities to the Type Certificate Holder (Form 054). Maintenance Engineering records all details and sends information to the concerned type certificate holder and to the Quality Management department (for information and control) within 10 working days since this problem was discovered. All communication records with concerned type certificate holders must be kept in «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD till the inaccurate, incomplete or ambiguous maintenance data will be updated and revised by the type certificate holder. In case of inaccurate, incomplete or ambiguous found in Customer‘s customized maintenance data Maintenance Engineering forwards the written Notification of Maintenance data Inaccuracies and Ambiguities to the Type Certificate Holder (Form 054) to the Customer attention. Customer is responsible to orgnize relevant actions to inverstigate, clarify and request update from the type certificate holder (when required).




Part: 2. PART 145 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: 2.28 PRODUCTION PLANNING PROCEDURES

2.28.1 General «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD has a system to plan the availability of all personnel, materials, tools and equipment, facilities, maintenance data to ensure that all works will be performed timely and safely. 2.28.2 Procedure «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD PPCD will plan all works having in mind that there should be no any negative interference to other works at the same time when there isn’t enough personnel, materials, tools and equipment, facilities and maintenance data for other work. When aircraft / aircraft component maintenance is performed, maintenance personnel will be supported with all necessary things to accomplish work timely without any time pressure. PPCD engineer is responsible for Workpackage preparation for aircraft / aircraft component maintenance and distribution it to maintenance staff according to section 2.13 of this MOE. When planning works such items must be taken into account: • Logistics; • Inventory control; • Rooms availability; • Hangar availability; • Man-hours estimation; • Man-hours availability; • Preparation of work; • Environmental conditions (access, lightning standards and cleanliness); • Coordination with internal and external suppliers, etc; • Scheduling required inspection items (Control of critical tasks) during periods when staff is likely to be

most alert. While planning the maintenance tasks (especially Control of critical tasks) and organizing shifts – human performance limitations must be taken into account: safety related tasks should be planned to be performed within day shift (in respect to Circadian rhythm), personnel overwork shouldn’t exceed more than 2 hours (in respect to sleep / wake cycle). During maintenance aircraft / aircraft component, Maintenance Engineering is responsible to communicate with Customer.



Issue No 3 Issue date 01 Mar 2011 Revision No 00 Revision Date: Page No L2.1

PART L2: ADDITIONAL LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section Title Pages No. L2.0.1 Title page L2.1 L2.0.2 Line maintenance – Introduction L2.2 L2.1 Line maintenance control of aircraft components, tools, equipment, etc L2.3 L2.2 Line maintenance procedures related to servicing / fuelling / deicing etc L2.4-L2.8 L2.3 Line maintenance control of defects and repetitive defects L2.9-L2.10 L2.4 Line maintenance procedure for completion of Aircraft Technical Report L2.11-L2.13 L2.5 Line maintenance procedure for pooled and loan parts L2.14 L2.6 Line maintenance procedure for return of defective parts removed from aircraft L2.15 L2.7 Line maintenance procedure control of critical tasks L2.16 L2.8 Out of base line maintenance procedure L2.17




Part: L2. ADDITIONAL LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: L2.0.2 INTRODUCTION

L2.0.2.1. General The additional "Line maintenance" procedures hereafter listed in Section L2.0.2 to L2.7 which determine the guidelines for the processing could (in case of OPS Customer) be restated in contractual documents in order to define the sharing of responsibility between different partners. L2.0.2.2 Applicable documents Part 145.A.75 Privileges of the organization. Sections 2.9, 2.15, 2.16 of this MOE. Staff qualification procedure P.3.0. L2.0.2.3 Line Maintenance procedures Line maintenance operations to be carried out could be: - technical support such as line maintenance, correction of defects, maintenance program implementation; - logistical support such as administration spares stored, customer, pool… Note: Line maintenance operations performed by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD and covered by this MOE are performed at Saint-Petersburg main base.

The line maintenance of any aircraft or any aircraft component for which it is approved at any locations subject to the need for such maintenance arising either from the unserviceability of the aircraft or from the supporting occasional line maintenance subject to the following conditions: 1. Customer’s aircraft has been unserviceable (AOG situation) and defect rectification is required.

In this case maintenance required (excluded any scheduled tasks) can be carried out by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Certifying staff in accordance with Sections 2.9 or 2.15 of this MOE and Certificate of Release to Service will be issued in accordance with Section 2.16 of this MOE.

2. Customer’s aircraft should be supported with line maintenance in any location in occasional situation (for example charter flight). In this case line maintenance required (excluded A-checks or equivalent and over) can be carried out by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Certifying staff and Certificate of Release to Service will be issued in accordance with Section 2.16 of this MOE.

«Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD maintains ETOPS operated aircraft in compliance with specific ETOPS procedures which are based on Operator requirements and contain special tasks and inspections to be accomplished before release of aircraft for ETOPS flight. Successful performance of these demands is confirmed in Airplane Technical Logbook as Certificate of Release to Service and states compliance with ETOPS requirements. Any variances from approved ETOPS program’s requirements follow the degradation of ETOPS status for this airplane that shall be clearly marked in Aircraft Technical Logbook as non compliance with ETOPS demands. Identical maintenance actions on multiple similar elements (which are ETOPS significant tasks) at the same maintenance visit must be performed by different mechanics on each system or require duplicate inspection to be performed by second person. Changing and swapping of components shall take into account their ETOPS status and effect to airplane ETOPS status. All ETOPS tasks must be performed by specially qualified maintenance staff in accordance with CPM P.3.0.




Part: L2. ADDITIONAL LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: L2.1 LINE MAINTENANCE CONTROL OF AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS, TOOLS,

EQUIPMENT, ETC L2.1.1 General The maintenance staff have at their disposal equipment such as aircraft components, spare parts, tools, other material and instruments as well as technical documentation needed to carry out different operations required for maintaining of aircraft airworthiness as defined in Part 2 of this MOE. The maintenance staff receives information on the procedures to be followed and the means supplied for the use of equipment and documentation. The staff is qualified in according with «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD general procedure (P.3.0) for the maintenance activities. L2.1.2 Control of Aircraft components, tools, equipment, etc Different aircraft components, equipments, tools and other materials and instrument, are made available to the maintenance staff as follows: - On shelf, in the spares warehouse of the main base or approved line maintenance base; or - In fly away kits; or - In individual specialists toolboxes. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD administrative offices ensure the follow-up both qualitative and quantitative of the equipment of which they are responsible according to chapter 2.3 of this MOE. L2.1.3 Control, updating of technical documentation Different technical documents are available to the maintenance personnel in the following forms: - Paper manuals or documents; - Computer network manuals or documents. Responsible engineer of Maintenance Engineering takes all appropriate action according to chapters 2.8 of this MOE in order to: - Ensure the issue and updating of the documentation in the hard copy and into the computer network; - Provide status of current documentation.




Part: L2. ADDITIONAL LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: L2.2 LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES RELATED TO SERVICING /

FUELLING / DE-ICING ETC L2.2.1 Refueling procedure L2.2.1.1 Refueling Responsible technician performs "refueling" in accordance with the Aircraft crew request. "Refueling" is accomplished before Preflight inspection, but not later than 30 minutes before aircraft departure. If it is impossible to perform "refueling", responsible technician reports to PPCD operation coordinator for taking necessary action. L2.2.1.2 Final refueling During the Preflight inspection, responsible technician performs the final refueling in accordance with flight crew request. WARNING: APU must not be started or stopped during aircraft refuel operations because of potential danger to ignite spilled fuel and cause a fire or explosion. L2.2.1.3 Job set up WARNING: All precautions stated in the local requirements or appropriate maintenance documentation have to be strictly obeyed prior and during refueling procedure. Fuel tanker comes up to the aircraft in accordance with «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD request. If necessary, responsible technician can order the fuel tanker via PPCD operation coordinator. Mechanic of fuel department drives up the fuel tanker and connects fuel hoses to the aircraft after responsible technician command. Before refueling start, responsible technician checks the fuel certificate. The fuel certificate must contain at least the following information: - Fuel type; - Fuel density; - Percentage and type of additives in the fuel. The responsible technician precises: - Real fuel rest in the aircraft; - Requested fuel quantity. After the fire precautions have been carried out, responsible technician gives a command for refueling.





FUELLING / DE-ICING ETC L2.2.1.4 Documents Fire precautions must be carried out in accordance with relevant AMM. Re-fueling is carried out in accordance with relevant AMM. L2.2.1.5 Responsibility Technician, performing the refueling, is responsible for: - Real quantity on board after final refueling; - Correct filling up the aircraft documentation. L.2.2.1.6 Records After refueling accomplishment, responsible technician signs the “Fuel delivery note for aircraft”. The following information must be written in this note: - Aircraft type; - Flight number; - Identification number; - Vehicle / tank number; - Fuel grade; - Fuel quantity (liters / kg); - Fuel specific weight; - Sample number; - Date, time; - Responsible technician name / surname / signature; - Supplier’s name / surname / signature. Responsible technician approves filled “Fuel delivery note for aircraft” and passes two copies to aircraft crew, another copies – to the fuel supplier. Captain confirms the fuel quantity on board by signing in the Aircraft Technical Report.





FUELLING / DE-ICING ETC L2.2.2 De-/Anti-icing procedure L2.2.2.1 For operation «Rossiya airlines» OJSC western aircraft at Saint-Petersburg Pulkovo Airport De-/Anti-icing is performed by "Rossiya airlines" OJSC WAMD. Mechanic, responsible for dispatch of aircraft, normally is responsible for aircraft de/anti-icing. In additional, at heavy snow weather condition, shift leader, specially designates the technician or group of technicians who are in charge to perform aircraft de/anti-icing. At icing condition, responsible mechanic together with technician, responsible for aircraft maintenance, visually estimates the icing status of the aircraft and makes a decision about aircraft de/anti-icing. De/anti-icing is performed at the engines start position or on the aircraft stand. The responsible mechanic orders the de/anti-icing vehicle via PPCD operation coordinator. After de/anti-icing vehicle arriving, responsible mechanic checks the certificate of the deicing fluid, which is kept at the de/anti-icing vehicle operator. Using de/anti-icing fluid manufacturer’s tables the responsible mechanic together with de/anti-icing vehicle operator defines the water/de-icing fluid mixture ratio which depends on the ambient temperature and holdover time of de/anti-icing fluids, which depends on the ambient temperature and weather conditions. De/anti-icing is performed in accordance with AMM. Deicing vehicle operator performs de/anti-icing of the aircraft under control of responsible mechanic who is responsible for de/anti-icing quality. The responsible mechanic reports to the shift leader about aircraft's de/anti-icing accomplishment. After aircraft's de/anti-icing has been finished, responsible mechanic reports to the flight crew his personal number, type and percentage of de/anti-icing fluid. Flight crew must write down this information with the date, time and aircraft number, to the corresponding field of ATR. Responsible mechanic fills the corresponding field of the detached green page of ATR and writes down the time of de/anti-icing accomplishment and water/de/anti-icing fluid mixture ratio in percent. L.2.2.2.2 For operation of other airlines’ aircraft at Saint-Petersburg Pulkovo Airport De-/Anti-icing is performed by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC in accordance with relevant procedures.





FUELLING / DE-ICING ETC L2.2.3 Potable water replenishing Potable water replenishing is performed by technician, responsible for Preflight inspection or for specific work (defect in water system, scheduled water system disinfecting, etc.). Water service truck drives up to the aircraft in accordance with the timetable, depending on aircraft's departure. If it is necessary, the responsible technician orders the water service truck via PPCD operation coordinator. Technician guides the water service truck driving up, connects / disconnects hoses to / from the aircraft. Before replenishing, he makes sure that hose couplings are clean and the "Potable water certificate" is still valid. Replenishing is performed in accordance with relevant AMM. L2.2.4 Marshalling PPCD operation coordinator gives to maintenance technician information about time of arrival of the aircraft, aircraft type and place of parking. Airport service should confirm that selected parking place is accepted for this aircraft type. Maintenance technician who is responsible for marshalling should check that: - parking place is clean for aircraft taxing; - GSE for aircraft servicing (chocks, AC / DC supply, etc.) is available. Maintenance technician must use for marshalling approved Taxi Signals. Taxi Signals are usually given at night with the aid of illuminated wands attached to flashlights. The stop signal used in the night is the “emergency stop” signal. This signal is made by crossing the wands to form a lighted “X” above and in front of head. L2.2.5 Extreme weather conditions like a storm PPCD operation coordinator gives to the Shift Leader all information related to extreme weather conditions. The Shift Leader must immediately take all needed actions to prevent a possible damage of the aircraft, aircraft component, tools and GSE in accordance with AMM.





FUELLING / DE-ICING ETC L2.2.6 Oxygen equipment servicing Oxygen replenishing (without component removal from aircraft and done during turnaround time) is performed by Category A / B1 / B2 maintenance technician, responsible for line maintenance check or for specific work (defect in oxygen system, crew request, etc.). Oxygen service truck drives up to the aircraft in accordance with the timetable, depending on aircraft's departure. If it is necessary, the responsible technician orders the oxygen service truck via PPCD operation coordinator. Technician guides the oxygen service truck driving up, connects / disconnects hoses to / from the aircraft and strictly obeys all the precautions. Before replenishing, he makes sure that tools, hose couplings and he self are clean from any contaminations and the "Oxygen certificate" is still valid. Replenishing is performed in accordance with relevant AMM or / and CMM (when required). After filling / refilling done Aircraft Logbook entry shall be made.




Part: L2. ADDITIONAL LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: L2.3 LINE MAINTENANCE CONTROL OF DEFECTS AND REPETITIVE

DEFECTS L2.3.1 General On a daily basis, the Aircraft Technical Report and the List of opened Deferred Items are checked by the Maintenance department manager / Maintenance Engineering engineers / shift leaders for control of defects and repetitive defects. Notified defects are rectified or deferred as per chapter 2.15 of this MOE. Engineers look through a copy of Aircraft Technical Reports, Workorders and List of opened Deferred Items on a daily basis and he is responsible for controlling repetitive defect occurrences and creates "Workorder for defect rectification" with assistance of the Maintenance Engineering. L2.3.2 Control of defects The follow-up of defects mentioned in Aircraft Technical Report and in Workorders are ensured by the same way as follow-up procedure of repetitive defects and deferred work specified in section L2.3.3 and L2.3.4. L2.3.3 Control of repeated defects The recurrence of reported defects or discrepancies is review by Maintenance department manager / Maintenance Engineering engineers / shift leaders on a daily basis; notified defects are rectified as per chapter 2.15 of this MOE. The repetitive defects there are such as: • Repetitive Defects are generated whenever it occurs within five flights (legs) after attempt of the defect

rectification had been done. • Repeat Delays are generated whenever occurrence of delays for the same fleet within the same ATA chapter

exceeds at least two events per month. Maintenance Engineering gives more attention to evaluation of repeat delays, when the cause of it is the same item (the same P/N).

To clearly highlight recurrent defects (within the same ATA chapter and which had happened in 5 flights (legs)) to flight crews and the maintenance organizations at all bases where the aircraft is operated Certifying staff has to note in “Action Taken” block of ATR in the beginning of block fulfillment following statement: “Attention! Second (Third) recurrence. Previous write-up see ATR block No. …”.




Part: L2. ADDITIONAL LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: L2.3 LINE MAINTENANCE CONTROL OF DEFECTS AND REPETITIVE

DEFECTS L2.3.4 Control of deferred works When operations that required correcting the defect or a discrepancy couldn't be carried out by maintenance staff, these operations can be deferred as described in chapter 2.15.6 of this MOE. The deferred work and the permissible duration of the carry forward of target date upon which the defect or discrepancy to be corrected is recorded: • In the Aircraft Technical Report - next to the discrepancy reported and the reason for the carry forward; • On the List of opened Deferred Items. The maintenance staff regularly consults with list of deferred items and ensures that: • No target date is overdue; • No new-carry forward, cumulated with existing ones, exceeds the permissible tolerances as indicated in

Operators MEL. The detailed procedure to control of Customer’s deferred works is to be explained in Contract or agreed as additional instruction.




Part: L2. ADDITIONAL LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: L2.4 LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES FOR COMPLETION OF AIRCRAFT

TECHNICAL REPORT L2.4.1 General The Aircraft Technical Report is a liaison document between the flight crews and maintenance. The Certificate of Release to Service is part of Aircraft Technical Report. CRS conforms that the aircraft is Ready to Service after line maintenance. After hangar maintenance was carried out ATR should be referred with details maintenance performed and CRS. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD maintenance personnel will follow the instruction of the customers’ procedures to complete related technical log. L2.4.2 Maintenance records The standard maintenance carried out during line maintenance can be classified into two main categories: - Scheduled maintenance; - Unscheduled maintenance. L2.4.2.1 Scheduled maintenance Completion on scheduled maintenance is recorded by Certifying staff in the CRS according to chapters 2.13 and 2.16 of this MOE. Scheduled maintenance includes all line maintenance checks according to Maintenance Planning Document and Operator’s Maintenance Program. L2.4.2.2 Unscheduled maintenance a) Defect rectification. b) Related to environmental and operational condition:

- Refueling; - Servicing of oil, hydraulic, fluids; - Filling wheels, absorber; - Cleaning, lubrication; - Sampling for analysis; - De-icing, anti-icing; - Parking.

Completion of unscheduled line maintenance operations and Release to Service mentioned in the CRS by Certifying staff is performed according to sections 2.13 and 2.16 of this MOE.





TECHNICAL REPORT For scheduled and unscheduled line maintenance and before updating of CRS Certifying staff ensures that the work file documented by maintenance staff who carried out the work as well as all applicable documents are in accordance with chapter 2.13 of this MOE. After completion, work file is forwarded to PPCD for review and archiving according to chapter 2.14 of this MOE. The Preflight inspection can be carried out by the crew and are indicated in the Flight Crew Operation Manual. Since they do not include scheduled maintenance operations or correction of defects, they do not require a Release to Service. L2.4.3 Release to Service Before departure of the aircraft, when all the necessary operations are done, Certifying staff issue CRS in Operator’s Technical Log (Aircraft Technical Report) according to chapter 2.16 of the MOE. One copy of the ATR and related work documentation is forwarded to the PPCD which proceed them in accordance with Section 2.14 of this MOE. Other copies of the Aircraft Technical Report are retained by Customer. L2.4.4 Instruction for filling of Aircraft Technical Report All notes in Aircraft technical log book are written in English by black or dark blue color ball pen. Following information must be reproduced in Aircraft Technical Report: - reference to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD EASA Approval – EASA.145.0331; - name, signature (stamp number) of the competent person; - place of the maintenance performed (may be indicated by flight crew); - date and time (UTC); - designation of each fault or maintenance performed; - corrective actions brought to each fault (designation of work and documentation used); - references to the file of inspection (Workpackage or Workorder) or to appropriate section of the

Maintenance manual (including its revision status); - if necessary, the reference to the list of the technical tolerances (MEL) or deferred work.





TECHNICAL REPORT Certificate of Release to Service issued on the Customer form has to contain Statement or refer to pre-printed Statement as per AMC 145.A.50 (b)(1). For registration damage of aircraft on the sheets with the plans of aircraft are put marks with number of damage. This number is marked on special label which is glued on the damage place on the aircraft. This damage is written in the “Summable table of damages”. L2.4.5 Cabin Logbook «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD maintenance staff is responsible to control Operator’s Cabin Logbook for new entries made and process the defects mentioned there in accordance with CPM procedure P.2.15 if it exists on board of aircraft and Operator has notified «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD responsible management that Cabin Logbooks are applicable to be monitored by maintenance staff.




Part: L2. ADDITIONAL LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: L2.5 LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES FOR POOLED AND LOAN PARTS

L2.5.1 General In order to reduce investments and stocks, some Operators using the same type of aircraft and «Rossiya airlines» OJSC group together can: - Make up an inventory of pooled spare components or equipment for all the partner operators; - Distribute and make available all spare components or equipment from the pool inventory; - Share investments, maintenance and administration cost. L2.5.2 Procedure For the moment, «Rossiya airlines» OJSC is not concerned by this chapter. In case «Rossiya airlines» OJSC will be concerned, this below stated procedure will be applicable. The procedures used by the maintenance staff to obtain component or equipment from the pool inventory are contractually defined between the Operator and «Rossiya airlines» OJSC. They mainly cover: - The request for components sent to the pool administration service (generally by telex or fax) according to

computer listings available to the maintenance staff; - The provision of information to the different technical offices (pool administrators, Operator's and «Rossiya

airlines» OJSC; - The completion of miscellaneous technical documents related to the use of spares from the pool inventory

(technical log, unserviceable tag...); - The provisions to be applied for discrepant elements removed from aircraft which are to be forwarded to the

repair process. The procedures described above are directly applicable when the requested element is not available from a pool inventory but could be obtained on loan from an operator using the same element and whose airworthiness can be ensured as per the procedures described in section 2.16 of this MOE.




Part: L2. ADDITIONAL LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: L2.6 LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES FOR RETURN OF DEFECTIVE

PARTS REMOVED FROM AIRCRAFT The defective components removed from aircraft are withdrawn from service and forwarded to the appropriate repair station as per the procedures described in: - Section 2.19 of this MOE for returning of defective components to store; - Section 2.20 of this MOE for sending defective components to outside contractors. The maintenance staff removing a component or equipment from an aircraft ensures that all information about the defective component or equipment is duly mentioned on the accompanying documents (Unserviceable tag), namely: - Reference part number (P/N) and serial number (S/N); - Reference of the aircraft it was removed from; - Location on the aircraft when equipment or components exist in several different locations on the same

aircraft; - Hours and cycles of the aircraft at the time of removal (when provided by Customer); - Reasons for removal:

• Symptoms reported by persons who found the defect or discrepancy; • Statements made by the trouble-shooters; • Failure codes indicated by the automatic test systems (BITE); • Any information that might help or orient investigations.

The presence of accompanying documents on the removed aircraft component or equipment prevents any ambiguity as to its defect in order to prevent reinstallation on aircraft.




Part: L2. ADDITIONAL LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: L2.7 LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE CONTROL OF CRITICAL TASKS

L2.7.1 General This procedure for the determination of different kinds of inspection levels for aircraft / aircraft component maintenance concerning control of critical tasks. All maintenance and workshop staff shall in the normal course of their duties ensure that inspections (work steps) which could be subject to increased risks are recognized as such and that a higher inspection level is subsequently applied. L2.7.2 Applicable documents AMC 145.A.65 Control of critical tasks Procedure is P.2.23.; Staff Qualification Procedure is P.3.0.; Inspector’s Duties Delegation Procedure is P.3.7. L2.7.3 Procedure Responsibility for Critical tasks control is kept by Certifying staff or Quality inspectors. Determination and control are performed using proper trained staff (procedure P.3.0) in accordance with CPM P.2.23 - “Control of critical tasks procedure”.




Part: L2. ADDITIONAL LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Section: L2.8 OUT OF BASE LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE

L2.8.1 General This procedure describes methods of preparation and accomplishment of line maintenance in case which are mentioned in MOE section L2.0.2.3: - Customer’s aircraft has been unserviceable (AOG situation) and defect rectification is required. - Customer’s aircraft should be supported with line maintenance in any location in occasional situation (for

example charter flight). These mentioned line maintenance can be accomplished only if necessary component, consumable, tools, equipment and maintenance data are available. L2.8.2 Fly away kit preparation When Operator requests to perform line maintenance or defect rectification procedure in case of out of base AOG situation Stock manager and engineers of Maintenance Engineering are responsible for and making up the set (if applicable) of fly away kit with component, consumable, tools and equipment in accordance with maintenance task which are requested by Operator or information about aircraft defect symptom. PPCD is responsible for provision of information about type of maintenance required out of base. In case of days off shift leader is responsible for action is described above. L2.8.3 Documentation supporting All maintenance documentation is necessary for line maintenance and defect rectification shall be available. Customized maintenance data is provided by Operator and responsible engineer Maintenance Engineering take care for supporting required maintenance data in accordance with MOE section 2.8. L2.8.4 Work Package preparation PPCD manager is responsible for delivery in advance out of base line maintenance and defect rectification Workpackage / Workorder (when required) in accordance with requested by Operator workscope. L2.8.5 Certifying staff responsibility Certifying staff is designated for accomplishment of out of base line maintenance is responsible for collecting and delivering fly away kit and Workpackage / Workorder (when required) on the board of aircraft before departure. When out of base line maintenance or defect rectification is done Certificate of Release to Service must be issued in accordance with MOE sections 2.16 and L2.4.




PART 3: QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES Section Title Pages No. Title page 3.1 3.1 Quality audit of organization procedure 3.2-3.4 3.2 Quality audit of aircraft / aircraft component 3.5-3.6 3.3 Quality audit corrective action procedure 3.7-3.8 3.4 Certifying Staff and category B1 and B2 support staff qualification and 3.9-3.14 training procedure 3.5 Certifying Staff and category B1 and B2 support staff records 3.15-3.16 3.6 Quality Audit personnel 3.17-3.18 3.7 Qualifying Inspectors 3.19-3.20 3.8 Qualifying Aviation Mechanics 3.21-3.22 3.9 Aircraft or aircraft components maintenance tasks exemption process control 3.23-3.24 3.10 Concession control for deviation from organization’ procedures 3.25 3.11 Qualification procedure for specialized activities such as NDT 3.26-3.27 3.12 Control of manufacturers and other maintenance working teams 3.28 3.13 Human factors training procedure 3.29-3.30 3.14 Competence assessment of personnel 3.31




Part: 3. QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES Section: 3.1 QUALITY AUDIT OF ORGANIZATION PROCEDURES

3.1.1 General The objective of the Quality system is to enable «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD to satisfy itself that it can deliver safe product and that «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD remains in compliance with Part-145 requirements. That's why an independent audit system is established in order to cover all «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD described in the MOE in accordance with a schedule plan annually updated (Form 041). This system is established by always ensuring that audits are carried out by independent personnel – Quality auditors listed in the List of Authorized Personnel (Form 051) regarding to function, procedure or products being checked. The audit system is covered by the management control follow up system in order to ensure that all findings resulting from independent audit system are corrected. 3.1.2 Applicable documents List of Authorized Personnel is Form 051; Quality Audit Plan is Form 041; Quality Audit Report is Form 026; Quality audit procedure is P.3.1.; Corrective action procedure is P.3.3.; Qualification procedure is P.3.0. 3.1.3 «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Quality Assurance System «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD quality assurance system encompasses all the responsibilities, procedures, processes, resources and structure required for implementation of Part-145 requirements. The quality assurance system is structured so as to permit optimum control over Part-145 standard in due consideration of airworthiness and safety. There are two elements in this system: - An independent audit system that is described in this MOE part 3; - Management controls follow up system that includes the Accountable manager and Maintenance Quality

manager. Maintenance Quality manager is responsible to organize an annual review of Quality Assurance Program (such as Quality Audit Check Lists and Operator’s Maintenance Program changes) for the purpose of ensuring compliance with current requirements of the Operator’s Maintenance Program and MOE/CPM procedures. All the updates have to be reflected in protocol issued.





3.1.4 Scope of application of audits Quality audits apply to all activities described in the MOE. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Quality Management department will plan / perform type of such audits, as per annual audit plan: - In-house audits, - Subcontractors (major subcontractors – on site, minor subcontractors and suppliers – audits performed

without seeing (by using approved questionnaire, checking Certificates, etc.)). Audits also will be performed during the night shifts when the maintenance is performed. 3.1.4.1 Audit procedure A methodical examination of the specific or general rules and procedures which are wholly or partly applicable to the facilities and resources in the elaboration and inspection of a given activity. 3.1.4.2 Audit product A methodical examination of a given product on each product line every 12 month as a demonstration of the effectiveness of maintenance procedures compliance. 3.1.4.3 Audit Corrective action A methodical examination conducted in order to make sure that fault's causes are identified, eliminated and corrective action is efficient. 3.1.4.4 Audit Preventive action A methodical examination conducted in order to make sure that possibility of an existing cause which may follow fault are identified, eliminated to prevent subsequent recurrence and Preventive action is efficient. 3.1.5 Performance of audit procedure Quality Management department (QMD) of the Maintenance Quality division (MQD) is in charge of planning, preparation, conduction and following audits as per the Quality Audit Plan (Form 041) established by Maintenance Quality manager. Audit plan will be prepared regarding with requirements as per section 2.22.4.3 Man-hour planning for Quality Management of this MOE. Audit preparation, completion and follow up are detailed in applicable procedure P.3.1. 3.1.5.1 Planning Audits are performed by independent «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD QMD auditors, which are not responsible for the particular function, procedure or product that is audited.





The preparation must include the detailed audit plan and notification to the department to be audited. Audit plan contains concerned departments, products, sub-contractors and suppliers with all concerned procedures that must be audited minimum once per 12 month period. Each annual audit plan item will be audited for all related procedures. If major findings are found – the quantity of audits for particular item should be increased. 3.1.5.2 Completion Generally, the audit begins with a meeting between the persons responsible for the audit - Quality Auditor and Auditee. During this meeting the audit plan is explained and eventually clarified in order to prepare audit successfulness. Audit is performed in accordance with an audit checklist in relation with audit subject. At the end of the audit all non-compliances (findings) will be reviewed with the person responsible for the section. Audit completion is formalized with a report indicating: - Findings; - Corrective and Preventive actions per non-compliance (finding). Audit report (Form 026) is dispatched to: Maintenance Quality division, Manager of audited department (section) and the Accountable manager (only in case of Level 1 or Level 2 finding discovery during an audit). Audit Reports (including unscheduled audits) should be analyzed during manager’s every day meeting and information about all findings should be included into Monthly analysis of maintenance quality and flight safety prepared by quality auditor. Audit reports are stored in «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD archive or «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Quality Management department minimum for 3 years after the date of findings rectification. 3.1.6 Audits follow up system Each audit finding is covered by a Corrective and Preventive actions for monitoring of accomplishment progress requested by the audit. When a column ““Rossiya airlines” OJSC Quality Assurance Acceptance of Proposed Corrective and Preventive Actions” of Quality Audit Report (Form 026) has been filled, computer database shall be updated and Corrective / Preventive actions followed according to applicable procedure P.3.3. Each audit finding is considered resolved only after verification that the actions taken permit elimination of that type of fault.




Part: 3. QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES Section: 3.2 QUALITY AUDIT OF AIRCRAFT / AIRCRAFT COMPONENT

3.2.1 General «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD has established the quality audit plan (Form 041) that covers all aircraft under MOE Section 1.9. The quality audit plan (Form 041) is prepared on a yearly basis and designed to ensure that all maintenance tasks carried out on the aircraft or aircraft component are in accordance with Part-145 requirements. This Plan may be changed during the year, if necessary (e.g. Scope of work extension, unscheduled audits, etc.). The Competent Authority is provided with this plan on request. Each kind of audit must be audited at least annually. 3.2.2 Applicable documents Quality Audit Procedure is P.3.1.; Quality Audit Plan is Form 041; Corrective Action Procedure is P.3.3.; Sub-Contractor Approval Procedure P.2.1.2.; Quality Audit Report is Form 026. 3.2.3 Scope of application Product audits will concern following subjects (non-limited): - Facilities; - Equipment; - Tooling; - Materials; - Approved data; - Certifying staff; - Competence of personnel; - Capability list; - Work package. In addition to the scheduled audits, unscheduled audits may be carried out. These audits may be initiated by: - The Accountable Manager; - The Maintenance Quality manager; - The management persons of Section 1.3 of this MOE.




Part: 3. QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES Section: 3.2 QUALITY AUDIT OF AIRCRAFT / AIRCRAFT COMPONENT

3.2.4 Product audit implementation According to the Quality Audit Plan (Form 041) the Quality Management department shall carry out the Quality Audits. The number of these scheduled audits shall cover all product lines under Part-145 Appendix II (Organizations approval class and rating system). Product audit implementation (including Report and follow-up) is detailed in applicable procedure P.3.1. The Quality Audit of aircraft mainly consists of verifying that all maintenance performed on the aircraft / aircraft component, including documentation, tooling and qualification of personnel, are in compliance with Part-145 requirements. The causes and effects of faulty processes and products are to be analyzed and evaluated. Corresponding Corrective and Preventive actions are to be developed and performed in order to avoid a recurrence of the faults. Aircraft audit shall include a physical inspection of the aircraft. Quality Management department is responsible for Audit and physical inspection of the aircraft. An appropriately approved outside Agency for NDT activity consulting and acting as a subcontractor, if required, may be engaged for audit of NDT methods which described in CPM P.2.1.2. 3.2.5 Audit report distribution Audit report shall be distributed as per section 3.1 of this MOE. In addition PPCD is to be provided with a copy of this report, whenever Corrective and Preventive actions includes further maintenance task completion. Audit reports are stored in «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD archive or «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Quality Management department for at least 3 years after the date of findings rectification. 3.2.6 Audits follow up system Each audit finding is covered by a Corrective and Preventive actions for monitoring of accomplishment progress requested by the audit. When a column ““Rossiya airlines” OJSC Quality Assurance Acceptance of Proposed Corrective and Preventive Actions” of Quality Audit Report (Form 026) has been filled, computer database shall be updated and Corrective / Preventive actions followed according to applicable procedure P.3.3. A Corrective and Preventive actions are considered resolved only after verification that the actions taken permit elimination of that type of fault.




Part: 3. QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES Section: 3.3 QUALITY AUDIT CORRECTIVE ACTION PROCEDURE

3.3.1 General Any deviation detected with regard to product, procedure and processes gives rise to an action aimed at identifying the causes of the fault, seeking the appropriate remedies and initiating a quality improvement procedure designated to prevent the fault from recurring. 3.3.2 Applicable document Corrective Action Procedure is P.3.3.; Quality Audit Procedure is P.3.1. 3.3.3 Comments Corrective and Preventive actions may be initiated in the following circumstances: - Faults or defects discovered during an audit; - Defects discovered during receiving inspection; - Actions initiated after Audit report analysis. 3.3.4 Process Quality Management is in charge of implementation of the process which is described in applicable procedures P.3.1 and P.3.3. Following actions are to be taken: - Faults characteristics are to be defined; - Technical consequences are to be assessed; - Fault causes are to be determined; - Appropriate Corrective and Preventive actions are to be defined and implemented; - Effectiveness of Corrective and Preventive actions is to be verified. Responsibility for Corrective and Preventive actions implementation goes to particular manager of audited department and to the Accountable manager. If quality audits require changes in annual audit plan or additional quality audits must be performed, annual audit plan will be changed in accordance with CPM procedure P.3.1. 3.3.5 Corrective and Preventive actions follow-up It is the Maintenance Quality manager’s responsibility to monitor Corrective and Preventive actions according to procedure P.3.3. - Due date monitoring is accomplished by computer database system; - Effectiveness is certified after verification.




Part: 3. QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES Section: 3.3 QUALITY AUDIT CORRECTIVE ACTION PROCEDURE

3.3.6 Reporting to the Accountable Manager All Level 1 or Level 2 findings and when their Corrective / Preventive actions due date is exceeded (after an initially agreed target date, first delay, second delay) or there is a disagreement with the audit, the Maintenance Quality manager may report to the Accountable Manager to resolve the issue. 3.3.7 Quality review meetings Maintenance Quality manager is responsible to organize quality review meetings with senior staff of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. During quality review meetings overall performance of maintenance and quality are reviewed. The most significant items discussed are the results of quality audits and non-compliances in maintenance performance. Quality review meetings are performed at least twice per year. Minimum twice per year Accountable manager will take part in quality review meeting to review the overall performance and receive at least half year summary report on findings of non-compliance. All significant proposals and / or notes from meeting attendees concerning non-compliance are taken into account and must be resolved within a specified time interval. Summary reports are issued for Accountable manager and WAMD personnel twice per year. 3.3.8 Records Audit feedback system records are stored in «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD archive or «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Quality Management department for at least 3 years after the date of findings rectification.




Part: 3. QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES Section: 3.4 CERTIFYING STAFF AND CATEGORY B1 AND B2 SUPPORT STAFF

QUALIFICATION AND TRAINING PROCEDURE 3.4.1 General Qualification – is a status given by Maintenance Quality manager when process of demonstrating capability of fulfilling requirements has been done. Maintenance activities are Release to Service by Certifying Staff who verifies that all the conditions prescribed in P.2.16 are respected. Technical, English and Regulation training carried out gives to the Certifying Staff the necessary information to understand Part-145 and Part-66 requirements, internal procedures and specification and conditions for returning material to Service. 3.4.2 Applicable documents Part 145.A.30; Part 145.A.35; Part 66; Staff Qualification Procedure is P.3.0.; Personal Qualification File is Form 019; Defect Rectification Procedure is P.2.15.; On the Job Training List and Authorization Form is Form 007; Training Certificate is Form 056. 3.4.3 Categories and privileges 3.4.3.1 Categories The following categories are established in «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Certifying Staff: Category A – Line maintenance Certifying mechanic; Category B – Maintenance Certifying technician (B1 – mechanic, B2 – avionics); Category B1 and B2 support staff – those categories B1 and B2 staff in the hangar maintenance environment who do not hold necessarily certification privileges; Category C – Base maintenance Certifying engineer (technician). Category D – Component maintenance certifying technician (mechanic).





QUALIFICATION AND TRAINING PROCEDURE 3.4.3.2 Privileges The following privileges are established in «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Certifying staff: Category A: - carry out and signature of routine line maintenance; - simple defect rectification (see CPM procedure P.2.15); - certify work (issue Certificate of Release to Service) performed during line maintenance checks and simple

defect rectification performed by themselves (not allowed to certify work performed by others). Category B: - perform any maintenance including trouble shooting and defect rectification on aircraft structure,

powerplants, mechanical and electrical systems (category B1) or on avionics and electrical systems (B2); - certify works carried out by others (work as Supervisor); - issue Certificate of Release to service (CRS) up to and included Light A-checks or equivalent and defect

rectification (for Category B1 only); - issue Certificate of Release to service (CRS) after line maintenance checks (for Category B2 if hold

Category A responsibilities) and defect rectification. Category B1 and B2 support staff: - perform any maintenance including trouble shooting and defect rectification on aircraft structure,

powerplants, mechanical and electrical systems (category B1) or on avionics and electrical systems (B2); - certify works carried out by others (work as Supervisor); - supervise the process of Heavy A-checks or equivalent performance. Category C: - Category C may issue a single certificate of release to service for the complete aircraft after the completion

of Heavy A-checks or equivalent and/or all required scheduled base maintenance. The basis for this certification is that the maintenance has been carried out by authorized category B1/B2 certifying staff and signed respective to their specialization. The principal function of the category C is to ensure that all required maintenance has been called up and signed off by the category B1/B2 certifying staff before issue of the certificate of release to service.

- Base maintenance aircraft certifying staff may also carry out privileges of category B1/B2 certifying staff subject they have received theoretical type, task and practical on job training per section 3.4.5 of this МОЕ for accomplishment of all these tasks.





QUALIFICATION AND TRAINING PROCEDURE Category D: - Category D may perform maintenance, repair or overhaul of component to which it authorized, issue a

certificate of release to service for the component - EASA Form 1 (Form 006) and certify works carried out by others (work as Supervisor).

- Component maintenance certifying technician (mechanic) also may hold any other categories if completely meets requirements of such categories.

Certifying Staff Category B has a limited rating to issue EASA Form 1 (Form 006) when aircraft component is removed from serviceable Member state registered aircraft in accordance with procedures as per AMC No 2 to 145.A.50 (d) 2.6. This rating has been limited by inspection / testing of the Component on the Aircraft. Release to Service can be issued by Certifying Staff after Component has been inspected / tested on the Aircraft in accordance with relevant AMM and after Aircraft Technical Log or ATR has been checked in accordance with AMC No 2 to 145.A.50 (d) 2.6. EASA Form 1 will be issued in accordance with section 2.16 of this MOE. This procedure allows fitment of parts removed from one Member state registered aircraft to be fitted to another Member state registered aircraft. Serviceable aircraft components removed from a non Member State registered aircraft may only be issued with an EASA Form 1 if the components are leased or loaned from the maintenance organisation approved under Part-145 who retains control of the airworthiness status of the components. An EASA Form 1 may be issued and should contain the information as specified in AMC No 2 to 145.A.50 (d) 2.4 including the aircraft from which the aircraft component was removed. This procedure allows fitment of parts removed from non Member state registered aircraft to be fitted to another Member state or non Member State registered aircraft. 3.4.4 Qualification process Qualification process is under responsibility of Maintenance Quality manager who is in charge of demonstrating qualification according applicable procedure P.3.0. Qualification is under monitoring of Personnel Certification Group of Maintenance Quality Division. Certifying staff qualification consists of two chronological steps: - Type training; - Regulation and procedures training.





QUALIFICATION AND TRAINING PROCEDURE 3.4.5 Training requirements for the Certifying Staff and category B1 and B2 support staff The «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD organizes initial and continuation training courses to insure and keep up continuously the qualification level of the Certifying staff and category B1 and B2 support staff. The permanent research of efficiency calls for high quality of training program which, for «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD, is integrated as a part in the maintenance process. Training needs are identified and program is planned annually. Training is considered as essential tool for Qualification to ensure permanent and continuous ability of fulfilling requirements. Initial and continuation training courses are defined according to activity in applicable procedure P.3.0. The «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Instructors may perform continuation training of Certifying Staff. 3.4.5.1 Basic training Basic training shall be in compliance with Appendix IV to the Part-145. Holders of NAA maintenance license issued in compliance with ICAO Annex I will demonstrate training and examination in Module 9 and Module 10 as per Appendix I and Appendix II to the Part-66. Subject training will be done by appropriately approved Russian Aviation Authority training organization and based on developed by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD and approved by Authority Human Factor program. All personnel involved in Part-145 activity (including management and quality personnel) shall demonstrate Critical Design Configuration Control Limitations (CDCCL) training as per Appendix IV to AMC 145.A.30(e). Electrical Wiring Interconnection Systems (EWIS) training is mandatory for all new qualified Certifying Staff involved in aircraft maintenance since 28th of September 2010. For all personnel who already hold aircraft maintenance Certifying Staff privileges on the moment of 28th

of September 2010 the initial EWIS training to be provided with the nearest Continuation training.

3.4.5.2 Initial type training For all Certifying staff and category B1 and B2 support staff aviation technical background is required. The training program for initial training must be performed at a level corresponding to Level 3 as per Appendix III to the Part-66. In additional Certifying staff and category B1 and B2 support staff should meet experience requirements specified in Appendix IV to the Part-145. Initial type training and examination will be approved by Competent authority or conducted by appropriately approved Part-147 organization. ETOPS Maintenance Training is required for Certifying Staff and Quality inspectors of Quality Control department which are involved in ETOPS operated aircraft maintenance.





QUALIFICATION AND TRAINING PROCEDURE 3.4.5.3 On job training requirements After completion of basic training and initial type training per section 3.4.5.1 and 3.4.5.2 of this МОЕ the applicants for «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD certification authorization must receive practical on job training related to particular category and task authorized in line and base maintenance according to P.3.0. Category B1 and B2 staff (most experienced from the «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD staff) are chosen to be instructors. It is also applicable to perform OJT for customer staff in «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD scope of work frame at main «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD base location as well as at customer facilities. Satisfactory completion of training may be demonstrated by an examination and/or workplace assessment carried out by Part-145 approved maintenance organization and accepted by Authority. Detailed records of on job training such as Training Certificate (Form 056) and On the Job Training and Authorization Form (Form 007) must be presented to and be kept by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Personnel Certification group (in case of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD personnel trained) or be forwarded to the customer (in case of customer personnel trained). 3.4.5.4 Continuation training Continuation training is a process to ensure that Certifying staff and category B1 and B2 support staff remains current in terms of procedures, human factors and technical knowledge and that the «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD receives feedback on the adequacy of its procedures. Continuation training for personnel in aircraft and component shop maintenance organizations involved in maintenance task planning, all personnel carrying maintenance tasks on aircraft or components classified as Fuel Tank Safety items, support staff and certifying staff shall include Critical Design Configuration Control Limitations (CDCCL) course. ETOPS Maintenance Continuation Training is required for personnel which are involved in maintenance of ETOPS operated aircraft only. EWIS Continuation training is required for all the Certifying staff involved in aircraft maintenance. Continuation training should cover changes in relevant requirements such as Part-145, Part-66, MOE, CPM and modification standard of the products being maintained, Quality audit findings plus human factor and aviation legislation issues. It should also address instances where staff failed to follow procedures and the reasons why particular procedures are not always followed.





QUALIFICATION AND TRAINING PROCEDURE The continuation training will reinforce the need to follow procedures but could on occasion's result in change to a procedure where certifying staff can show the procedure to be incomplete or incorrect. Continuation training should be of sufficient duration in each 2-year period. Continuation training program should be approved by Maintenance Quality manager. Continuation training is internal training and will be done by Maintenance Quality manager, Chief of Quality Management department, Quality Auditors and others qualified staff. 3.4.6 Training plan Personnel Certification Group (under the QMD control) is in charge to maintain a plan of initial (for one year) and continuation training (for two years) which lists all Certifying staff and category B1 and B2 support staff, when training will take place, the elements such training and indication that it was carried out reasonable on time as planned. Such information should subsequently be transferred to the certifying staff record - Personal qualification file (Form 019) by Personnel Certification group engineers as required by Staff qualification procedure (P.3.0). 3.4.7 Company Authorization Limitation, Suspension and Withdrawal The company authorization can be limited, suspended or withdrawn by Maintenance Quality manager due to: • Lack of experience (less than 6 months of experience over the 24 last months); • Failing to carry out requested maintenance combined with failure to report such fact to the organization or person

who requested the maintenance; • Failing to carry out required maintenance resulting from own inspection combined with failure to report such fact

to the organization or person for whom the maintenance was intended to be carried out; • Negligent maintenance; • Falsification of the maintenance record; • Issuing a certificate of release to service knowing that the maintenance specified on the certificate of release to

service has not been carried out or without verifying that such maintenance has been carried out; • Carrying out maintenance or issuing a certificate of release to service when adversely affected by alcohol or drugs; • Issuing certificate of release to service while not in compliance with Part-145 and Part-66; • Inobservance of the Continuation training program (every 2 - year period). Company authorization can be renewed in accordance with Procedure P.3.0.





RECORDS 3.5.1 General Personnel Certification group (under the QMD control) maintains a List of Certifying Staff and category B1 and B2 Support Staff (Form 008), which includes details of the scope of their authorization. Certifying Staff provided with evidence of scope their authorization - Company Authorization (Form 027). For the list of certifying staff and category B1 and B2 support staff refer to section 1.6 of this MOE. 3.5.2 Applicable documents Part 145.A.35; Part 66; Personal Qualification File is Form 019; Company Authorization is Form 027; Certifying Staff Log Sheet is Form 044. 3.5.3 Certifying staff and category B1 and B2 support staff record All qualification items are recorded in a Personal Qualification File (Form 019) as defined in applicable procedure P.3.0. Certifying staff log sheet Form 044 should be used to confirm the experience (and for and category B1 and B2 support staff also). The copy log sheet will be stored in Personal qualification file. Personal qualification file for Certifying Staff and category B1 and B2 support staff is kept by Personnel Certification group and contains following information: - Name; - Date of birth; - Basic training; - Type training; - Continuation training; - Experience; - Details of maintenance license; - Qualification relevant to the approval; - Scope of authorization (only for certifying staff); - Date of first issue of the authorization; - Expiry date of authorization; - Identification number of authorization.





RECORDS The responsibility for certifying staff and category B1 and B2 support staff records, detailed in Form 019, goes to Personnel Certification group. The group’s engineer will create personal qualification file for new certifying staff and category B1 and B2 support staff, will update it after certifying staff and category B1 and B2 support staff has passed any training, received new rating, etc. in accordance with Procedure P.3.0. Control of certifying staff and category B1 and B2 support staff records perform Quality Management department auditors during scheduled audits as per annual audit plan. The access of these is confidential files is limited to the Competent Authority, Accountable manager, Maintenance Quality manager, Chief of Quality Management department and department’s managers. On request, the certifying person and category B1 and B2 support staff will be provided with a copy of his / her file when leaving the organization. Each certifying person and category B1 and B2 support staff can access to his personal file, on his request. Access to the Certifying staff and category B1 and B2 support staff records for the authorized persons is limited in order to ensure that records can’t be altered in an unauthorized manner or that those records become accessible to the unauthorized personnel. Records are stored in Personnel Certification group of Maintenance Quality division locked and are kept for three years after: - The certifying person and category B1 and B2 support staff has left the organization; - The authorization has been withdrawn. Certifying staff is provided with evidence of scope their authorization - company authorization (Form 027). This authorization contains details about certifying staff scope of authorization, aircraft type and validity. The certifying staff has to produce its own company authorization within reasonable time (24 hours).




Part: 3. QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES Section: 3.6 QUALITY AUDIT PERSONNEL

3.6.1 General «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Maintenance Quality division is organized in a manner to permit optimum control and supervision of maintenance organization and independence of monitoring system (responsibility of Maintenance Quality manager detailed in section 1.4.3 of MOE). The independence of quality audit personnel warrants direct Maintenance Quality manager access to the Accountable manager as per section 1.5.3 of this MOE in order to keep Accountable manager properly informed about quality matter. Personnel selected to perform Quality audit are called “Quality auditors” (Form 051), who are: - Qualified to perform a Quality audit, - Free from bias and influences which could affect objectivity. Quality auditors are full-time personnel working within Quality Management department of Maintenance Quality division. Quality audit follow-up is responsibility of Chief Quality Management department. Audit follow-up procedure is performed in accordance with section 3.3 of this MOE. 3.6.2 Applicable documents Staff Qualification Procedure is P.3.0; Quality Audit Procedure is P.3.1; List of Authorized Personnel Form 051; Auditor’s Experience Log Sheet Form 025. 3.6.3 Process for qualification Maintenance Quality manager is responsible to qualify the Quality Auditors according to applicable procedure P.3.0. Auditor qualification is conducted following three steps: - Auditor evaluation; - Auditor qualification; - Qualification monitoring. 3.6.3.1 Auditor evaluation Consists of an examination of candidate’s education, training, experience and abilities. • Education: Basic aviation education and competence in clearly and fluently expressing concepts and ideas orally and in writing.




Part: 3. QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES Section: 3.6 QUALITY AUDIT PERSONNEL

• Experience: Three years in civil aircraft maintenance activity. • Training: Quality audit and regulations training. • Abilities: Managing, organized, communicable, and open-minded. 3.6.3.2 Auditor qualification Qualification is determined on the basis of: - Interview with candidates; - Discussions with management and colleagues; - Observations; - Review records of training and examinations. 3.6.3.3 Qualification monitoring To maintain qualification, Auditor has to: - Participate at a minimum of four audits per year; - Refresh his knowledge in regulation and procedure; - Fill in the Auditor’s Experience Log Sheet (Form 025) with the information about performed audits.

Copies of Form 025 should be kept with the Personnel Qualification File (Form 019). 3.6.4 Qualification file Each Auditor is provided with an individual file (Form 019), where qualification and training details are maintained. The file is accessible to: - The Accountable Manager; - The Maintenance Quality manager; - The Chief of Quality Management department; - The Authority on request; - The Quality Auditor himself. The file is kept and maintained by the Personnel Certification group.




Part: 3. QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES Section: 3.7 QUALIFYING INSPECTORS

3.7.1 General «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD combines the functions of Quality Inspection and Maintenance. Quality Inspection operations to be carried out are indicated in the relevant procedures and been performed by a personnel delegated by Maintenance Quality manager (Category B1/B2 Certifying staff and Quality inspectors of Quality Control department). The personnel authorized to perform quality inspection are thoroughly familiar with all inspection methods, techniques and equipment used to determine the quality of maintenance and airworthiness. 3.7.2 Applicable documents Staff qualification procedure is P.3.0.; Inspection delegation procedure is P.3.7.; Critical task control procedure is P.2.23. 3.7.3 Responsibilities Quality inspections performed by Category B1/B2 Certifying staff and Quality inspectors remain under responsibility of the Maintenance Quality manager and Chief of Quality Control department. Category B1/B2 Certifying staff shall execute Critical tasks control additionally to privileges of Category B1/B2. Quality inspectors are in charge for: - Maintenance process monitoring; - Supervision for quality of defect rectification (after accident/incident or aircraft heavy damage); - Supervision of duplicate inspection performance in case of Critical tasks control; - Duplicate inspection of Critical tasks performance. Critical task control procedure P.2.23 is guidance for quality inspection philosophy. 3.7.4 Process qualification Maintenance Quality manager is responsible to nominate Quality inspectors according to applicable procedures: P.3.0 and P.3.7.




Part: 3. QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES Section: 3.7 QUALIFYING INSPECTORS

Quality inspector qualification is conducted following three steps: - Evaluation; - Qualification; - Qualification monitoring. Maintenance Quality manager defines education, training, experience and abilities of Quality inspectors. 3.7.4.1 Qualification requirements • Education: - Aviation technical college or institute / university; • Experience: - Minimum 5 years in aircraft and / or component maintenance; • Training: - Aircraft type rating; - Continuation training for certifying staff; - Examination for certifying; - On job training for Quality inspector. • Abilities: - An acceptable level of understanding in the languages in which the documentation used written; - Knowledge of European quality standards and safety regulations. 3.7.4.2 Qualification status Qualification determined on the basis of: - Interview with candidates; - Review of training records and examination; - Observations. 3.7.4.3 Monitoring «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD training philosophy as described in section 3.4.5 of this MOE ensures monitoring of qualification.




Part: 3. QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES Section: 3.8 QUALIFYING AVIATION MECHANICS

3.8.1 General A maintenance activity is a clearly defined process, which has to be supervised to be properly controlled. Control of these processes which directly influence on airworthiness rely on the following: - Current maintenance data; - Supervision of operations; - Conform and appropriate tools and equipment; - Qualified operators. “Qualification” is a status given by appropriate manager when process of demonstrating capability of fulfilling requirements has been done. 3.8.2 Applicable documents Staff qualification procedure is P.3.0. 3.8.3 Definitions Aviation Mechanic: maintenance personnel with or without Russian CAA maintenance license, not authorized by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD for Release to Service. All maintenance works carried out by Aviation Mechanic should be authorized by Certifying Staff category B. 3.8.4 Qualification process All details of this process are described in applicable procedure P.3.0. Aviation Mechanic qualification is conducted following three steps: - Evaluation; - Qualification; - Qualification monitoring. 3.8.4.1 Evaluation Maintenance department manager performs it before recruitment. Evaluation is an assessment of: - Education; - Experience; - Training.




Part: 3. QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES Section: 3.8 QUALIFYING AVIATION MECHANICS

According to criteria defined in procedure P.3.0. 3.8.4.2 Qualification process Managed by Maintenance manager qualification consists of training planning as defined in P.3.0: - Indoctrination; - Type training. 3.8.4.3 Qualification status Qualification determined on the basis of: - Interview with candidates; - Review of training records and examination; - Observations. 3.8.4.4 Monitoring Monitoring of qualification is ensured by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD training philosophy as describe in section 3.4.5 of this MOE. 3.8.5 Qualification file After trainee Aviation Mechanic examination, each member of Qualification Board sign off makes record. Accountable manager should approve decision of the Qualification Board. Each qualified Aviation Mechanic is allocated a file which contains all the details of training, continuation training and qualification obtained. This file is held in the section where he is employed.




Part: 3. QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES Section: 3.9 AIRCRAFT OR AIRCRAFT COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASKS

EXEMPTION CONTROL PROCESS CONTROL 3.9.1 General In some cases, when the Aircraft Maintenance Program can not be complied with, an exemption process has to be initiated. An exemption is a one-off authorization granted by Authority (Country of aircraft registration) to deviate from the approved aircraft maintenance program or to defer a defect rectification. 3.9.2 «Rossiya airlines» OJSC policy Exemption shall be: - issued in exceptional circumstances; - justified; - restricted; - accompanied by additional conditions where necessary. 3.9.3 «Rossiya airlines» OJSC exemption process «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Quality Management department controls exemptions. When an exemption needs to be granted, the PPCD manager shall make a request to the Maintenance Quality manager. Maintenance Quality manager is responsible for ensuring that: - There is no other alternative means of compliance; - Flight safety is not affected; - Additional conditions when necessary are sufficient. The exemption is allocated a number, is registered and PPCD fills in a Maintenance task exemption request (Form 014). 3.9.4 Exemption process for Customer The request form is sent to the Operator who may have to comply with their relevant National Regulations and in any case is responsible to get the approval. The CRS shall be issued as per section 2.16 of this MOE.




Part: 3. QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES Section: 3.9 AIRCRAFT OR AIRCRAFT COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASKS

EXEMPTION CONTROL PROCESS CONTROL 3.9.5 Exemption follow-up When an exemption has been granted the PPCD is responsible to plan the completion of the deferred maintenance task, in accordance with granted exemption. The PPCD manager must ensure that the task is carried out and feedback action is sent to Quality Management department. Maintenance Quality management must monitor that the completion of the deferred task is within the limits given by the exemption granted. 3.9.6 Exemption records The PPCD maintains exemption request forms. The Quality Management department keeps a copy for control functions.




Part: 3. QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES Section: 3.10 CONCESSION CONTROL FOR DEVIATION FROM ORGANIZATION

PROCEDURES When «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD has to deviate from its approved MOE, these deviations must be accepted prior to being in force. Maintenance Quality manager for acceptance before implementation will submit all deviations affecting the approved MOE and CPM to the Competent Authority, if it necessary. The management personnel as mentioned in chapter 1.4 of this MOE submit deviations to the Maintenance Quality manager. A Concession request (Form 023) when raised shall contain: - Deviation description; - Proposed corrective action, if necessary, in order to avoid any recurrence; - Equivalent means of compliance, if required; - Limitations; - Recommendation for change in procedure. If needed - additional requirements of the Competent Authority will be taken into account when performing concession for deviation procedure. The Maintenance Quality manager responsibility is to monitor the organization's compliance with Part-145 and requested remedial action in case of deviation. He verifies the well founded of all requested deviations. He analyzes, proposes, and requires all changes or new procedures, regulations or means necessary to avoid such situation. He is responsible for the implementation of all changes performed. Then, the concession is allocated a number and filed. The Maintenance Quality manager shall ensure that any deviation limitations are correctly implemented and not exceeded. Concession request forms are kept and maintained by Quality Management department for three years after acceptance. They are available to the Competent Authority on request.




Part: 3. QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES Section: 3.11 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURE FOR SPECIALIZED ACTIVITIES SUCH

AS NDT 3.11.1 General Continued airworthiness non-destructive testing (NDT) means such testing specified by the type certificate holder of aircraft or engine manufacturer i.a.w. approved maintenance data. Particular non-destructive test means any one and more of the following: liquid penetrate, magnetic particle, eddy current and ultrasonic inspections. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD D1 class rating is independent one meaning that it is not related to specific aircraft, engine or other component and associated activities are supported according to NDT Written Procedure (based on EN 4179 and NAS 410 Standards) of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC. The description of WAMD NDT activity is given in CPM, procedure 2.29. This rating allows providing «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD a particular NDT task i.a.w. scope of activities for another organization. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD may carry out NDT on products it is maintained in conjunction with class rating A without any need for a D1 class rating. Borescope and other techniques such as delimitation coin tapping are considered as nondestructive inspections taking into account that «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD carries out an assessment of staff dedicated for these tasks. Non-destructive testing is a part of maintenance performed by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD i.a.w. work package and must be properly carried out before CRS may be issued for the total maintenance accomplishment. 3.11.2 Applicable documents Commision Regulation (EC) No 2042/2003; EASA ED Decision No 2003/19/RM; EN 4179 and NAS 410 Standards; NDT Written Practice, NDT Written Procedure; Company Authorization is Form 027; List of Authorized Personnel is Form 051; Personal Qualification File is Form 019; List of Certifying Staff and category B1 and B2 Support Staff is Form 008; Staff qualification procedure is P.3.0.; Appendix 1 to the procedure P.3.0.




Part: 3. QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES Section: 3.11 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURE FOR SPECIALIZED ACTIVITIES SUCH

AS NDT 3.11.3 Qualification and certification requirements for non destructive inspection personnel Delamination coin tapping can perform staff qualified as B1 Certifying Staff or Category B1 Support Staff with associated Type Training. The Qualification Requirements for initial training, type training, human factors training and continuation training as per paragraphs 3.4; 3.13 of this MOE and CPM Procedure P.3.0 and Appendix 1 to the Procedure P.3.0. Engine borescope inspection can be performed by staff qualified as B1 Certifying Staff or Category B1 Support Staff with associated Type Training and additionally the subject staff shall receive Engine Borescope Inspection Training. The Training can be done by Engine OEM, or appropriately approved Part-145 organization. The borescope inspection staff shall be listed in List of Certifying Staff and category B1 and B2 Support Staff is Form 008. Qualification details shall be entered to the Personal Qualification File Form 019. The Qualification Requirements for initial training, type training, human factors training and continuation training as per paragraphs 3.4; 3.13 of this MOE and CPM Procedure P.3.0 and Appendix 1 to the Procedure P.3.0. Requirements for specialized NDT personnel (Level I, Level II and Level III) i.a.w. EN 4179 and NAS 410 are mentioned in NDT Written Practice document. Initial Human Factor Training and Continuation Training (every two years period including Human Factor Continuation Training) are also applied to specialized NDT personnel of Level I, Level II and Level III. Specialized NDT personnel (Level I, Level II and Level III) are holders of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Company Authorization Form 027 with all associated rights and charges according to NDT Written Practice document. All specialized NDT personnel are mentioned in List of Certifying Staff and category B1 and B2 Support Staff is Form 008. Qualification details are contained in the Personal Qualification File Form 019.




Part: 3. QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES Section: 3.12 CONTROL OF MANUFACTURER'S AND OTHER WORKING TEAMS

3.12.1 General When a manufacturer’s or other working team has to carry out maintenance tasks on operator aircraft, during maintenance carried out by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD, two scenarios are identified: - The manufacturer has a Part-145 approval for the intended work to be done. - The manufacturer has no Part-145 approval. This procedure concerns mainly the implementation of the maintenance carried out by the manufacturer (engine / aircraft) or particular maintenance tasks (major structural repair, important modification) which can be carried out only by the manufacturer or when «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD doesn’t have the capability. 3.12.2 Part-145 approved manufacturers A contract review is carried out, to clear up specific «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD requirements and to determine a plan of actions with manufacturer’s working team. A preliminary meeting of the Accountable manager, Chief of western aircraft maintenance division and Maintenance Quality manager of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD with the responsible manufacturer’s work team will allow to organize the intervention and to ensure a correct coordination between the manufacturer’s team and the «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD maintenance personnel. It is determined if the Part-145 approved manufacturer’s procedures are applicable and approved. In such a case, upon completion of the maintenance tasks, the manufacturer’s working team shall issue a CRS for specific work carried out, in accordance with the Part-145 approved manufacturer’s procedures. 3.12.3 Non Part-145 approved manufacturers A contract review is carried out to clear up specific «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD requirements and to determine a plan of actions with manufacturer’s working team «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD procedures are applicable (see scope of work). The manufacturer’s working team should provide «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD with statement of compliance containing all pertinent details about the work done. On receipt of this certificate and after completion of all the maintenance tasks, «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD will issue a CRS in accordance with section 2.16 of this MOE.




Part: 3. QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES Section: 3.13 HUMAN FACTORS TRAINING PROCEDURE

3.13.1 General This procedure is applied to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD maintenance personnel to become familiar with human factors and human performance issues. 3.13.2 Applicable documents Part 145.A.30; AMC 145.A.30 (e); GM 145.A.30 (e); MOE Section 3.4. 3.13.3 Procedure In order to reduce maintenance related errors occurrences – «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD personnel must be familiar with understanding of human factors and human performance application, appropriate to the functions and position in the organization. Procedure for «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Certifying staff and B1 and B2 Support Staff initial training is described in section 3.4.5.1 of this MOE. For all other staff referred in AMC 145.A.30 (e) initial Human Factors training shall be done until 28 September 2006, Maintenance Quality manager is in charge to comply with this requirement. Subject training can be done internally, or by appropriately approved Part-145 or Part-147 organizations. After initial training – assessment of understanding of the application of human factors and human performance issues should be performed. Initial training should be performed in accordance with GM 145.A.30 (e) (Training Syllabus for Initial Human Factors training). This Syllabus can be optimized for specific Part-145 approved maintenance organization needs and requirements. Initial training topics may be covered in several separate trainings depending on the subjects (health and safety, management, supervisory skills and etc.) and in such cases there is no need for training duplication. For the permanent personnel this training shall be done until 28 September 2006. For those personnel who will join Part-145 approved maintenance organization «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD for the permanent job since 28 September 2006 – initial human factors training should be performed within 6 months. For the temporary staff – initial human factors training should be performed as soon as possible. For those personnel who came to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD from other Part-145 organization – a need for initial human factors training must be evaluated in order to comply with «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD human factors training standard.




Part: 3. QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES Section: 3.13 HUMAN FACTORS TRAINING PROCEDURE

Continuation training human factors and human performance must be given to: • Management personnel (post-holders, managers, supervisors); • Maintenance personnel (certifying staff, technicians and mechanics); • Technical support personnel (planners, engineers, technical record staff); • Quality management and control personnel; • Human factors instructors; • Stock personnel; • Contract staff in above mentioned categories. Continuation training is performed in order to keep «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD personnel up to date on human factors issues and collect feedback from these human factors courses. After the courses accomplishment, instructor for human factors passes feedback to the Maintenance Quality manager. Maintenance Quality manager will review this feedback and will initiate corrective action when it is necessary. Continuation training for human factors will be performed for above mentioned personnel once per 2 years in sufficient duration. For «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Certifying staff and B1 and B2 Support Staff continuation training on human factors issues will be included into usual continuation training and will be performed in accordance with section 3.4 of this MOE. For the rest «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD personnel, that needs human factors training, continuation training on human factors issues will be performed separately. Human factors continuation training is performed in «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD facilities by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD instructors, acceptable to the Competent Authority in accordance with approved continuation training program. Human factors training should cover internal and external experience, related with human errors in maintenance, quality audit findings in this area, etc. Maintenance Quality manager is in charge to comply with this requirement.




Part: 3. QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES Section: 3.14 COMPETENCE ASSESSMENT OF PERSONNEL

3.14.1 General This procedure is applied to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD maintenance support personnel (all the rest personnel excluding certifying staff, quality audit personnel, delegated quality inspectors and mechanics). 3.14.2 Applicable documents Staff qualification procedure is P.3.0.; Appendix 1 to the procedure P.3.0.; Personal qualification file is Form 019. 3.14.3 Procedure For the all personnel mentioned in 3.14.1 section of this MOE, experience, training, qualification and competence, initial and continuation training requirements, responsibilities for particular function can be found in CPM Appendix 1 to the procedure P.3.0. Qualification process, evaluation and monitoring procedures for above mentioned personnel are described in Staff qualification procedure P.3.0. After personnel obtained initial and / or continuation training, Personnel Certification group will update Personal qualification file (Form 019). These records together with appropriate training certificates will be stored in Personnel Qualification department of Maintenance Quality division. Above mentioned personnel can do unsupervised job only after all qualification requirements (described in Appendix 1 to the procedure P.3.0) are obtained. The record for qualification criteria conformance will be done in Form 019. For the contracted personnel – their qualification will be evaluated in order to compare with internal requirements. If no any additional training is necessary, contracted personnel can start to work after this assessment. If any additional training is required to comply with qualification requirements, training will be performed in accordance with internal procedures. Human factors training is performed in accordance with section 3.13 of this MOE.




PART 4: CONTRACTORS Section Title Pages No. Title page 4.1 4.1 Contracting operators 4.2 4.2 Operator procedures and paperwork 4.3 4.3 Operator record completion 4.4




Part: 4. CONTRACTORS Section: 4.1 CONTRACTING OPERATORS

4.1.1 General Following list shall contain all operators having effective contract with «Rossiya airlines» OJSC if the company provides services on base of its Part-145 approval, and shall list in detail the: - Name of contracting operator; - Description and effectivity of the contract; - Description of interface procedures (if applicable); - Description of Operator’s Continuing Airworthiness Management Organization Exposition (if applicable). 4.1.2 List of contracting operators List of Contracting Operators (Form 057) is stored as separate document. This list shall be supported by Quality Management department and revised on every changing basis. Approvals by Accountable manager and Maintenance Quality manager are mandatory. 4.1.3 Fulfillment of contracts Logistic department should distribute approved contracts among affected departments of the WAMD. In order to fulfill contractual responsibility of the WAMD the approved contract is obligatory for all WAMD organizations and employees. If it is necessary, the WAMD procedure shall be issued to comply with subject contract.




Part: 4. CONTRACTORS Section: 4.2 OPERATOR PROCEDURES AND PAPERWORK

4.2.1 Operator’s Continuing Airworthiness Management Exposition The approved Operator shall have an Operator’s Continuing Airworthiness Management Exposition (or equivalent) containing details of the organization structure, list of responsible persons and the procedures that should be followed to satisfy the airworthiness responsibility of the Operator. In case of Sub-Contracted maintenance the Operator’s Continuing Airworthiness Management Exposition should also contain the detailed list of contracted maintenance and the technical part of the contract. Above document (or equivalent) or the part of it – according to the scope of the contract – and any alteration to it should be obtained from the operator and distributed within WAMD by Quality Management department. 4.2.2 Maintenance contract Maintenance contracts listed in Section 4.1 shall specify in detail the work to be performed by WAMD and assigns responsibilities for proper and complete execution of the work. Both specification of work and the assignment of responsibilities should be clear and sufficiently detailed to ensure that no misunderstanding should arise between the parties. Special attention should be paid to procedures and responsibilities to ensure that all maintenance works are performed. 4.2.3 Joint Procedures Manual If the duties described in section 4.2 item 2 cannot be regulated and sufficiently detailed, the Joint Procedures Manual should be issued with both Operator’s and WAMD approval. The Manual should be prepared on the basis of the Maintenance agreement, the effective Exposition and procedures of the Operator and WAMD. The Quality Management department is responsible for preparation of the Joint Procedures Manual (JPM) first draft with the involvement of concerned departments and agrees upon the draft with the Operator. Regulations of mutually approved Maintenance contract and Joint Procedures Manual are to be followed by all WAMD employees.




Part: 4. CONTRACTORS Section: 4.3 OPERATOR RECORD COMPLETION

4.3.1 General When maintenance is performed for contracting operator, «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD fills all the documentation and records to Customer for the work performed. This performed maintenance must not exceed approved «Rossiya airlines» OJSC scope of work and the capability list (otherwise concession request procedure must be initiated). There can be two ways for the work accomplishment: - using all «Rossiya airlines» OJSC’s documentation; - using some of operator’s documentation. This information must be detailed in signed contract between «Rossiya airlines» OJSC and operator. 4.3.2 Procedure In case when «Rossiya airlines» OJSC uses its own documentation, maintenance records will be accomplished in accordance with chapter 2.13 of this MOE with issue of Certificate of Release to Service (for aircraft) or EASA Form 1 (for component) as per chapter 2.16. In case when «Rossiya airlines» OJSC uses operator’s documentation, Customer must provide all the pertinent maintenance documentation (Deferred Item Record, Aircraft Technical Log or equivalent) to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD will use operator’s documentation to complete work package and after work accomplishment will issue Certificate of Release to Service. Copy of work package will be retained in «Rossiya airlines» OJSC and operator will be supported with its original issue including Certificate of Release to Service or EASA Form 1 and any copies of specific approved repair / modification data that was used to perform those repairs / modifications. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD will store this work package as per chapter 2.14 of this MOE.




PART 5: APPENDICES Section Title Pages No.

Title page 5.1 5.1 Sample of documents 5.2-5.5 5.2 List of Sub-contractors as per Part 145.A.75 (b) 5.7 5.3 List of Line maintenance locations as per Part 145.A.75 (d) 5.8 5.4 List of contracted organizations as per Part 145.A70 (a) (16) 5.9




Part: 5. APPENDICES Section: 5.1 SAMPLE OF DOCUMENTS

5.1.1 Purpose To establish the identity of Forms and to establish the control procedures applicable to their revision and issue. This section contains forms used for Part-145 activities. 5.1.2 Registration and distribution form. Each department is responsible for preparing draft copies of forms required for use by them. The draft Form will be submitted to the Maintenance Quality manager for approval and registration. The draft will be provided with a description (if necessary) of the form and an explanation as to where the Form will be used, how it is completed and its purpose. Upon approval, the form will be given a Form number, revision status and date by the Quality Management department. The master copy will be kept under the control of the Maintenance Quality manager. All forms have been accessible for staff by using computer network. The number of AMOS system’s forms (automatically generated) are used along with hand written forms by various departments of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. The system is certified and supported by Swiss AS and the forms generated by the AMOS may be a subject of periodic minor changes (AMOS guidance manual) that not necessarily to be reflected in this MOE while it is not decrease their functionality. There are most significant sample forms generated by AMOS listed in this section of MOE. Other AMOS forms and reports which are explained in AMOS guidance manual may be incorporated into the «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD documentation system. 5.1.3 Form identification Forms are identified in this section and are provided with cross-references to the applicable procedure(s) within the manual. This section of MOE contains samples of the following Forms:

Form Number Title Revision No & Eff. Date Form 001 Man hours plan Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Aug 2007

Form 002 Goods Receipt Note Revision: 02, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 003 Maintenance Errors Notification Form Revision: 0, Eff. Date: 01 Oct 2006

Form 004 Spare parts (GSE, tools) order Revision: 0, Eff. Date: 01 Oct 2006

Form 005 Certificate of Release to Service Revision: 04, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011





Form Number Title Revision No & Eff. Date

Form 006

Authorised Release Certificate (EASA Form 1) Note: AMOS generated form SDM Form 1 may be used in parallel with hand written form

Revision: 02, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 007 On Job Training List and Authorization Form Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 008

List of Certifying Staff and category B1 and B2 Support Staff Note: Store as separate document

Revision: 03, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 009 Serviceable Tag Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 010 Unserviceable Tag Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 011 Condemned Tag Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 012 Identification Tag Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 013 Calibration Tag Revision: 0, Eff. Date: 01 Oct 2006

Form 014 Maintenance Task Exemption Request Revision: 02, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 015 Maintenance Job Card Revision: 03, Eff. Date: 01 Aug 2007

Form 016 Workorder Note: AMOS generated form Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 017 Staged W/O Note: AMOS generated form (use with Form 016) Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 018 Airworthiness Directive File Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Aug 2007

Form 018A Service Bulletins File Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Aug 2007

Form 018C Equipment AD/SB Status File Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 019 Personal Qualification File Revision: 02, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 020 Aircraft Component / Material Defect Report Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 021 Repair Order Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 022 Aircraft Technical Report Revision: 02, Eff. Date: 19 Mar 2007






Form 023 Concession Request Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 024 Monthly Hangar Visit Plan Revision: 02, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 025 Auditor’s Experience Log Sheet Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 026 Quality Audit Report Revision: 04, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 027 Company Authorization for Certifying Staff Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 028 Request for purchasing from unapproved supplier Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 029 Tool / GSE Unserviceable Tag Revision: 0, Eff. Date: 01 Oct 2006

Form 030 Purchase Order Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 031 Job Instruction Card Note: AMOS generated form Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 032 Request For Calibration Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 033 Work Summary Sheet Revision: 02, Eff. Date: 19 Mar 2007

Form 034 Workpackage-Summary Note: AMOS generated form Revision: 02, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 035 Component Change Report Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 16 Apr 2010

Form 036 Open DIRs Revision: 02, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 037 Shelf Expiry Control Note: AMOS generated form Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 038 List of Approved Suppliers Note: Store as separate document Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 040 Parts List Note: Store as separate document Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 040A Tool and Material List Note: Store as separate document Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011






Form 041 Quality Audit Plan Note: Store as separate document Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 042 List of measuring instruments Note: Store as separate document Revision: 0, Eff. Date: 01 Oct 2006

Form 043 Technical documents distribution form Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 044 Certifying Staff log Sheet Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Aug 2007

Form 045 Tool / Equipment Register Revision: 0, Eff. Date: 01 Oct 2006

Form 046 List of Maintenance Data Note: Store into Computer Network Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Aug 2007

Form 047 Annual Hangar Visit Plan Revision: 02, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 048 Suspected unapproved parts (SUP) notification report Revision: 0, Eff. Date: 01 Oct 2006

Form 049 List of Part-145 approved Sub-contractors Note: Store as separate document Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 050 Lost tool / GSE report Revision: 02, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 051 List of Authorized Personnel Note: Store as separate document Revision: 02, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 052 Quality Audit Checklist Note: Store as separate document Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 053 Engineering Statement Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 054 Notification of Maintenance data Inacuracies and Ambliguities to the Type Certificate Holder Revision: 02, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 055 Shift Handover Logbook Revision: 0, Eff. Date: 01 Oct 2006

Form 056 Trainig Certificate Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011 Form 057 List of Contracting Operators

Note: Store as separate document Revision: 02, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011






Form 062 Component Maintenance Job Card Revision: 0, Eff. Date: 01 Apr 2007 Form 063 Components Register Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 May 2009 Form 064 Work Shop Report Revision: 0, Eff. Date: 01 Apr 2007 Form 065 Report of Component Damaging Investigation Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011 Form 066 Component Capability List

Note: Store as separate document Revision: 02, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011

Form 067 NDT Log Book Revision: 0, Eff. Date: 01 Jun 2008 Form 068 Handover Log Book Revision: 0, Eff. Date: 01 Jun 2008 Form 070 Robbery Tag Revision: 01, Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011




Part: 5. APPENDICES Section: 5.2 LIST OF SUB-CONTRACTORS AS PER PART 145.A.75(b)

The list of non-Part 145 approved sub-contractors is not concerned at the moment. In case of necessity, this list will be under control of Maintenance Quality manager.




Part: 5. APPENDICES Section: 5.3 LIST OF LINE MAINTENANCE LOCATIONS AS PER PART 145.A.75 (d)

Is not concerned yet.




Part: 5. APPENDICES Section: 5.4 LIST OF CONTRACTED ORGANIZATIONS AS PER PART 145.A.70 (a) (16)

List of approved Sub-contractors (Form 049) has been updated and maintained by Quality Management department in accordance with section 2.1 of this MOE and Sub-contractors approval procedure (P.2.1.2). This List has been approved by the Accountable manager and Maintenance Quality manager and store as a separate document.

Revision No 01; Eff. Date: 01 Aug 2007; Form 001

MAN HOURS PLAN(REFERENCE TO W.O. No. )

NOTE: A-check or equivalent Maintenance department

ISSUED BY PPСD A/C: Registry No: S/N :

Check: Start date:DATE :SIGNATURE : Final date:

TOTAL MAN HOURS :

MHRS

DateCertifying staff cat. B1

(MHRS/CREW)

Certifying staff cat. B2 (MHRS/CREW)

Mechanic (MHRS/CREW)

Quality Inspection (MHRS/CREW)

Agreed by Manager of Maitenance department

Other (if req.)

DETAILS

Quality IspectionAvionics:Mechanic:

PR

OP

ER

TY

OF

"R

OS

SIY

A A

IRL

INE

S"

Goods Receipt NoteQ10555 16:18

20.May.2011 Page 1 / 1

Receiving Number: 6045Delivery Date:AWB No:Received by:

20.May.2011

Q10555

Received Item Number: 14739P/N:

Quantity:Mat. Class:Description:Batch No:

Exp. Life Time:

Location:

Cost Type:Cost Center:

Station:

Condition:

Owner:Vendor:Position No:Order No:

Label No:

Store:

A225400403-502R12978HOOK ASSYC (Consumable)1.0 EAN (NEW)

0

1AIRBUSSDMA319

P0061211

RECMAINLED

RD14739

No Part Location defined for LED

Station Store Location Qty Owner Description

Owner:Description:

SDMREC LOCATION

No alternate Parts

Workorder No: 500047738Project No:

Certificate No:Customs No:

Order Text:PLK490BIT01 ; PLK490BIT02

12345678

produced by www.swiss-as.comAMOSForm 002 rev. 02

db: TEST

Revision No: 0; Eff. Date: 01 Oct 2006; Form 003

This form should be filled iaw MOE 2.25 requirements. Page 1 of 1

MAINTENANCE ERRORS NOTIFICATION FORM

1. Aircraft type, Registration No, Line No: ________________________________________________

2. When was the maintenance error detected. Date: ______/_______/_______,

3. Type of maintenance: Line Maintnance: -Check

Hangar Maintenance: -Check

Other: ___________________________________

4. Maintenance Task: ______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________

5. Description of maintenance error: _________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

6. Apparent cause of the maintenance error: ____________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________

7. Action Taken: ___________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________

8. Other Information: _______________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________

Date: _____/_____/_____

Signature: ___________________________/

Revision No: 04; Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011; Form 005

CERTIFICATE OF RELEASE TO SERVICE No

Competent Authority EASA

Part-145 Approved Maintenance Organization reference No EASA.145.0331

Customer Work order / Contract ref. No

AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION: Manufacturer:…………………………….Model:………………………………..……..Serial Number:………………….……….

Registration:………………..……………Total flight hours:……………………………Total cycles:…………………………….

Engine No 1 Serial Number………………..…………….…..…Engine No 2 Serial Number……………………….……………..

OPERATOR: Name:…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Address:………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

WORK TO BE PERFORMED: Work package No………………………..Start date:…………………….End date:…………………… Work to be performed:………………..…………….in accordance with…………………………data, last revision No…… Last revision date:……………………… For details of work performed – refer to Work Package List Form 034 ………………. pages of Work Package List Form 034

……………….…………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………………………….

……………….…………………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………….

INCOMPLETE MAINTENANCE / AUTHORIZATION: .……………………………………………………………………………………………………..…………….………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

REMARKS: - TEST FLIGHT REQUIRED - TEST FLIGHT NOT REQUIRED

PART 145.A.50 RELEASE to SERVICE STATEMENT:

Certifies that the work specified except as otherwise specified was carried out in accordance with Part-145 and in respect to that work the aircraft/aircraft component is considered ready for release to service. Signature……………………………………………………… Surname…………………………………. Stamp…….…………………………………………………… Date:…………/……………/…………… Day Month Year Location: Saint-Petersburg, Russian Federation

PR

OP

ER

TY

OF

"R

OS

SIY

A A

IRL

INE

S"

1. Approving Competent Authority / Country:

EASA

2.

AUTHORISED RELEASE CERTIFICATEEASA FORM 1

3. Form Tracking Number:

L-4

4. Organisation Name and Address:STC «RUSSIA» Western Aircraft Maintenance Division

Pilotov street 18/4Saint-Petersburg

196210 Russian FederationTel/Fax: +78127041764

5. Work Order / Contract / Invoice:

6. Item: 7. Description: 8. Part No.: 9. Qty.: 10. Serial No.: 11. Status / Work:

12. Remarks:

see attached workshop records for further information

13a. Certifies that the items identified above were manufactured in conformity to:

approved design data and are in condition for safe operation

non-approved design data specified in block 12

13b. Authorised Signature: 13c. Approval / Authorisation Number:

13d. Name: 13e. Date (dd mmm yyyy):

14a. PART-145.A.50 Release to Service Other regulation specified in block 12

Certifies that unless otherwise specified in block 12, the work identified in block 11 and described in block 12, was accomplished in accordance with Part-145 and in respect to that work the items are considered ready for release to service.

14b. Authorised Signature: 14c. Certificate / Approval Ref. No.:

EASA.145.0331

14d. Name: 14e. Date (dd mmm yyyy):

USER/INSTALLER RESPONSIBILITIESThis certificate does not automatically constitute authority to install the item(s).Where the user/installer performs work in accordance with regulations of an airworthiness authority different than the airworthiness authority specified in block 1, it is essential that the user/installer ensures thathis/her airworthiness authority accepts items from the airworthiness authority specified in block 1.

Statements in blocks 13a and 14a do not constitute installation certification. In all cases aircraft maintenance records must contain an installation certification issued in accordance with the national regulations bythe user/installer before the aircraft may be flown.

EASA Form 1 - MF/145 Issue 2SDM Form 1 / Page 1 of 1 produced by www.swiss-as.com

db: TEST

Revision No: 02; Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011 Form 006

1. Approving Competent Authority / Country

EASA

2.

AUTHORISED RELEASE CERTIFICATE EASA FORM 1

3. Form Tracking Number

4. Organisation Name and Address:

«Rossiya airlines» OJSC Western Aircraft Maintenance Division

18/4 Pilotov street Saint-Petersburg, 196210 Russian Federation Tel/Fax: +78127041764

5. Work Order / Contract / Invoice

6. Item 7. Description 8. Part No. 9. Qty. 10. Serial No. 11. Status / Work

12. Remarks

13a. Certifies that the items identified above were manufactured in conformity to:

approved design data and are in condition for safe operation

non-approved design data specified in block 12

14a. Part-145.A.50 Release to Service Other regulation specified in block 12

Certifies that unless otherwise specified in block 12, the work identified in block 11 and described in block 12, was accomplished in accordance with Part-145 and in respect to that work the items are considered ready for release to service.

13b. Authorised Signature 13c. Approval / Authorisation Number 14b. Authorised Signature 14c. Certificate / Approval Ref. No.

EASA.145.0331 13d. Name 13e. Date (dd mmm yyyy) 14d. Name 14e. Date (dd mmm yyyy)

USER / INSTALLER RESPONSIBILITIES THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AUTOMATICALLY CONSTITUTE AUTHORITY TO INSTALL THE ITEM(S). WHERE THE USER/INSTALLER PERFORMS WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATIONS OF AN AIRWORTHINESS AUTHORITY DIFFERENT THAN THE AIRWORTHINESS AUTHORITY SPECIFIED IN BLOCK 1, IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT THE USER/INSTALLER ENSURES THAT HIS/HER AIRWORTHINESS AUTHORITY ACCEPTS ITEMS FROM THE AIRWORTHINESS AUTHORITY SPECIFIED IN BLOCK 1. STATEMENTS IN BLOCKS 13a AND 14a DO NOT CONSTITUTE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION. IN ALL CASES AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE RECORDS MUST CONTAIN AN INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION ISSUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL REGULATIONS BY THE USER/INSTALLER BEFORE THE AIRCRAFT MAY BE FLOWN.

EASA Form 1 – MF/145 Issue 2

Revision No: 01; Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011; Form 007 Page 1 of 2

ON JOB TRAINING LIST and AUTHORIZATION FORM

Type of training: ______________________________________________________________________ Name of probationer: ________________________________________________________________________________ Position: _____________________________________________________________________________ Instructor name: _______________________________________________________________________ Course completed: _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ On job training started: ________/________/________, finished: ________/________/________. 1. ON JOB TRAINING PROGRAM

DATE SYSTEM OR PROCEDURE HOURS PROBATIONER SIGNATURE

INSTRUCTOR SIGNATURE


2. SCOPE OF AUTHORIZATION

Scope of Authorization Type of Aircraft / Category / Procedures

Certifying Staff

Quality Inspector

Engine Run – Up

Other Submitted by: ________________________________ Date: _______/_______/_______ (Department Manager) 3. EXAMINATION Members of the Qualification Board: Date of the examination: Result: ____________________/___________________ ______/______/______ Pass Fail Signature Surname ____________________/___________________ ______/______/______ Pass Fail Signature Surname ____________________/___________________ ______/______/______ Pass Fail Signature Surname Chairman of the Qualification Board decision: ____________________/___________________ ______/______/______ Pass Fail Signature Surname 4. AUTHORIZATION I AUTHORIZE YOU TO CARRY OUT WORKS LISTED IN “SCOPE OF AUTHORIZATION” OF THIS DOCUMENT WITHIN THE

COMPETENT AUTHORITY APPROVAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER APPROVED DOCUMENTATION AND

WESTERN AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE DIVISION PROCEDURES

Approved by: _____________________________ ________________________________ (Accountable manager) (Maintenance Quality manager) 5. ISSUE OF COMPANY AUTHORIZATION Date of first issue: _______/_______/_______. Date of expiration: _______/_______/_______. Company authorization number: __________. 6. ACCEPTANCE OF RESPONSIBILITIES I know my responsibilities and accept to keep within the above mentioned documents, procedures and instructions. I herein declare that I will not certify any actions except of those, for which the function is designated in the above mentioned documents, procedures and instructions. Otherwise I can be punished. I know that my qualification is a subject of verification and if I fail to fulfil the requirements, my privileges will be suspended or lost. Date: ______ / _______ / _______ Probationer signature: ___________________________


Page 1 of 1

LIST OF CERTIFYING STAFF AND

CATEGORY B1 AND B2 SUPPORT STAFF (PART 145 REFERENCE No. EASA.145.0331)

Note 1: The given change dated ______/______/______ cancels all previous. Amendment No. ____ Note 2: Vertical lines are put on the left edge of pages to show the location of revised items. 1. Definitions and abbreviations: Category A: Line Maintenance Certifying Mechanic. Category B1: Maintenance Certifying Technician (mechanic). Category B2: Maintenance Certifying Technician (avionics). Category D: Component Maintenance Certifying technician (mechanic). SB1 Category B1 Support Staff SB2 Category B2 Support Staff ERU Engine Run Up rating holder QI Quality Inspector authorization holder EB Engine Borescope Inspection

EFTB Engine Fan Trim Balance

2. List of Certifying Staff and Category B1 and B2 Support Staff

No. Name of person / Quality Inspector

Authorization

Company Authorization No

/ first date of issue

Company Authorization

valid until

Licence / Certifying staff stamp No

Quality Inspector Stamp No

A/C or A/C component type: rating

3. List of Category D Certifying Staff

No. Name of person



Company Authorization valid

until

Licence / Certifying staff stamp No Component type: rating

4. List of specialized NDT personnel

No. Name of person



Company Authorization valid

until

Licence / Certifying staff stamp No Scope of Work Limitations

Approved by: ________________________________ /_____/_____/_____ _________________________________ /_____/_____/_____

Accountable manager Maintenance Quality manager

„Ros

siya

airl

ines

“ OJS

C, 1

8/4

Pilo

tov

stre

et, S

aint

-Pet

ersb

urg,

196

210,

Rus

sian

Fed

erat

ion.

Te

l: +7

8127

0417

64

Revision No: 01; Eff. Date 01 Mar 2011; Form 009

SERVICEABLE TAG No

CUSTOMER REGISTRATION No

DESCRIPTION

PART No SERIAL – BATCH No

CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY No EASA FORM 1 No FAA FORM 8130-3 No WO No

TYPE OF SERVICE ACCOMPLISHED

TECHNICIAN STAMP OR STAMP NUMBER AND SIGNATURE DATE

„Ros

siya

airl

ines

“ OJS

C, 1

8/4

Pilo

tov

stre

et, S

aint

-Pet

ersb

urg,

196

210,

Rus

sian

Fed

erat

ion.

Te

l: +7

8127

0417

64


UNSERVICEABLE TAG No

CUSTOMER REFERENCES DOC

DESCRIPTION REMOVED FROM

PART No SERIAL No

TYPE OF MALFUNCTION


„R

ossi

ya a

irlin

es“ O

JSC

, 18/

4 P

iloto

v st

reet

, Sai

nt-P

eter

sbur

g, 1

9621

0, R

ussi

an F

eder

atio

n.

Tel:

+781

2704

1764


CONDEMNED TAG No

CUSTOMER REMOVED FROM

DESCRIPTION

PART No SERIAL No

REASON


„Ros

siya

airl

ines

“ OJS

C, 1

8/4

Pilo

tov

stre

et, S

aint

-Pet

ersb

urg,

196

210,

Rus

sian

Fed

erat

ion.

Te

l: +7

8127

0417

64


IDENTIFICATION TAG No

CUSTOMER REGISTRATION No

DESCRIPTION

PART No SERIAL No

LOCATION IN AIRCRAFT

TECHNICIAN STAMP OR STAMP NUMBER AND SIGNATURE DATE OF REMOVAL

CALIBRATION TAG

Revision No. 0; Eff. Date: 01 Oct 2006; Form 013

P/N …………………………………… S/N ..………………………………….. DATE OF CALIBRATION:

……...…/……...…/……...… CALIBRATION DUE DATE:

…...……/…...……/……...…

CHECKED: ………………………………… Authorized person signature or stamp


MAINTENANCE TASK EXEMPTION REQUEST No.____

18/4 Pilotov street, Saint-Petersburg, 196210 Russian Federation Tel/Fax: +78127041764

1. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC A/C Type 2. Reg. No.

3. Component Name P/N S/N

4. Time hours, cycles, other

5. Maintenance works 6. The base of

maintenance work 7. Maintenance

documents

SB, JC, WO, ATR, DIR, other

8. Requesting 9. Reason

10. Additional information

11. Requested: Accountable manager / Chief of Western Aircraft Maintenance Division (underline as necessary)

12. Signature 13. Date of request

14. Maintenance Quality manager acceptance

This document (fully completed) must be sent to “Rossiya airlines” OJSC WAMD Maintenance department (tel/fax: ___________________) or PPCD (tel/fax: ____________________).

Competent Authority decision

Name Signature

Position Date

STATION

MAINTENANCE JOB CARD

EFFECTIVITY

TAIL. NO AIRPLANE CARD NO

DATE

ACCOMPLISHED TASK AIRCRAFT CARD NO / TITLE

Revision No 03; Eff. Date: 01 Aug 2007; Form 015 MS Rev. No: …….. dated: ………………….. Page 1 of 2

;’

SKILL WORK AREA RELATED TASK INTERVAL PHASE REVISION

TASK TITLE STRUCT. ILLUSTR. REF.

ZONES ACCESS PANELS

MECH INSP

MAINTENANCE JOB CARD

EFFECTIVITY

AIRPLANE CARD NO

ACCOMPLISHED TASK AIRCRAFT CARD NO / TITLE

Revision No 03; Eff. Date: 01 Aug 2007; Form 015 MS Rev. No: …….. dated: ………………….. Page 2 of 2

MECH INSP

PR

OP

ER

TY

OF

"R

OS

SIY

A A

IRL

INE

S"

COPY

Due At: TAH

S/N:

A/C Registration ATA Chapter

Date:

Component:

Barcode

Project:

500052615WORKORDERRussia

Pilotov street 18/4Saint-PetersburgRussiaP/N:

Customer:

32

Position / FIN Code:Description:

BAS

TAC

WO500052615

Finding ref. Taskcard:

Type / Origin

Description of complaint or planned work Type

ScheduledFeedback R.

RobberyBriefing C.

Maintenance D.Cabin ReportPilot Report

Work Performed, Workorder Closed

Q10555

Time (UTC)

20.May.2011

Date Issue Sign / StampFlight #

LED

Station

Action / Work Performed Performed Inspected

Sign:Next Workorder / Log Page No: Supplement Page (same number)Continued on

Component Changes

Partnumber SerialnumberLabel Number Seq. Type Description

References Used Manhours

Pers. ID MHRS Date

Engine 2:Engine 1: IDG 1:Apu CounterHRS:APU: IDG 2:

Oil Uplift

CYC:

APU No Bleed

Downgrades

OPS ConsequenceOccurrenceAOG Risk

D

No Autoland

A

Prex. Appoach CAT:

Release Transfer

Release Transfer

Release Transfer

DD (HIL) Sign / Stamp

Transfer

ETOPS (Minutes)

C

NO Station Date Time Days HRS CYCL Check ReasonMEL Ref:

CDCCLAPU No Elec.

MEL CAT: B

No RVSM

Release ClosingDate Closing SignCertifying Company

EASA.145.0331

N/A

TimeCertifies that the work specified, except as otherwisespecified, was carried out in accordance with PART

145 and in respect to that work the Aircraft / Aircraftcomponent is considered ready for release to service.

RII/DI Dupl. InspectionStation

Skill / Shop Est. MHRSMHR Planning

Partnumber Description IPC Reference QTYPart Request

Test Flight

Other:Idle Run

PWR RunDock

Est. Gt: HR

Mass & BalanceHangarResources Statistics / Assessment

Insurance

Incident

Accident

Warranty

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

Sign / Stamp

produced by AMOS www.swiss-as.comForm 016 rev. 01printed by Q10555 on Fri. 20.May 2011 at 15:36 out of database Test hosted on AMOS-Test-Server.stc.local

(Page 1 / 1)

db: TEST

PR

OP

ER

TY

OF

"R

OS

SIY

A A

IRL

INE

S"

COPY

Item: Description: Action: Mech Date Tech Date

1

2

3

1.

1A

1B

2.

2A

2B

3.

3A

3B

Item: Description: Action: Mech Date Tech Date


Sign

Aircraft:

BAS

Workpackage: Workorder:

500052616

Page:

1

Certifies that the work specified, except as otherwise specified, was carried out in accordance with PART 145 and in respect to that work the aircraft/aircraft

component is considered ready for release to service

db: TEST

Revision No: 02; Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011; Form 018C

EQUIPMENT AD/SB STATUS FILE No. ____

ABOUT WORKS, CHECKS, INSPECTIONS WHICH

HAS TO BE ACCOMPLISHED ON THE EQUIPMENT LOCATED ON STOCK

Copies have to be distributed to: - Stock for Incoming Inspection,

- attached to the equipment located on stock, - Quality Management department for information.

DATE: _______________________________________________________________________________________ APPLICABILITY: ____________________________________________________________________________ (EQUIPMENT PART NUMBER)

_____________________________________________________________________________________________ REFERENCE: ________________________________________________________________________________ (AD, SB)

REQUIREMENTS: ____________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________

REQUIRED COMPLIANCE DATE: ________//_________//________ ACTION: ____________________________________________________________________________________ FOR INCOMING INSPECTION

______________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________ AVAILABILITY ON STOCK (REPAIR)*

IF YES PLEASE PROVIDE SERIAL NUMBERS _________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________ Signature of Stock Manager ____________________________________________ PREPARED BY: ______________________________________________________________________________ MANAGER OF MAINTENANCE DEPARTMENT: ________________________________________________

* - Completed status file has to be returned to Maintenance Engineering. within 3 working days.


Page 1 of 4

PERSONAL QUALIFICATION FILE

0. PERSONAL DATA

1. Name: 2. Birth Date: 3. Employee of the «Rossiya airlines» OJSC since: 4. Current position:

1. QUALIFICATION 1.1. BASIC QUALIFICATION

Educational Entity and trade Diploma (No. & date)

1.

2.

1.2. TRAININGS 1.2.1. Type training

Type training Diploma (No. & date)


Page 2 of 4

1.2.2. Continuation training

Continuation training Diploma (No. & date)

1.3. LICENCES & RATINGS National License No Date of Issue:

Aircraft / Aircraft Component Type Ratings

Attachment to National License No / Issue Date

Rating Effective Date


Page 3 of 4

1.4. EXPERIENCE 1.4.1. Professional experience

Entity Functions and Responsibilities Period

1.4.2. Certifying Staff experience Company Authorization No: Date of Issue: Company Authorization valid until:

Aircraft / Component Type Authorization Level

(From / To) (From / To) (From / To) (From / To)

Category A – Line Maintenance Certifying Mechanic

Category B1 – Certifying Technician (Mechanical)

Category B2 – Certifying Technician (Avionic)

Category C – Base Maintenance Technician

Category D – Component Maintenance Certifying Technician

Other


Page 4 of 4

1.5. QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS 1.5.1. Proposed function: 1.5.2. Criterias of Conformance

YES

NO Complementary Training needed: Obtained Obtained Obtained Obtained Obtained Obtained Obtained

1.5.3. Specific training YES NO N/A MOE / Procedures FAA Regulation EASA Regulation Procedures of Release to service Responsibilities 1.5.4. English level 1 2 3

HOLDER

Name: Date: Signature:

MANAGER

Name: Date: Signature:


AIRCRAFT COMPONENT / MATERIAL DEFECT REPORT No. _____

Date: ____________________________ Time: ___________________________________ Order number: _____________________ Part name: _______________________________ Order priority: _____________________ Part number: _____________________________ Purchase Order filled in by: ___________________ Serial / batch number: ______________________ Supplier: _______________________________________________ Quantity: ______________ Tag information: ____________________________________________________________________ Defect description: __________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________

Unserviceable tag (Form 010) No: ___________________ Date of issue: ______________________

Storekeeper: _______________________________________________________________________

Defect Report received by (Stock Manager):

Name: __________________; Signature: ________________; Date: ______________; Time: ______

Remedial action: ____________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________

Manager of Stock: Storekeeper: Name: _________________________ Name or stamp: _______________________ Signature: ______________________ Signature: ____________________________ Date: __________________________ Date: ________________________________

Closure: Maintenance Quality manager ______________________ Date _______/_______/_______ (signature or stamp)

PR

OP

ER

TY

OF

"R

OS

SIY

A A

IRL

INE

S"

OJS

C

Order TextMLG WHEEL # 2 TIRE WEAR IS OUT OF LIMIT

Item Partnumber Description Serialnumber1 C20509000 WHEEL ASSY MLG B767 02029

Label No: 8933 TSN: UNK CSN: UNK Manufac. Date: UNK

Removed from A/C: EAR TBI: 1214 CBI: 278Date of Removal:15.May.2011

Target Date: 21.May.2011 Return Condition: REPAIRED Country of origin: **Qty UM Repair Price Each Total(gross) Discount Total(net)1.0 EA FOC 0.00 RUR 0.0 % = 0.00 RUR 0.00 RURValue for Customs: 0.00 RUR CM-No.: ---

+++ FREE OF CHARGE +++

Repair Order (Internal)Number: R0100711 Date: 16.May.2011

Proforma InvoiceKindly quote above order no. and reference in all correspondence and when sending parts and invoice

Timestamp: 16.05.2011 08:07.19

REPAIR STATION

WHEELS AND BRAKES AREACOMPONENT MAINTENANCE SHOP"ROSSIYA AIRLINES" OJSC18/4 PILOTOV STREET196210 - SAINT-PETERSBURGRUSSIA

ISSUED BY

LOGISTICS DEPARTMENT"ROSSIYA AIRLINES" OJSC18/4 PILOTOV STREET196210 - SAINT-PETERSBURGRUSSIA

Priority:Payment Condition:

NORMALFREE OF CHARGE

Responsible:Email:

Bulyshchenko, [email protected]

RETURN TO

STOCK"ROSSIYA AIRLINES" OJSC18/4 PILOTOV STREET196210 - SAINT-PETERSBURGRUSSIA

BILL TO

FINANCE DEPARTMENT"ROSSIYA AIRLINES" OJSC18/4 PILOTOV STREET196210 - SAINT-PETERSBURGRUSSIA

Please verify fault before proceeding with repair or overhaul.Please provide quote-estimate before proceeding.Please provide shop finding report.EASA Form 1 or equivalent as per AMC 145.A.42(a) is required.

Signed:

produced by www.swiss-as.comR0100711 / Form 021 / Form 030

R0100711 Page 1/1


CONCESSION REQUEST No. _____

1. Applicable procedure: 2. Deviation description: 3. Proposed corrective action (if necessary, in order to avoid any recurrence): 4. Equivalent means of compliance (if required): 5. Limitations: 6. Recommendations for change in procedure: 7. Requested by: Accountable manager / Chief of Western Aircraft Maintenance Division

(underline as necessary) 8. Signature:……………………………….. Date: ……………………………………….. 9. Maintenance Quality manager Acceptance:

Competent Authority permission (if applicable): ..………………………………………………………………………………………………….………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….. ..………………………………………………………………………………………………….………… ..………………………………………………………………………………………………….………… Signature: __________________________ Date: ___________________________


MONTHLY HANGAR VISIT PLAN 20.…. Year .…………………….. Month

Approved by: «Rossiya airlines» OJSC Western Aircraft Maintenance Division Accountable Manager:………………………………… _________/________/_______

Airplanes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

Prepared by PPCD: ____________________________ Accepted: Maintenance department manager ______________________________

Chief of WAMD ____________________________________________

Date: _____________________________ Maintenance Quality manager _________________________________


AUDITOR’s EXPIRIENCE LOG SHEET

Name:

Authorization No.:

Sheet issued by: Issue date:

SCOPE OF AUTHORIZATION

NOTES 1. Duties and responsibilities of auditors are detailed in CPM P.3.0 and Appendix 1.

2. All audits must be filled in this log sheet. 3. Filling must be performed carefully, any corrections are not allowed.

4. Maintenance Quality manager fills Columns 6 and 7.

Date DD/MM/ YYYY

Auditee Reference to Audit report Subject of audit Signature Remarks Checked by

1 2 3 4 5 6 7


Page 1 of 2

“ROSSIYA AIRLINES” OJSC QUALITY AUDIT REPORT No. _____ Reference Documents: (PART-145 Amendment …, MOE Issue …, Revision No …, Other …)

Auditee: (organization, division, department)

Date of Audit:

Subject of Audit:

Audit Team Leader:

Auditor(s):

Participants:

Distribution:

Findings / recommendations: (Levels of findings are compare with AMC 145.B.50 (a))

Summary Information:

Number of Level 1 findings: Auditee’s Report Acceptance:

Name, Signature, Date

Number of Level 2 findings: Reply Due Date:

Due Date Name, Signature, Date

Number of Recommendations: Report Closure Date:

Closure Date Name, Signature, Date

NOTES: The white boxes are to be filled in by Auditor(s). The light gray boxes are title, description or information boxes - do no to be filled in. The dark gray boxes are to be filled in by Auditee.


Page 2 of 2

“ROSSIYA AIRLINES” OJSC QUALITY AUDIT REPORT No. _____ Finding No.: Level: Target

Date: Delay 1: Delay 2: Root

Cause:

Reference document:

Finding:

Corrective Action Proposed by Auditee: (The box to be filled in by Auditee with his proposal)

Preventive Action Proposed by Auditee: (The box to be filled in by Auditee with his proposal)

“Rossiya airlines” OJSC Quality Assurance Acceptance of Proposed Corrective and Preventive Actions: (Associated box is marked by Quality Assurance as required)

Accepted: Decision Date / Auditor’s Name and Signature:

Not Accepted:

Auditee Comment for Corrective and Preventive Actions Implementation: (The box to be filled in by Auditee only after corrective and preventive actions are implemented and found as effective)

Implementation Date / Reporter’s Name and Signature:

“Rossiya airlines” OJSC Quality Assurance Comment: (The box "Finding Closure Date" relating to the item should be indicated only after the auditor could confirm the effectiveness of the actions above taken)

Finding Closure Date / Auditor’s Name and Signature:

Revision No. 01; Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011; Form 027

COMPANY AUTHORIZATION No. 0000

“ROSSIYA AIRLINES” OJSC First issue CS stamp No. 0000

Competent Authority Approval No. Name License No.

EASA.145.0331 This certifies that the holder is authorized to issue CERTIFICATE of RELEASE to SERVICE in the

name and on behalf of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC Western Aircraft Maintenance Division after completion of maintenance works listed in Scope of Authorization block of this document and within

Competent Authority approvals in accordance with approved company procedures.

Date:

Maintenance Quality manager: Holder:

Aircraft

Type Rating Scope of Authorization Valid until Signed


REQUEST FOR PURCHASING FROM UNAPPROVED SUPPLIER

Stock Request: Required A/C component / material description: ___________________________________________ P/N: ___________________________________________ Quantity: __________________________ Aircraft registration No.: ___________________________ Operator: __________________________ Description of AOG situation: _________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________ Workorder No.: _____________________________________________________________________ Purchase Order No.: ___________________ Supplier: ______________________________________ Contract Engineer:

__________________________ ________________________ ______/______/______ Name Signature Date Quality Assurance Decision: Only this time those A/C component / material can be purchased from above mentioned Unapproved Supplier and be used for «Rossiya airlines» OJSC maintained aircraft only. Maintenance Quality:

__________________________ ________________________ ______/______/______ Name Signature Date Note: Be careful during incoming inspection!

Incoming A/C component / material received from Unapproved Supplier. Storekeeper Acceptance:

Yes No Unserviceable Tag No.: _________________________ A/C Component / Material Defect Report No.: _______ Storekeeper:

__________________________ ________________________ ______/______/______ Name or Stamp Signature Date


TOOL / GROUND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT UNSERVICEABLE TAG

This tag to be used on Tools / Ground Support Equipment only. Do not use on Aircraft or Aircraft Component

Tool / GSE description: _______________________________ ____________________________________________________ P/N: ____________________________ S/N: ____________________________ Equipment Location: _________________________________ Specific Defect: ______________________________________ ____________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________ Date: _________/_________/_________ Authorized Person: ____________________/______________

(name) (signature) ____________________________________________________

(title)

PR

OP

ER

TY

OF

"R

OS

SIY

A A

IRL

INE

S"

OJS

C

Order TextFOR ALL AIRBUS FLEET

Item Qty UM Partnumber Description Condition1 3 EA 231383D01R00 KIT NEW

Target Date Curr. Unit-Price Discount in % Amount Net.21.Feb.2011 USD 0.00 0.00 0.00

Item Qty UM Partnumber Description Condition2 3 EA 231383A01R00 KIT NEW

Target Date Curr. Unit-Price Discount in % Amount Net.21.Feb.2011 USD 0.00 0.00 0.00

Item Qty UM Partnumber Description Condition3 3 EA D9559012100000 INSULATION UNIT NEW

Target Date Curr. Unit-Price Discount in % Amount Net.02.Mar.2011 USD 0.00 0.00 0.00

+++ FREE OF CHARGE +++

TOTAL AMOUNT NET.: 0.00 USD0.00 USD

Purchase OrderNumber: P0025411 Date: 21.Nov.2010

Kindly quote above order no. and reference in all correspondence and when sending parts and invoice

Timestamp: 02.03.2011 14:30.56

SUPPLIER

AIRBUS INDUSTRIES1, RONDPOINT MAURICE BELLONTE31787 - BLAGNAC CEDEXFRANCE

ISSUED BY

LOGISTICS DEPARTMENT"ROSSIYA AIRLINES" OJSC18/4 PILOTOV STREET196210 - SAINT-PETERSBURGRUSSIA

Priority:Payment Condition:

NORMAL30 DAYS NET

Responsible:Email:

Margaryan, [email protected]

produced by www.swiss-as.comP0025411 / Form 021 / Form 030

P0025411 Page 1/2

PR

OP

ER

TY

OF

"R

OS

SIY

A A

IRL

INE

S"

OJS

C

SHIP TO

SAINT-PETERSBURG18/4 PILOTOV STREET196210 - SAINT-PETERSBURGRUSSIA

BILL TO

FINANCE DEPARTMENT"ROSSIYA AIRLINES" OJSC18/4 PILOTOV STREET196210 - SAINT-PETERSBURGRUSSIA

Notes:1. EASA Form 1 or equivalent as per AMC 145.A.42(a) must accompany aircraft component.An equivalent document to an EASA Form 1 may be:a) a release document issued by an organization under the terms of a bilateral agreement signed by the European Community;b) a release document issued by an organization approved under the terms of a JAA maintenance bilateral agreement until superseded by the corresponding agreement signed by the European Community;c) a JAA Form One issued prior to 28 November 2004 by a JAR 145 organization approved by a JAA Full Member State;d) in the case of new aircraft components that were released from manufacturing prior to the Part-21 compliance date the component should be accompanied by a JAA Form One issued by a JAR-21 organization approved by a JAA Full Member Authority and within the JAA mutual recognition system;e) a JAA Form One issued prior to 28 September 2005 by a production organization approved by a competent authority in accordance with its national regulations.Repair station in case of FAA Form 8130-3 shall provide following statement in Block 13:“Certifies that the work specified in block 12/13 was carried out in accordance with EASA Part-145 and in respect to that work the component is considered ready for release to service under EASA Part-145 Approval Number: EASA.145….”.2. For standard parts copy of manufacturer’s and suppliers Certificate of Conformity is required.3. Full traceability is required.4. For life limited parts or chemicals Life limit / Shelf life information is required.5. Material Safety Data Sheet should accompany chemicals.6. Certificate of Calibration should accompany tools and equipment.7. Originally printed (with color logo or seal) Invoices with currency indicated, must accompany part(s).

Signed:

produced by www.swiss-as.comP0025411 / Form 021 / Form 030

P0025411 Page 2/2

PR

OP

ER

TY

OF

"R

OS

SIY

A A

IRL

INE

S"

ITEM 1 -

Panels: none

Zones: none

References: none

Material: B00316

COM-1519

COM-4130

COM-9674

SOLVENT - ALIPHATIC NAPHTHA

COVER-PROTECTIVE, TAT PROBE

COVER-PROBE, PITOT STATIC

COVER, PROBE, PITOT STATIC, ELEVATOR

1.0 req.

1.0 req.

4.0 req.

2.0 req.

Tools: COM-9675

COM-9676

SPL-9673

SPL-9806

COVER-ENGINE EXHAUST, CFM56-3

COVER-ENGINE INLET, CFM56-3

PLUG-APU EXHAUST

GROUND LOCK ASSY-NOSE AND MAIN LG

2.0 req.

2.0 req.

1.0 req.

1.0 req.

1 - RETURN TO SERVICE MECH INSP

2 - SERVICEABLE POWER PLANT PRESERVATION MECH INSP

3 - AIRPLANE NORMAL PARKING MECH INSP

Put the Airplane back in its usual condition per AMM PAGEBLOCK 10-11-00/201, Para. 2.I

Perform an applicable preservation procedure (up to 10 days) with both engines starting per AMM PAGEBLOCK 71-00-03/201style="font-size:2;font-family:Sans-Serif;"> style="font-size:2;font-family:Sans-Serif;">WARNING: KEEP ALL PERSONS AND EQUIPMENT AWAY FROM THE AREAS NEARTHE ENGINEstyle="font-size:2;font-family:Sans-Serif;"> DURING ENGINE OPERATION. THE AIR AND EXHAUST FLOW FROMTHE ENGINES CAN CAUSE INJURIES TO PERSONS, AND DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT

Park the Airplane refer to AMM PAGEBLOCK 10-11-00/201, Para 2.Hstyle="font-size:2;font-family:Sans-Serif;">

JIC: 1513 / 0 Title: B737 - NORMAL PARKING - UP TO 7 DAYS

Area: SYS2 ATA: Special Codes:

Job Instruction Card for - / -


Job Instruction CardQ10555

15:48

20.May.2011

Page 1/1

db: TEST


REQUEST FOR CALIBRATION

Department

Stock reminds that calibration date of all the below mentioned measuring instruments (MI) will be out of due in _____________. Please, deliver below mentioned MI into Stock.

No. Measuring Equipment / Tools Type, model, P/N S/N Calibration valid until Remarks made by Logistic Remarks made by department manager

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

Stock manager: Received by: Date:

Signature Department manager’s name and signature

PR

OP

ER

TY

OF

"R

OS

SIY

A A

IRL

INE

S"

No. W/O ATA Workorder-Description Est.MH To Go Prio T H M Pickslip Performed/Comments

1 500004675 52-11PERF. TASKCARD 521103-01-1

TITLE: FWD PAX/CREW DOOR SKIN EXTERNAL SURFACE01:55/? 36/C

1

MC11914Not issued

2 500046343 29-10PERF. TASKCARD 291000-14-1

TITLE: MAIN HYDRAULIC POWER00:12/? 56/H

1

P53302Not issued

3 500046378 05PERFORM CHECK:A-CHECK,600FH 120DAY

INTERVAL: 750/C00:00/? 56/H

1

P53302Not issued

No. W/O ATA Workorder-Description Est.MH To Go Prio T H M Pickslip Performed/Comments

Workpackage BAS/L-150511 A-CHK + AW for VQ-BAS, the 21.May.2011 (22:00) in LEDA/C-Type: A319, SerialNo: 1863, Manufacture-Date: 09.09.2002, Delivery-Date: 31.05.2009

Based on last Flight Log entry from Sunday 15 May 2011 ; TAH: 29730:03 ; TAC: 12'559

Description: STANDARD WORKPACKAGE

WP7635

Checked for completion by

___________ ________________ ______________

DATE NAME SIGN/STAMP

Shops:

B1 00:12

ROUTINMH 00:00

GEN. 01:55

All 02:07

Comments:


Workpackage-SummaryQ10555

15:53

21.May.2011

Page 1/1

db: TEST

Revision No: 01; Eff. Date: 16 Apr 2010; Form 035 Page 1 of 1

COMPONENT CHANGE REPORT Attachment to WP No.: _______________

Type of A/C: ___________________ Registration No.: __________________

Description: Component OFF Component ON Reason for Removal Removal Date

JC/JO/ATR Ref:

ATA Chapter Status work Install.

Date

Part Name:

P/N:

S/N:

Authorised Release Certificate No.:

Position: Removed by (Signature, Lic. No or Stamp): Installed by (Signature, Lic. No or Stamp):

Part Name:

P/N:

S/N:



Part Name:

P/N:

S/N:



Shift Leader: ___________________________ ______/______/______ Shift Engineer _______________________________ ______/______/______ (Signature, licence No) (Date) (Signature, licence No) (Date)

OPEN DIRs for A/C Reg. No. XX-XXXTHIS DOCUMENT IS APPENDIX TO AIRCRAFT TECHNICAL REPORT

Revision No. 02; Eff. Date: 01 Mar 2011; Form 036

Distribution:No.1- to the aircraft;No.2- to maintenance department Page 1 of 1

DIR №ATR or GLB opening ref.

№DESCRIPTION Date of issue

(DD/MM/YYYY)MEL

category

Item deferred to (date/check/FH/FC) stamp or stamp №

New limit (date/check/FH/

FC) stamp or stamp №

Reference to MEL

item

Periodic insp. interval (if required)

Flight limitation (Yes/No)

NOTES / Required P/N

ATR or GLB closure ref. №

ITEM CLOSED (date/check/FH/FC) stamp or stamp №

PR

OP

ER

TY

OF

"R

OS

SIY

A A

IRL

INE

S"

Qty Partnumber SN/BN Description Station Store Location StockReq Requirement Co. MC Tool Dim Interval Expiry Date Alert

1 MA250KM 809148 OXYGEN GAGE LED MAIN OXYGEN SHOP ? CA CALIBRATION N R Y D 365 13.Apr.2011 Y

Remarks:

1 TK5-01 734501 THERMOMETER (IMMERSION) LED MAIN 9/2TOOL ? CA CALIBRATION N R Y D 365 26.Apr.2011 Y

Remarks:

1 612648 189683 CRIMP TOOL LED MAIN BOX DMC769 ? CA CALIBRATION N R Y D 365 11.May.2011 Y

Remarks:

1 WIKA 26-09 PRESSURE GAGE LED MAIN 915 ? CA CALIBRATION N R Y D 365 17.May.2011 Y

Remarks:

1 WIKA 27-09 PRESSURE GAGE LED MAIN 915 ? CA CALIBRATION N R Y D 365 17.May.2011 Y

Remarks:

1 MT250 148 AIR PRESSURE INDICATOR LED MAIN HANGAR2 ? CA CALIBRATION N R Y D 365 20.May.2011 Y

Remarks:


Remarks:


Remarks:

Qty Partnumber SN/BN Description Station Store Location StockReq Requirement Co. MC Tool Dim Interval Expiry Date Alert

Station / Store: LED/MAIN, Material Class: All Including Tools Expires until: 20.May.2011


Shelf Expiry Control Q10555

15:49

20.May.2011

Page 1/1

db: TEST


Page 1 of 1

LIST of APPROVED SUPPLIERS FOR AIRCRAFT PARTS AND MATERIAL

The date of last change: _____/_____/_____, the given change cancels all previous. Amendment No. _____ NOTE: Vertical lines are put on the left edge of pages to show the location of important changes.

No NAME of ORGANIZATION APPROVED AS CONTACT PERSON

Approved by: _________________________ _____/_____/_____, ________________________ _____/_____/_____ Accountable manager Maintenance Quality manager

PR

OP

ER

TY

OF

"R

OS

SIY

A A

IRL

INE

S"

Part No Part Description IPC Mat. Class Task Card(s) Required On Stock

MIL-PRF-25567 TYPE I OXYGEN LEAK DETECTOR C291000-14-1

1.0

1.0/ 0%

MIL-T-81533 1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL

CHLORO

C521103-01-1 1.0

Part No Part Description IPC Mat. Class Task Card(s) Required On Stock

Workpackage:

A/C Registration:

A/C Type:

A/C Description:

BAS/L-150511 A-CHK + AW

BAS

A319

BAS

Planned Date:

Project No:

21.May.2011

Form 040 rev. 01 Prepared by: | Ref.: Maint. Prog. (/) produced by www.swiss-as.comAMOSForm 040 rev. 01

Parts ListQ10555

15:39

20.May.2011

Page 1/1

db: TEST

TOOLS AND MATERIALS LIST

Revision No. 01; Eff. Date 01 Mar 2011; Form 040A

Prepared by : Page 1 of 1

Aircraft Type: Aircraft Reg. No.:

CONSUMABLE MATERIALS EXPENDABLE PARTS QUANTITY PART No.

Maintenance Check:

EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY /

REF. No.

REQUIRED MATERIALS AND PARTS TASKS CHECK EQUIPMENT


Page 1 of 1

QUALITY AUDIT PLAN (YEAR 20XX)

1. Definitions:

X - Marked audit must be performed ON SITE only. X - Marked audit may be performed without seeing (by using approved questionnaire, checking Certificates, etc.). X - Marked audit must be performed by outside Auditor.

YY - Completed ON SITE audit. Was issued Audit report No YY. YY - Completed without seeing audit (by sending questionnaire, checking Certificates, etc.). Was issued Audit report No YY. YY - Completed audit by outside Auditor. Was issued Audit report No YY.

2. Annual Audit plan

Subject of Audit Reference

to MOE, CPM and EASA Part-145

Calendar

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug

Sep

Oct

Nov

Dec

Number of required auditors (for on site audits) Number of available auditors (for on site audits)

Approved by: _________________________ _____/_____/_____, ____________________________ ____/_____/____. (Accountable Manager) (Maintenance Quality manager)


Page 1 of 1

LIST OF MEASURING INSTRUMENTS

No. Description, Type of MI P/N S/N Manufacturer Date of The Last Calibration

Date of The Next Calibration Calibration Interval Location Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33


TECHNICAL DOCUMENTS DISTRIBUTION FORM No.: _____

From: ________________________________________________________________________________________________ To: _________________________________________________________________ Date: ____________________________ This letter distributes revisions to documents which are assigned to your department. Check each item received and sign below in appropriate box. Return this form to the addresser within five working days. Note:

The recipient is responsible for inserting the revision pages into the documents and removing and disposing of the replaced pages. All documents in your area must be kept up-to-date.

Pos. No. Document Name Document No. Revision No. Revision Date Date of Inserting

Signature: ___________________________ Date: __________________

Revision No: 01; Eff. Date: 01 Aug 2007; Form 044

CERTIFYING STAFF LOG SHEET

Name: Lic. No.:

Company Authorization No.:

Sheet issued by: Issue date:

SCOPE OF AUTHORIZATION NOTES

1. Duties and responsibilities of Certifying staff are detailed in CPM P.3.0 and Appendix 1.

2. All CRS must be filled in this log sheet.

3. Filling must be performed carefully, any corrections are not allowed.

4. Maintenance manager fills Columns 9 and 10.

Type of Aircraft / Component

Certifying Staff Category

Date DD/MM /YYYY

Aircraft / Component Reference Work scope Signature Remarks Checked by

Type Reg. No. ATR WP WO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10


Page 1 of 1

TOOL / EQUIPMENT REGISTER

A-B-C *

No Manufacturer Tool Number Tool Description Marked Tool Store Number Condition A/C Type Remarks

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

* A- Shelf Number * B- Board Number * C- Box Kit Number

LIST OF MAINTENANCE DATALibrary / Manuals

Revision No. 01; Eff. Date: 01 Aug 2007; Form 046

Date of Last Revision: Page 1 of 1

MANUAL NAME MANUAL CODE PART NUMBER

ATA NUMBER

AC TYPE / AC REG DOC. DESCRIPTION

LAST REVISION NUMBER / DATE

DELIVERY DATE

INSERTING DATE H

C

WEB CD LOCATION REMARKS

SUBSCRIPTION EXP DATE /

REF. NO


ANNUAL HANGAR VISIT PLAN (FOR YEAR 20.....)

Approved by:

«Rossiya airlines» OJSC Western Aircraft Maintenance Division Accountable Manager:………………………………… _________/________/_______

Airplanes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Prepared by PPCD: ____________________________ Accepted: Maintenance department manager ______________________________

Chief of WAMD ____________________________________________



ANNUAL MANPOWERS PLAN

PERSONNEL MANPOWERS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

A/C Type

Certifying staff cat. B1

Planned

Available

Certifying staff cat. B2

Planned

Available

Mechanic Planned

Available

Quality inspector

Planned

Available Prepared by PPCD: ____________________________ Accepted: Maintenance department manager ______________________________

Chief of WAMD ____________________________________________



Page 1 of 1

LIST OF PART -145 APPROVED

SUB-CONTRACTORS The date of last change: _____/_____/_____, the given change cancels all previous. Amendment No. _____ Note: Vertical lines are put on the left edge of pages to show the location of important changes.

No NAME of ORGANIZATION APPROVED AS SCOPE OF WORK CONTACT PERSON



LOST TOOL / GSE REPORT

Date: ………………/………………../……………….

Lost tool / GSE description (P/N, S/N if applicable, registration number):

……..……………………..………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………….……………

Tail Number / Aircraft component P/N, S/N:

…………………………………………..……………………………………………………………

Work Order No:...…………………..…………………………………………………….………….

Work Zone:…………………………………………………………………………………………..

Time when work started:………………………….………………………...……….........................

Time when tool was lost:………………………….………………………………………………… WE CONFIRM THAT SUBJECT LOST TOOL IS NOT ON / IN THE AIRCRAFT AND DOES NOT AFFECT AIRCRAFT AIRWORTHINESS. Tool lost by: ………………………………/……………………….. Signature Surname Shift Leader: ………………………..….…/…………………….…. Signature Surname Shift Engineer: ……………………………/……………………….. Signature Surname Distribution: 1. Tool store – Master copy 2. Quality Management department 3. Chief of Western Aircraft Maintenance Division


Page 1 of 1

LIST OF AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL

(PART 145 REFERENCE No. EASA.145.0331) Note 1: The given change dated ______/______/______ cancels all previous. Amendment No. ____ Note 2: Vertical lines are put on the left edge of pages to show the location of revised items. 1. List of Quality Auditors

No Name of person Scope of Work Company

authorization № / Date of issue

Limitations

2. List of Aviation Mechanics



Limitations

3. List of personnel authorized for incoming inspection



Limitations

Approved by: ________________________________ /_____/_____/_____ _________________________________ /_____/_____/_____



Page 1 of 1

QUALITY AUDIT CHECKLIST (Attached to the Audit report No. )

Note: The given change dated ____/____/____ cancels all previous.

Auditor(s): __________________________________________________ Date: _______________ Department: Target of Audit: Procedures: Note

1. A tick (3) which means in compliance; : The right hand part of each box must be completed with one of three indicators:

2. NR which means the requirement is Not Relevant to the activity at the address surveyed; (the reason for NR should be stated in the report);

3. A number which relates to a comment which must be recorded in the report. The left hand part of each box is optional for use by the Auditor(s). Approved by: __________________________________ (Maintenance Quality manager)

Check list items


Page 1 of 1

* - Part Number of alternate tool should be added with “PLK”.

ENGINEERING STATEMENT

Registration No. _____ 1. Required Tool / GSE description and P/N*:

2. AMM / CMM reference:

3. Reason (why alternate tool needed):

4. Maintenance Engineering investigation and decisssion: 5. Additional information: Recommendations YES NO Instructions YES NO Drawings YES NO NOTES: If any YES box is ticked, please attach required information to this form Prepared by: ………………………………/………………………../……………………. Signature Surname Date Approved by: …………………………….…/………………………./…………………… Signature Surname Date


Page 1 of 1 NOTIFICATION OF MAINTENANCE DATA INACCURACIES AND AMBIGUITIES TO THE

TYPE CERTIFICATE HOLDER

Date: Send to:

Reference Number: Type of Document:

Exact Document Reference to (ATA Chapter, Page, Figure,

etc.):

Details (Description) of documentation Inaccuracies and/or Ambiguities:

Reported by department (filled by department manager):

Position: ____________________________________________________

Name: ______________________________________________________

Signature: ___________________________________________________

Operational Impact:

AOG Work stoppage Inconvenience Other (specify): ___________________________________________

Expected Answer Date:

NOTE: Please send an answer to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD E-MAIL: [email protected]


Page 1 of 2

SHIFT HANDOVER LOGBOOK Attachment ___ page(s) Page 1 of 2

SHIFT HANDOVER LOGBOOK

Shift № ____ Working period (dd/mm/yyyy – dd/mm/yyyy)

Working time (hh:mm – hh:mm)

Airworthy aircraft (on base

located)

Not maintained aircraft

Information concerning

Ground Support Equipment

Information concerning

addition equipment

Documentation in use

Flight delays

Standby aircraft


Page 2 of 2

SHIFT HANDOVER LOGBOOK Attachment ___ page(s) Page 2 of 2

ADDITION INFORMATION:

Outgoing shifleader’s name and signature:

Incoming shifleader’s name and signature:

A/C Reg. № Aircraft condition Remarks


«Rossiya airlines» open joint stock company

EASA Part-145 Approved Organization

EASA.145.0331

TRAINING CERTIFICATE

IT IS HEREBY CERTIFIED THAT

___________________________________________________________ NAME, SURNAME

HAS SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED THE TRAINING COURSE:

_________________________________________________________________________ COURSE DESCRIPTION

Time frame: _____________________________

DD.MM.YYYY - DD.MM.YYYY

Instructor(s): __________________________

NAME, SURNAME, SIGNATURE

Maintenance Quality manager: __________________________

NAME, SURNAME, SIGNATURE

Certificate №: ______________ Date of issue: ______________

DD.MM.YYYY


Page 1 of 1

LIST OF CONTRACTING OPERATORS

The date of last change: _____/_____/_____, the given change cancels all previous. Amendment No. ___ Note: Vertical lines are put on the left edge of pages to show the location of important changes. No NAME of CONTRACTING OPERATOR CONTRACT

EFFECTIVITY SCOPE OF WORK i.a.w. CONTRACT

REFERENCE TO JPM


WORK ORDER

COMPONENT MAINTENANCE JOB CARD

APPLICABILITY

DATE OF ISSUE

CARD No.

SHOP

ACCOMPLISHED TASK

Revision No 0; Eff. Date: 01 Apr 2007; Form 062 Page 1 of 2

;’

Repair Man

Certify-ing

Repair Man

TASK COMPONENT REVISION

DOCUMENTATION

COMPONENT MAINTENANCE JOB CARD

APPLICABILITY

CARD No.

ACCOMPLISHED TASK

Revision No 0; Eff. Date: 01 Apr 2007; Form 062 Page 2 of 2

Repair Man

Certify-ing

Repair Man

Revision No: 01; Eff. Date: 01 May 2009; Form 063

Page ____

COMPONENTS REGISTER

DATE OF REMOVAL CUSTOMER A/C TYPE

NUMBER COMPONENT

P/N COMPONENT

S/N R/O

NUMBER TYPE OF

MAINTENANCE COMPONENT

MAINTAINED BY

AUTHORISED RELEASE

CERTIFICATE ISSUED BY

EASA FORM 1 No.

DATE OF COMPONENT

SERVICE ACCOMPLESHMENT

Revision No: 0; Eff. Date: 01 Apr 2007; Form 064

WORK SHOP REPORT

1. Certificate Reference No. 2. Work Oder / Contract 3. Description

4. Part Number 5. Serial / Batch Number 6. Responsible Work Shop

7. Repair Order 9. Remarks

8. Task performed

10. Authorized Signature 11. Name 12. Date


REPORT OF COMPONENT DAMAGING INVESTIGATION

Issued by commission members: Circumstances: Commission members’ decision: “……”……………………….20…… Commission members:

Final statement: “……”……………………….20…… Chief of “Rossiya airlines” OJSC WAMD ……………………………..


Page 1 of 1

COMPONENT CAPABILITY LIST

Note 1: The given change dated ____/____/______ cancels all previous. Amendment No. Note 2: Vertical lines are put on the left edge of pages to show the location of revised items.

___

Rating ATA P/N Designation Reference

of the CMM

Level of maintenance

Work Shop

Approved by: ________________________________ /____/____/______ ________________________________ /____/____/_____

Accountable manager Maintenance Quality manager _

Revision No: 0; Eff. Date: 01 Jun 2008; Form 067

Page ____

NDT LOG BOOK

Incoming date A/C type A/C

registration Component Component P/N

Component S/N Qty Description/Method of

NDT

Result, CRS

reference Signature

Revision No: 0; Eff. Date: 01 Jun 2008; Form 068

Page ____

HANDOVER LOG BOOK

INCOMING DATE

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

COMPONENT P/N

COMPONENT S/N

DELIVELER SIGNATURE

RECEIVER SIGNATURE

COMPONENT COMING OUT

DATE

COMPONENT COMING OUT SIGNATURE

COMPONENT ACCEPTANCE SIGNATURE


ROBBERY TAG No.________

REMOVAL

Aircraft Type:

Reg. No.: Aircraft MSN:

Station:

Scheduled work / Unscheduled work Underline as necessary.

Position:

Airplane Total Flight Hours:

Airplane Total Flight Cycles:

Component / part description: Part number:

Serial number:

Remarks: Inspection performed, maintenance manual references, any requirements and any life limitations must be identified in this area.

Inspection performed by:

Date: Authorized signature:

INSTALLATION

Aircraft Type:

Reg. No.: Aircraft MSN:

Station:

Scheduled work / Unscheduled work Underline as necessary.

Position:

Airplane Total Flight Hours:

Airplane Total Flight Cycles:

Inspection performed by:

Date: Signature:

NOTES:

THIS FORM IS NOT AN AUTHORIZE RELEASE CERTIFICATE AND SHALL BE USED FOR SWAP / CHANGE OVER (ROBBERY) OF SERVICEABLE COMPONENT PARTS ONLY WITHIN ONE FLEET.

STRICTLY COMPLY WITH “ROSSIYA AIRLINES” OJSC WAMD APPROVED PROCEDURE CPM P.2.17 WHEN ISSUING ROBBERY TAG.

COMPANY PROCEDURES MANUAL ——————————————————————————————————— Page: 1/2 Issue 3 Date: 01 Mar 2011 Revision 00 Date: 01 Mar 2011 ———————————————————————————————————

COVER PAGE


Procedure Title Revision Eff. Date

P.2.1.1. Supplier approval procedure Issue 3 Rev. 00 01 Mar 2011 P.2.1.2. Sub-contractor approval procedure Issue 3 Rev. 00 01 Mar 2011 P.2.2. Receiving inspection procedure Issue 3 Rev. 00 01 Mar 2011 P.2.3.1. Spare parts and materials order procedure Issue 3 Rev. 00 01 Mar 2011 P.2.3.2. Routable repair procedure Issue 3 Rev. 00 01 Mar 2011 P.2.3.3. Storage procedures Issue 3 Rev. 00 01 Mar 2011

P.2.3.4. Electrostatic sensitive devices protection procedure Issue 2 Rev. 00 01 Mar 2011

P.2.4. Tool receiving and storage procedure Issue 3 Rev. 00 01 Mar 2011

P.2.7. Environmental conditions and cleanliness standards for maintenance facilities Issue 3 Rev. 00 01 Mar 2011

P.2.8. Maintenance data management procedure Issue 3 Rev. 00 01 Mar 2011 P.2.9.1. Battery maintenance procedure Issue 2 Rev. 00 01 Mar 2011 P.2.9.2. Wheels and brakes maintenance procedure Issue 2 Rev. 00 01 Mar 2011 P.2.9.3. Galley equipment maintenance procedure Issue 2 Rev. 00 01 Mar 2011 P.2.9.4. Oxygen equipment maintenance procedure Issue 2 Rev. 00 01 Mar 2011 P.2.10. Production and planning control procedure Issue 3 Rev. 00 01 Mar 2011 P.2.13. Work package establishment procedure Issue 3 Rev. 00 01 Mar 2011 P.2.15. Defect rectification procedure Issue 3 Rev. 00 01 Mar 2011 P.2.16. Release to service procedure Issue 3 Rev. 00 01 Mar 2011

P.2.17. Swap / change over (robbery) of serviceable components between Member States registered aircraft procedure

Issue 2 Rev. 00 01 Mar 2011

P.2.23. Control of critical tasks procedure Issue 3 Rev. 00 01 Mar 2011 P.2.29 NDT activity Issue 2 Rev. 00 01 Mar 2011 P.3.0. Staff qualification procedure Issue 3 Rev. 00 01 Mar 2011 Appendix 1 Appendix 1 to the Procedure P.3.0. Issue 3 Rev. 00 01 Mar 2011 P.3.1. Quality audit procedure Issue 3 Rev. 00 01 Mar 2011 P.3.3. Corrective action procedure Issue 3 Rev. 00 01 Mar 2011 P.3.7. Inspector’s duties delegation procedure Issue 3 Rev. 00 01 Mar 2011

Maintenance Quality manager: ______________________________/ I. Tylesov /

TABLE OF CONTENTS


COVER PAGE


CPM procedures MOE chapters

P.2.1.1 – Supplier approval procedure 2.1 P.2.1.2 – Sub-contractor approval procedure 2.1; 2.11; 3.2; 5.2; 5.4 P.2.2 – Receiving inspection procedure 2.2; 2.3; 2.17 P.2.3.1 – Spare parts and materials order procedures 2.1; 2.20; 2.3 P.2.3.2 – Routable repair procedures 2.1; 2.3 P.2.3.3 – Storage procedures 2.1; 2.3 P.2.3.4. – Electrostatic sensitive devices protection procedure 2.2; 2.3; 2.4 P.2.4 – Tool receiving and storage procedure 2.4; 2.6 P.2.7 – Environmental conditions and cleanliness standard for

maintenance facilities 2.7

P.2.8 – Maintenance data management procedure 2.8; 2.16 P.2.9.1 – Battery maintenance procedure 2.3; 2.5; 2.8; 2.9; 2.14; 2.16;

2.19 P.2.9.2 – Wheels and brakes maintenance procedure 2.3; 2.5; 2.8; 2.9; 2.14; 2.16;

2.19 P.2.9.3 – Galley equipment maintenance procedure 2.3; 2.5; 2.8; 2.9; 2.14; 2.16;

2.19 P.2.9.4 – Oxygen equipment maintenance procedure 2.3; 2.5; 2.8; 2.9; 2.14; 2.16;

2.19 P.2.10 – Production and planning control procedure 2.10 P.2.13 – Work package establishment procedure 1.7; 2.10; 2.13 P.2.15 – Defect rectification procedure 2.15, 3.4 P.2.16 – Release to service procedure 2.9; 2.11; 2.13; 2.16; 3.4 P.2.17 – Swap / change over (robbery) of serviceable components

between Member States registered aircraft procedure 2.14; 2.15; 2.16

P.2.23 – Control of critical tasks procedure 2.23 P.2.29 – NDT activity 2.3; 2.5; 2.9; 2.14; 2.16; 3.11 P.3.0 – Staff qualification procedure 2.2; 2.6; 2.24; L.2.1; 3.1; 3.4;

3.6; 3.7; 3.8; 3.11 P.3.1 – Quality audit procedure 2.1; 3.1; 3.2; 3.3; 3.6 P.3.3 – Corrective action procedure 2.2; 2.4; 2.5; 2.9; 3.1; 3.2; 3.3 P.3.7 – Inspector’s duties delegation procedure 3.7

COMPANY PROCEDURES MANUAL (CPM) INCLUDING MOE CHAPTERS

CROSSCHECK:


P.2.1.1. SUPPLIER APPROVAL PROCEDURE


Revision Reason Date Signature

0 0 0

First issue Second issue Third issue

01 Aug 2005 01 Oct 2006 01 Mar 2011

Signed Signed

Issued by Chief of Quality Management department: _______________________________

Signature, Surname Approved by: ______________________________ ______________________________


TABLE OF MODIFICATIONS




1. Purpose To ensure that only products or services from approved sources will be used in the products and services provided by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. To establish assessment and / or audit of procedures applicable to Supplier. 2. Scope of application This procedure is applicable to all Supplier approval activity. 3. References 3.1 Commission regulation (EC) No 2042/2003; 3.2 ED Decision No 2003/19/RM; 3.3 «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Maintenance Organization Exposition (MOE) – chapter 2.1.; 3.4 Receiving inspection procedure is P.2.2.; 3.5 Purchase order (Form 030) (AMOS generated form); 3.6 Aircraft component / material defect report (Form 020); 3.7 List of Approved Suppliers (Form 038); 3.8 Quality Audit Plan (Form 041). 4. Definition Approved Supplier - means a supplier contained on the List of Approved Suppliers (Form 038). Un-Approved Supplier - means a supplier not contained on the List of Approved Suppliers (Form 038). Distributor - means a Supplier, which approved as a distributor for some manufacturer. Dealer - means a Supplier which non-approved as a distributor for any manufacturer. 5. Procedure After Supplier selection Stock will formalize and send a request for initial Supplier Approval to Quality Management department (QMD). After that QMD responsible engineer will start process of approval. This process will consist of: 1. QMD responsible engineer shall send to Supplier's address the Request for initial approval with Rossiya

Airlines OJSC Quality System Standard Questionnaire enclosed. 2. Suppliers complete their Request with questionnaire and send it to the QMD with all copies of the

certificates conforming their activity. 3. Based on the Request completed by the Supplier with the documents attached, the Maintenance Quality

manager makes a decision to add it into the List of approved Suppliers (Form 038), or exclude. QMD responsible engineer will check any Supplier in accordance with «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD quality requirements.




Supplier existing approvals (EASA, JAA, FAA, etc…), Supplier experience, Delay of delivery, Terms of delivery, Quality system, Etc…

4. If supplier meets the requirements and passes internal approval: QMD responsible engineer, basing on the Maintenance Quality manager decision, will enter Supplier

into the "List of approved suppliers" (Form 038) followed by a notification of internal approval to the supplier. QMD responsible engineer will enter all relevant information concerning Supplier approval to

Address Administration application of AMOS. Note:

5. If supplier doesn’t pass internal approval:

This will be completed before the first Purchase order is placed, or Purchase order may be send to Un-Approved Supplier by using Form 028 (see Spare parts and materials order procedure P.2.3.1. and Receiving inspection procedure P.2.2.). The "approved" Request will be held in the Approved Supplier's file at the Stock.

QMD responsible engineer, basing on the Maintenance Quality manager decision, will not add Supplier into the "List of approved suppliers" (Form 038).

6. Records, regular evaluation and audit's of approved Suppliers 6.1. Records Approved suppliers are entered into the "List of approved suppliers" (Form 038) by QMD responsible engineer. Updating of list prescribed above is also the responsibility of QMD. 6.2. Regular evaluation Goods received and intended for fitment to aircraft pass the Receiving inspection in accordance with procedure P.2.2. If any items fail receiving inspection, the Aircraft component / material defect report (Form 020) should be issued by Incoming inspector. This report shall be used as a base for the regular evaluation, which shall be carried out under the direction of Maintenance Quality division (MQD). QMD shall suspend or disqualify the Supplier if such action is confirmed by evaluation results. Herewith Stock should process all of currently existed Purchase orders with this Supplier, but may not issue the new ones. If Supplier was disqualified then QMD responsible engineer shall update “List of approved Suppliers”, AMOS Address Administration application register and after that send letter of notification to the Supplier’s address as required.




6.3. Approved Suppliers Audit's In accordance with Quality Audit Plan (Form 041) QMD periodically shall perform audits all of Approved Suppliers in accordance with the following criteria: ∗ For Distributor's - all Manufacturers’ Certificates, Quality Certificates of approval must be valid and QMD

shall analyze Aircraft component / material defect report (Form 020) and abovementioned certificates validity once two years. After that QMD shall send to Distributor's address Rossiya Airlines OJSC Quality System Standard Questionnaire and if Certificates are not valid send to Distributor's address request to clarify Certificates validity prolongation. If Supplier doesn’t reply within 3 weeks, or Certificates are canceled, QMD moves Distributor to Dealer position. If there are major finding in analysing of Aircraft component / material defect report (Form 020), QMD responsible engineer apply to the Maintenance Quality manager for his decision about disqualification of the Distributor and remove him from "List of approved suppliers" (Form 038), AMOS Address Administration application register and after that send letter of notification to the Supplier’s address.

∗ For Dealer's - QMD shall perform audit as follows: QMD responsible engineer shall check all Dealer's Quality Certificates validity, analysing Aircraft component / material defect report (Form 020) and abovementioned certificates validity once two years. After that QMD responsible engineer shall send to Dealer’s address Rossiya Airlines OJSC Quality System Standard Questionnaire and if Quality Certificates are not valid send to Dealer's address request to clarify Certificates validity prolongation. If Supplier doesn’t reply within 3 weeks, or Quality Certificates are canceled, QMD disqualify the Dealer and remove him from "List of approved suppliers" (Form 038). If there are major finding in analysing of Aircraft component / material defect report (Form 020), QMD apply to the Maintenance Quality manager for his decision about disqualification of the Dealer and remove him from "List of approved suppliers" (Form 038), AMOS Address Administration application register and after that send letter of notification to the Supplier’s address.

6.4. Records storage All closed Aircraft component / material defect report (Form 020) and Suppliers Quality Audit Reports should be retained at the QMD for at least 3 years after the date of issuing. All completed request to the «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Supplier (executed Rossiya Airlines OJSC Quality System Standard Questionnaire) with attached documents should be retained at the QMD in a paper/computer copy on WAMD server for at least 3 years after the date of receiving. 7. Distribution For Application: - Maintenance Quality division (Master copy); - Receiving Inspection Area. For information: - Library.


P.2.1.2. SUB-CONTRACTOR APPROVAL PROCEDURE



0 0

01 02 0

First issue Second issue Revision Revision Third issue

01 Aug 2005 01 Oct 2006 01 Aug 2007 01 June 2008 01 Mar 2011

Signed Signed Signed Signed








1. Purpose To ensure that only products or services from approved sources will be used in the products and services provided by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. To establish assessment and / or audit of procedures applicable to Sub-contractor. 2. Scope of application This procedure is applicable to all Sub-contractor's approval activity. 3. References 3.1 Commission Regulation (EC) No 2042/2003; 3.2 ED Decision No 2003/19/RM; 3.3 «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Maintenance Organization Exposition (MOE) – chapter 2.1.; 3.4 «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Maintenance Organization Exposition (MOE) – chapter 3.2.; 3.5 Receiving inspection procedure - P.2.2.; 3.6 Aircraft component / material defect report (Form 020); 3.7 Quality Audit Plan (Form 041); 3.8 Purchase order (Form 030) (AMOS generated form); 3.9 List of PART - 145 approved sub-contractors (Form 049); 3.10 Quality Audit Report (Form 026); 3.11 Quality audit procedure – P.3.1.; 3.12 Corrective action procedure - P.3.3. 4. Definition PART-145 Approved Sub-contractor - means PART-145 approved organizations and listed in the List of

PART - 145 approved sub-contractors (Form 049). Non PART-145 approved Sub-contractor - means an organization not approved PART-145. 5. Procedure After Sub-contractor selection Stock, or another department of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD will formalize and send a request for initial Sub-contractor Approval to Quality Management department (QMD). After that QMD responsible engineer will start process of approval. This process will consist of: 1. QMD responsible engineer shall send to Sub-contractor's address an Inquiry for a presence of PART-145

Certificate of Approval plus Capability List, with further request to receive their copies. 2. When QMD responsible engineer received and successfully checked all copies of PART-145 or equivalent

certificates plus Capability List, then he apply for Maintenance Quality manager decision. 3. If Sub-contractor is approved:

QMD responsible engineer will enter Sub-contractor into the "List of PART - 145 approved sub-contractors" (Form 049).




4. If Sub-contractor is not approved: QMD responsible engineer will not enter Sub-contractor into the "List of PART - 145 approved sub-

contractors" (Form 049). QMD provides explanatory notes to the related department concerning reason of negative answer.

6. Records, regular evaluation and audit's of approved Sub-contractors 6.1. Records Approved Sub-contractors are entered into the "List of PART - 145 approved sub-contractors" (Form 049) and AMOS Address Administration application register by QMD responsible engineer. Updating the lists created as prescribed above is also the responsibility of QMD. 6.2. Regular evaluation Goods received and intended for fitment to aircraft pass the Receiving inspection in accordance with procedure P.2.2. If any items fail receiving inspection, the Aircraft component / material defect report (Form 020) should be issued by Incoming Inspector. This report shall be used as a base for the regular evaluation, which shall be carried out under the direction of QMD. QMD shall suspend or disqualify the Sub-contractor if such action is confirmed by evaluation results. Herewith Stock should process all of currently existed Purchase orders with this Sub-contractor, but may not issue the new ones. If Sub-contractor was disqualified then QMD responsible engineer shall update “List of PART-145 approved Sub-contractors”, AMOS Address Administration application register and after that send letter of notification to the Sub-contractor address as required. 6.3. Approved Sub-contractors Audit's QMD will perform all Approved Sub-contractor's Quality Audit in accordance with procedures P.3.1 and P.3.3, and in accordance with Quality Audit Plan (Form 041). QMD will perform physical audit, but if there is no possibility to perform audit in this wise, QMD performed Audit in next sequence:

- QMD will check validity of PART – 145 approval certificates and analyse the results of receiving inspection for the last two years. - All PART-145 or equivalent Certificates of approvals must be valid, if not - QMD will insure the traceability of certificates validity dates. If it is impossible to obtain subject traceability, or approval certificates are surrendered, suspended or revoked QMD will remove sub-contractor from "List of PART - 145 approved Sub-Contractors" (Form 049). - If there are major finding in analysing of Aircraft component / material defect report (Form 020), QMD responsible engineer apply to the Maintenance Quality manager for decision about disqualification of the Sub-contractor and remove his from "List of PART - 145 approved sub-contractors" (Form 049), AMOS Address Administration application register and after that send letter of notification to the Sub-contractor address.

For consulting and special services regarding NDT activity such as audit of NDT methods and Written Instruction creation, «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD subcontracts (under a contract) approved organization i.a.w. EASA Part-145 and EN 4179 standards. This organization is chosen and audited by a quality audit questionnaire or by audit on site. 6.4. Records storage All closed the Aircraft component / material defect report (Form 020) and all Sub-contractors Quality Audit Reports (Form 026) stored at the QMD at least 3 years after last purchasing.




All copies of PART-145 certificates of Approval stored at the QMD in the Approved Sub-contractor's file in a paper/computer copy on WAMD server at least 3 years after last purchasing. Distribution For Application: - Quality Management department (Master copy); - Stock; - Maintenance department. For information: - Library.


P.2.2. RECEIVING INSPECTION PROCEDURE



0 0

01 02 03 0

First issue Second issue Revision Revision Revision Third issue

01 Aug 2005 01 Oct 2006 01 Aug 2007 01 Jun 2008 01 May 2009 01 Mar 2011

Signed Signed Signed Signed Signed

Issued by Stock manager: _______________________________







1 Purpose

To establish the policy and procedures applicable to receiving inspection of aircraft components, materials, tools, ground support equipment (GSE) performing by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. 2 Scope of application

This procedure is applicable to all aircraft components, material, tool and equipment for maintenance purposes, which are receiving by WAMD from outside. 3 References 3.1 Commission regulation (EC) No 2042/2003; 3.2 ED Decision No 2003/19/RM; 3.3 List of approved Suppliers (Form 038); 3.4 Maintenance organization exposition (MOE) – section 2.2.; 3.5 Purchase order (Form 030) (AMOS generated form); 3.6 Goods receipt note (Form 002) (AMOS generated form); 3.7 Suspicious parts report (CAME Form 119) 3.8 Equipment AD/SB status file (Form 018C); 3.9 Aircraft component / material defect report (Form 020); 3.10 Tool / GSE unserviceable tag (Form 029); 3.11 Request for purchasing from unapproved supplier (Form 028); 3.12 Serviceable tag (Form 009); 3.12 List of authorized personnel (Form 051); 3.13 Electrostatic Sensitive Devices Protection Procedure CPM P.2.3.4. 4 Definition “Receiving inspection”

means inspection of all incoming aircraft components and material (raw and consumable) for maintenance purposes which are receiving by WAMD from outside.

“Approved Supplier”

means a Supplier contained on the List of approved Suppliers (Form 038). “Un-Approved Supplier”

means a Supplier not contained on the List of approved Suppliers (Form 038). 5 Receiving inspection procedure All aircraft parts and materials (raw and consumable) from outside sources should pass incoming inspection. Stock authorized personnel included in List of authorized personnel (Form 051) are responsible for such type of inspection. All incoming documentation shall be filed in such a manner that permits their easy recovery and shall be cross-referenced in such a way as to establish traceability.




All items entering to the «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD facility from outside sources shall initially be routed to the Receiving inspection area of main store. All received items shall be subject to receiving inspection to ensure that all items are received from approved sources and in an undamaged condition. Based on the inspection results the aircraft parts and materials shall be moved to the Serviceable/Quarantine area of Stock, all required documentation will accompany the parts and materials. 5.1. Receiving inspection of the aircraft components / material During aircraft component / material receiving inspection shall be checked following: - incoming items received from approved sources in accordance with List of approved suppliers and List of

Approved Sub-Contractors (for items purchased by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock)*; - existed AD/SB applicability to the aircraft components (using issued by “Rossiya airlines” OJSC

Engineering department Suspicious parts report CAME Form 119 or identical document from another Customer);

- part number and quantity in accordance with Purchase order; - all incoming items shall be accompanied by approved incoming documentation - the identity of which is

given below; - condition (check for physical condition, transportation damage, heat damage, etc…) of supplied items; - certificate of conformity from the latest supplier; - shelf life / life limit; - verification for CDCCL applicability; - condition of warranty seals (if applicable); - perform borescope inspection of engine («Rossiya airlines» OJSC fleet)**. Handling and storage of ESD’s shall be organized in full compliance with Electrostatic Sensitive Devices Protection Procedure CPM P.2.3.4.

* For customer supplied items receiving inspection can be done without consideration of the «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD List of approved suppliers and List of Approved Sub-Contractors. In such case in Owner field of the AMOS Goods receipt note Customer name shall be referred.

Notes:

** Engine borescope inspection for customer’s aircraft performed on request basis. Aircraft components will be accompanied with: - EASA Form 1 or equivalent. An equivalent document to an EASA Form 1 may be: a) a release document issued by an organization under the terms of a bilateral agreement signed by European Community (release document issued by foreign repair station should include the EASA Part-145 release to service certifying statement with the EASA Part-145 Approval Certificate number of the this repair station); b) a release document issued by an organization under the terms of a JAA bilateral agreement until superseded by the corresponding agreement signed by European Community; c) a JAA Form One issued prior to 28 November 2004 by a JAR 145 organisation approved by a JAA Full Member State; d) in the case of new aircraft components that were released from manufacturing prior to the Part-21 compliance date the component should be accompanied by JAA Form One issued by a JAR-21 organisation approved by a JAA Full Member State and within the JAA mutual recognition system; e) a JAA Form One issued prior to 28 September 2005 by a production organisation approved by a competent authority i.a.w. with its national regulations [Part-145 AMC 145.A.42(a)].




Standard parts shall be accompanied by: - Documentation clearly related to the particular parts and contains a conformity statement plus both the

manufacturing and supplier source. If applicable, special storage conditions should be stated in the documentation and / or material packaging. Evidence of conformity traceable to the applicable standard [Part-M Subpart E M.A.501(c)].

Material both raw and consumable shall be accompanied by: - Packaging marked with the specification and where appropriate the batch number. - Documentation clearly relating to the particular material and containing a conformity to specification

statement plus both the manufacturing and supplier source. If applicable, special storage conditions should be stated in the documentation and / or material packaging. [Part-M Subpart E M.A.501(d) and Part-145 145.A.42(a)];

- Certificate of comply with JAR / FAR 25 requirements – for materials which will used in the aircraft compartment occupied by the crew or passengers.

Note:

List of approved aircraft maintenance organizations is available on the official EASA website.

5.2 Acceptance aircraft component / material Upon confirmation that the goods have been received with approved incoming documentation, the Stock authorized personnel shall inspect the goods for quality, quantity, conformity and state of preservation. With respect to goods the Stock authorized personnel shall access screen in the AMOS system and establish that the incoming goods are in conformance with the relevant Purchase order details. Having satisfactorily completed the required goods inward inspection, the Stock authorized personnel shall enter the relevant details of the goods received. Also at this time, any applicable Shelf / utilization life details shall be recorded in Process Rotable Requirements window of the Receiving goods application of the AMOS system. Upon completing these data entry provisions, the Stock authorized personnel should stamp Airworthiness Certificate or Certificate of Conformity with statement: “Receiving inspection performed”, enter date of inspection and signature or a Stock authorized personnel stamp. If it necessary, the stamp “This part limited due to shelf life or life limit” will be stamped on the documentation, attending of components. Stamped Airworthiness Certificate/CofC, another certification forms of received item should be scanned and entered to the AMOS system by Incoming inspector. The serviceable tag (Form 009) for Rotables and AMOS Material incoming inspection label for consumables / expendable raw material will be issued at the same time. Position for the received item in Stock is assigned through AMOS Parts transfer application. After receiving inspection satisfactory passed all goods with the fixed EASA Form 1 (or equivalent) or CofC serviceable tag (Form 009) or AMOS Material incoming inspection label (contained item Name, p/n, batch No., Life-time, etc. data) should be passed to the Store. Goods receipt note should be archived in Stock. Incoming inspector processes received item and accompanied documentation in accordance with Storage procedure P.2.3.3. In AOG situation incoming item may be received from unapproved supplier. In this case Stock issue “Request for purchasing from unapproved supplier” (Form 028) and send to the Quality Management department for decision. After positive decision it will pass to the Stock authorized personnel which is responsible for receiving inspection.




Receiving inspection should be performed in accordance with Purchase order and Request for purchasing from unapproved supplier (Form 028). Note:

When it is not possible to upload scanned copy of certificates into the AMOS, hard copy should be archived together with Goods receipt note followed by insertion in AMOS system.

5.3 Non acceptance aircraft component / material

Warning: Any item that fails the goods inward inspection shall be identified with a completed WAMD Unserviceable tag and placed to the Quarantine box until such time as a decision on its disposition has been made.

In this case Stock authorized personnel issue “Aircraft component / material defect report” ACMDR (Form 020) and pass it to the Manager of Stock for remedial action. The copy of this document will be send to the Quality Management department for traceability and control. In case of discovery of AD/SB applicability the affected components should be withdrawn from usage accompanied by sending for modification, retrofit, etc. After remedial action to be implemented Stock department authorized personnel closes ACMDR and will pass it to the Quality Management department for acceptance. When ACMDR is accepted, “Unserviceable tag” will be removed and component / material shall be released to the stock in accordance with relevant procedure. 6. Records All closed Aircraft component / material defect report stored at the Quality Management department at least during 3 years after. All Request for purchasing from unapproved supplier and Request for component temporarily fitting stored at the Receiving inspection area for three years. 7. Distribution For Application: - Maintenance Quality division (Master copy); - Stock; For Information: - Library.


P.2.3.1 SPARE PARTS AND MATERIALS ORDER PROCEDURE



0 0

01 0

First issue Second issue Revision Third issue

01 Aug 2005 01 Oct 2006 01 Aug 2007 01 Mar 2011

Signed Signed Signed








1 Purpose This procedure regulates the formalization of Purchase orders (P/O) and its execution. 2 Scope of application This procedure is applicable to all P/O and formalized requests proceeded by Stock. 3 References 3.1 Commission regulation (EC) No 2042/2003; 3.2 ED Decision No 2003/19/RM; 3.3 Purchase order (Form 030) (AMOS generated form); 3.4 Work order (Form 016) (AMOS generated form); 3.5 EASA Form 1 (Form 006); 3.6 Request for purchasing from unapproved Supplier (Form 028); 3.7 List of approved Suppliers (Form 038); 3.8 Receiving inspection procedure P.2.2; 3.9 List of PART-145 approved Sub-contractors (Form 049). 4 Spare parts and materials order 4.1. Order preparation. 4.1.1 Orders for the customer performed in official form (agreed with a customer). 4.1.2 In case of necessity WAMD Maintenance staff or Maintenance Engineering creates Work order for needed spares (GSE, tools) through the AMOS system. Purchase orders based on the Work orders for “Rossiya airlines” fleet spares are controlled and processed by “Rossiya airlines” OJSC OPS part. 4.1.3. In case of necessity for purchasing any materials (tool, G.S.E.) to support minimum required level in Stock responsible Stock engineer prepares, process and control corresponding Purchase orders. Note:

Stock is responsible for establishing, control and timely supplying of spares (Tools, GSE) to the specified minimum level.

4.2. Request for quotation. 4.2.1 The Stock responsible engineer, that is working with application, inquires (requests) suppliers from “List of approved Suppliers" (Form 038). 4.2.2 Having received all the replies, an employee chooses the optimized offer, having in mind state of spares, delivery conditions and price. 4.2.3 For purchase and exchange if part / unit is not new, full traceability is required since new or since last overhaul. 4.2.4. For shelf life limited parts in addition the remaining shelf life period of the requested part should be taken into account.




4.2.5. The purchasing conditions are forwarded for Customer approval. 4.2.6. Getting Customer approval Stock responsible engineer prepares Purchase order, print it and pass to Stock manager for authorization. 4.3. Authorization of the order and its transmission. 4.3.1 Authorization is carried out by Stock manager or by an authorized person, who supersedes him. 4.3.2 Having an authorization, Purchase order sent (mailed) to Supplier (see: MOE Section 2.2). P/O can be sent to unapproved supplier only after concession approved by Maintenance Quality manager - after proceeding Request for purchasing from unapproved Supplier (Form 028). 4.3.3 Purchase order, till Spares and Materials are in receipt is controlled by Stock responsible engineer, who had ordered. As an exception

, on holidays and days off, in a case of A.O.G., a worker, who is on duty, can make a Purchase order without authorization. In such a case, authorization is obtained later, during five working days. Worker on duty reports to Production Planning and Control department about arrival of AOG/DIR unit.

4.4. Receipt of ordered Spare parts and materials (See: MOE Section: 2.2). 4.4.1 When Spare parts and materials are in receipt, everything is checked (PO number, P/N, every item according to the list, condition, quantity etc.). Also accompanied documents are checked (packing list, airway bill, invoice, quality certificate). If there are any discrepancies between documents and Spares or Materials received or any shortage, everything must remain in the quarantine premises, till correct documents are received. When there is a parts shortage in the shipped batch (relative to the ordered quantity) the Customer shoul be informed. 4.4.2 If there is an "Exchange", then the core unit is delivered to the Supplier, instead of received the new one, having in mind the requirements of every supplier for sent back Spares (customs invoice, non incident statement, traceability records, ATA-106 certificate, Packing List, etc…). 4.4.3 When everything is checked, the Incoming inspector in accordance with procedure P.2.2 “Receiving inspection procedure” should stamp Airworthiness Certificate or Certificate of Conformity with statement: “Receiving inspection performed”, enter date of inspection and signature. If it is necessary, the stamp “This part limited due to shelf life or life limit” will be stamped on the documentation, attending of components and shipment shall be entered into the inventory records. Notes:

4.4.4 After receiving inspection satisfactory passed aircraft components with the attached EASA Form 1 or equivalent (equivalent of EASA Form 1 defined in section 2.3 of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD MOE), standard parts (accompanied by evidence of conformity traceable to the applicable standard) and materials (accompanied by CofC) should be passed to the Stock.

The P.2.2 “Receiving inspection procedure” shall be done only after fulfillment of point 4.4.1. by Stock responsible person.

4.4.5 AMOS Purchase order is automatically closed after receiving inspection completion in AMOS system. Certification documentations are kept with the received component. All the shipment and financial documentation accompanied received item, are archived. 5 Conservation of documents After receiving of goods shipment and financial documentation should stay in archive for the period indicated by financial department (10 years if not stated otherwise).




6 Suppliers and subcontractors 6.1. Definitions. Supplier- organization, which can be not approved as Approved Maintenance Organization, but it has storehouses and can provide with Spares and Materials. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD approved suppliers are listed in “List of approved Suppliers” (Form 038). PART-145 Approved Sub-contractor – it is Approved Maintenance Organization appropriately approved in accordance with EASA PART-145 requirements and listed in “List of PART-145 approved Sub-contractor” (Form 049). It performs aircraft / component maintenance and has the right to issue appropriate certificates of release to service. Distributor- an official representative of OEM for the specified region, holding all licenses in accordance with OEM distributed products for the region. It is in the “List of approved Suppliers” (Form 038). 6.2. Requirements. 6.2.1 Suppliers cannot evaluate the technical condition of Spare Parts and issue certificates, therefore, while purchasing Spare Parts and Materials from Supplier, it is required, that all certificates should be issued by organizations, which are approved in accordance with applicable requirements. 6.2.2 Having performed Spare Parts repair or inspection in the repair station, Subcontractor must issue and provide to the «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD appropriate certificates. Note:

Some Subcontractors are supplying Spare Parts and Materials independently, therefore they could be registered into the “List of approved Suppliers" (Form 038).

7 Distribution For Application: - Stock. For Information: - Maintenance Quality department (Master copy); - Maintenance department; - Library.


P.2.3.2 ROUTABLE REPAIR PROCEDURE



0 0

01 0


01 Aug 2005 01 Oct 2006 01 Aug 2007 01 Mar 2011









1 Purpose This procedure regulates the formalization of repair and execution. 2 Scope of application This procedure is applicable to all Repair Orders proceeded by Stock. 3 References 3.1 Commission regulation (EC) No 2042/2003; 3.2 ED Decision No 2003/19/RM; 3.3 Maintenance Organization exposition (MOE) – section 2.3; 3.4 Repair order (Form 021) (AMOS generated form); 3.5 List of PART-145 approved Sub-contractor (Form 049); 3.6 Receiving inspection procedure P.2.2. 4 Routable repair order General: Items for repair are controlled and proceeded by responsible Stock engineer. The responsible engineer of Stock decides where repair may be performed in accordance with the following sequence: 4.1 All defective parts must have “Unserviceable tag”. 4.2 All those defective parts are put on the shelves of Unserviceable store (secured area) by Storekeeper. 4.3 Having described all information on spares, repair shops are requested for information, concerning repair terms, conditions and price. 4.4 Having evaluated all received replies from approved sources, then it is decided where repairing could be performed if it is economically reasonable. 4.5 Prepare Repair orders for WAMD components closed loop repair in WAMD components shops. 4.6. Prepare Repair orders for WAMD components for outside repair. 4.7 Prepare Repair orders for customer components to be supposed repaired in WAMD component shops. Repair possibility should be additionally agreed with the Customer. In case of impossibility to perform repair in WAMD components shops, the defective component is returned to the Customer. 4.8 All necessary correspondence is continued from spares delivery till its receipt. Repair should be performed by PART 145 approved maintenance organization and contained in the List of PART-145 approved Sub-contractor (Form 049). Repairable item must be listed in capability list of these organizations. 4.9 Before shipping outside WAMD facilities repairable item should be packed by Stock personnel with Packing list execution as well as ATA 106 certification form by the responsible Stock engineer should be issued. 4.10 As soon as spares arrive to the receiving area of Stock, receiving inspection i.a.w. “Receiving inspection procedure” P.2.2 should be initiated. Also the responsible person of Stock should check accompanied documents of spare parts, packing list, airway bill, invoice, quality certificate and correctness of documents filling in. If there is any inadequacy between documents and received or missing spares, in such case all spare parts must remain in the quarantine premises till right documents are received. For Customer orders when there is a parts shortage in the shipped batch (relative to the ordered quantity) the Customer should be additionally informed. After that Storekeeper in accordance with the applicable procedure P.2.2. “Receiving inspection procedure” should carry out a final inspection.




4.11 After receiving inspection successfully passed Aircraft components with the attached EASA Form 1 or equivalent certification form (equivalent of EASA Form 1 defined in section 2.3 of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD MOE), should be passed to Stock. 4.12 When a receiving inspection of repaired item completed, Repair order is automatically closed and kept in AMOS system. Certification documentations are kept with the received component. All the shipment and financial documentation accompanied received item, are archived. Note:

documentation accompanied incoming components should be copied and archived, original documents should be kept together with component.

5 Distribution For Application: - Stock For Information: - Maintenance Quality division (Master copy); - Maintenance Department; - Library.


P.2.3.3 STORAGE PROCEDURES



0 0

01 02 03 0


01 Aug 2005 01 Oct 2006 01 Aug 2007 01 May 2009 01 Sep 2010 01 Mar 2011









1 Purpose This procedure regulates handling of spares received by WAMD Stock. 2 Scope of application This procedure is applicable to circulation of spares and materials proceeded by Stock. 3 References 3.1 Commission regulation (EC) No 2042/2003; 3.2 ED Decision No 2003/19/RM; 3.3 UK CAA CAP 562 Leaflet 1-8 Storage conditions for aeronautical supplies; 3.4 Maintenance Organization Exposition (MOE) – section 2.3; 3.5 Shelf expiry control (Form 037) (AMOS generated form); 3.6 Tool/GSE unserviceable tag (Form 029) 3.7 Repair order (Form 021) (AMOS generated form); 3.8 Electrostatic Sensitive Devices Protection Procedure CPM P.2.3.4. 4 Storage Conditions 4.1 General a. Materials Ordered to a Part Number store by Part Number, if material is not defined store by specification

number and its subdivision, if any, by the form and size of the material. b. Do not permit physical contact between dissimilar rubber materials. c. Do not store materials parts, or assemblies near steam pipes, heater outlets, or where they may contact

water, oils, grease, or other contaminants. d. Serviceable and unserviceable components must be separated at all the time; use physically separated areas

or clearly marked shelves (shipping/receiving, quarantine, and storage areas, etc…). e. Do not store items in such a manner or to such a height as to cause crushing, kicking, or other deformation.

Long items may be stored loosely coiled and loosely tied. If an item is stored for over 24 months it shall be inspected for damage prior to use.

f. Store die-cut parts, gaskets, and extruded sections so as to permit convenient removal of individual items. g. Storage temperatures should be controlled 10o – 25o

h. The relative humidity shall be such that given the variations of temperature in storage, condensation does not occur. In any event, if the elastomers are not stored in sealed moisture proof bags, the relative humidity of the atmosphere in storage shall be less than 75 percent relative humidity or less than 65 percent relative humidity for polyurethane's.

Celsius, except when higher temperatures are caused by temporary climatic changes for general stores. The range of MIN and MAX temperature ranges for chemical families must be defined in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and marked on the min/max temperature control device.

i. Material, parts and components shall be adequately protected to prevent damage from handling, corrosion or other deterioration during storage and shipping:




Avionics Routable: New, Overhauled and Serviceable will be stored in a controlled environment. They will be wrapped in plastic (except for electrostatic sensitive devices (ESD). Desiccant will be installed and the bags sealed with tape (except for ESD sensitive devices).

• Hydraulic, pneumatics, fuel valves, and like items will: Have caps or plugs installed so as to protect them from the elements and contamination. Be wrapped in plastic and sealed (where practical, put into spec containers).

j. Components certified as overhauled, or serviceable by a PART-145 Approved Maintenance Organization will be kept separate from unserviceable components (where practical) and be segregated in a protected area suitable for storage of such components without risk of damage from causes within «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD control.

k. ESD sensitive devices at all time has to be stored in ESD-approved conductive packaging sealed with conductive tape on grounded surfaces only (any condition OH, SV, AR etc.).

4.2 Identification of material in store a. Materials, parts, assemblies as received from a supplier or maintenance floor shall be suitably identified

and marked in accordance with specification. b. Unused items returned to storage, if unmarked shall be suitably identified and re-marked by Stock

personnel. c. If proper identification of the material, part and assembly cannot be established, it shall be rejected. 4.3 Rubber parts and components containing rubber Keep in original sealed packages until just prior using. This will assure proper identification, cleanliness, and will permit age control when required. The storage temperature should be controlled between 10o and 25o

Rubber parts should not be exposed to direct daylight or sunlight. Unless the articles are packed in opaque containers, store room windows or skylights should be screened or covered with a suitable transparent red or amber coating. Store rooms should be kept as dark as practicable. Use of artificial light which has a high ultra-violet level should be avoided.

C and sources of heat should be at least 3 feet from the stored article (unless screened) to minimize exposure to radiant heat.

Isolation from atmospheric oxygen greatly increases the storage limiting period of rubber parts. Where possible, parts should be packed in airtight containers or wrappings using talc or french chalk. Where parts are packed in airtight tins, the tins should be lined with wax paper or polythene to avoid direct contact with the metal. Exposure to air containing ozone even in minute quantities should be avoided. Storage rooms should not contain any apparatus liable to generate ozone, such as high voltage electrical equipment, electric motors or other plant which may give rise to electrical sparks. Free access to outdoor air, which in temperate climates always contains ozone, should be avoided. Still indoor air is normally ozone-free because wall and ceiling coverings and organic materials rapidly destroy ozone. Rubber parts should be stored in a “relaxed” position free from compression or distortion, with the least possible deformation. Deformation greatly aggravates the action of ozone and also leads to permanent changes in shape and dimensions. Articles received prepacked in a strain-free condition can, with advantage, be stored in their original packing, as long as they are clearly identified and labeled. Rubber parts should not come in contact with liquids or vapor concentrations during storage even though they may be subsequently used in contact with a similar fluid. Contact with copper, brass or corroded iron or steel, or with any compounds of manganese, should be avoided. NOTE: If deterioration of seals is suspected, it can usually be verified by stretching the seals to 20% of their internal diameter. If cracks are visible under x10 magnification, the seals should be rejected.




Tyres should be stored vertically in special racks embodying support tubes, so that each tyre is supported at two points. Two-thirds of the tyre should be above the support tubes and one-third below. By this method the weight of the tyre is taken by the tread and distortion is reduced to a minimum. The tyres should be turned to a new position every 2 or 3 months. Where tyres are delivered in bituminized hessian wrappers, the wrappers should be left on during storage. Unless otherwise specified by the manufacturer, rubber hoses should be inspected and tested every 2 years; they should also be inspected and tested immediately prior to installation. Hose and hose assemblies should be stored uncoiled and supported to relieve stresses. Air should circulate freely about the hoses unless they are contained in plastics envelopes. Temperatures in the store should be controlled as detailed in paragraph 4.1. Any cleaning of rubber parts and components containing rubber, after storage, should be done with water, soap solution or methylated spirits. If synthetic detergents are used, care should be taken to select those that are not harmful to rubber. Petrol (or other petroleum spirit), benzene, turpentine, etc., should not be used, nor may cleaning be carried out with sharp or abrasive objects such as wire brushes or emery cloth. Disinfectants should not be used. After cleaning, articles should be rinsed in water and dried at a distance from any direct heat. 4.4 Pipe Assemblies Rigid pipes should be adequately supported during storage to prevent distortion. Flexible pipes should, unless otherwise stated by the manufacturer, be suitably wrapped, for example, in a sealed plastics sleeve before being stored in a darkened room, maintained at a temperature of approximately 15o

Flexible pipes should be stored in a completely unstressed condition and, where possible, should be suspended vertically.

C. In hot climates, flexible pipes should be stored in cool places where air circulates freely, since high temperatures tend to accelerate surface hardening of the outer cover.

The ends of all pipes should be plugged, using a type of plug, which does not allow it to be left in position when the pipes are fitted. The use of rags or paper for this purpose is prohibited. The plugs should not be removed until just prior to fitting the pipe. Chloride based materials, such as Neoprene and glass fibre tape should not be used for the wrapping of Stainless Steel and Titanium pipes. Chloride based materials break down with heat (temperatures above 150o

C) to produce corrosive salts which will attack Stainless Steel and Titanium components resulting in premature failure. In addition it is also possible that smears of chloride material may be left on components which have been touched by PVC (Plasticized Polyvinyl Chloride) sheeting while covered over by, or packed in, such material.

4.5 Electrostatic sensitive devices (ESD) The Stock manager shall insure that all applicable personnel involved in the handling of Electrostatic Sensitive Devices (ESD), parts and assemblies, are familiar with current procedures for handling such items, as follows: ESD devices must be received from suppliers wrapped in static shielded packaging, or will be subject to immediate rejection. Such packaging should be properly identified with an ESD label. ESD devices shall not be removed from their static shielded packaging for inspection reasons unless: 1. It is absolutely necessary in the performance of the inspection. 2. Removal will be performed at a static free workstation with a wrist strap properly connected. 3. The device is repackaged immediately upon completion of inspection. 4. ESD sensitive devises at all time has to be stored in protective package on grounded surfaces only (any

condition OH, SV, AR etc…). Handling and storage of ESD’s shall be organized in full compliance with Electrostatic Sensitive Devices Protection Procedure CPM P.2.3.4.




4.6 Compressed gas cylinders Stores which are used for storage of compressed gas cylinders should be well ventilated. The cylinders should not be exposed to the direct rays of the sun and no covering should be used which is in direct contact with the cylinders. Cylinders should not be laid on damp ground or exposed to any conditions liable to cause corrosion. Gas storage cylinders should normally be fitted with a transportation/storage cap over the shut-off valve to help prevent handling damage and contamination of parts which could cause a risk of explosion or fire. Portable gas cylinders (e.g. therapeutic oxygen, fire extinguishers) should be stored on racks and, where appropriate, control heads and gauges should be protected against impact. No heating is required in stores where compressed gas cylinders are kept, unless specified by the manufacturer. Lighting for stores containing combustible gas cylinders (i.e. acetylene) should be flameproof, or installed outside the building, lighting the interior through fixed windows. Store rooms should be manufactured of fireproof materials and the cylinders so placed to be easily removable in the event of fire. The store should be at a distance from corrosive influences, e.g. battery charging rooms. Oxygen and combustible gases such as acetylene should not be stored together. Acetylene cylinders should be stored in the upright position. Oxygen cylinders are generally rounded at the bottom, thereby making it unsafe to store in an upright position without suitable support. If cylinders are stacked horizontally special wedges should be used to prevent the cylinders rolling, and the stack of cylinders should not be more than four high. Breathing oxygen and welding oxygen should be segregated and properly labeled to avoid confusion. In some cases welding oxygen may be used for testing oxygen components not installed in the aircraft, but welding oxygen should not be used in aircraft oxygen systems.

If cylinders are exposed to heat, the gas pressure will increase and the cylinder walls may be weakened, causing a dangerous condition. Cylinders should be stored at some distance from sources of heat such as furnaces, stoves, boilers, radiators, etc.

Precautions:

a) Oil or grease will ignite in the presence of oxygen, and if the latter is under pressure an explosion may result. Cylinders should be kept away from sources of contamination, such as oil barrels, overhead shafting, hydraulic components or any container or component that may contain oil or grease. b) Smoking, exposed lights or fires should not be allowed in any room where compressed gases are stored, and oily or greasy clothes or hands should be avoided when handling the cylinders. c) Grit, dirt, oil and water should be prevented from entering the cylinder valves. d) When returning any cylinder that may have been accidentally damaged or overheated, the supplier should be notified so that any necessary action may be taken before refilling. 4.7 Ball and Roller Bearings Ball and roller bearings should be stored in their original wrappings in dry, clean conditions with sufficient heating to prevent condensation caused by significant temperature changes. If the wrapping has become damaged or if it is removed for inspection of the bearings, the bearing (providing it does not incorporate rubber seals) should be soaked and swilled in white spirit to remove storage grease and/or dirt. It is permissible to oscillate or turn the races slowly to ensure thorough cleaning, but the bearings should not be spun in this unlubricated condition because the working surfaces may become damaged. A forced jet of white spirit may be used to advantage but an efficient filter should be provided in the cleaning system. In certain cases it may be preferable to clean very small bearings with benzene, but if this fluid is used, consideration should be given to the fire hazard and possible toxic effects.




1) There are certain proprietary light white spirits which are suitable for use with very small bearings and which eliminate some of the dangers associated with the use of benzene.

Notes:

2) Miniature steel balls and special high precision balls are immersed in instrument oil contained in plastics phials with screw-on caps. After cleaning, the bearings should be inspected for signs of corrosion and then reprotected with a compound of mineral oil and lanolin and wrapped in greaseproof paper. Many miniature bearings, especially those used in instruments, are susceptible to brinelling. When such bearings have become suspect or contaminated they should be discarded.

In many instances orders for bearings are endorsed with a requirement that special grease should be applied by the manufacturer. If this grease is removed for any reason, it is essential that grease of the correct specification is re-applied.

Note:

4.8 Aircraft Batteries Nickel-Cadmium Batteries This type of battery can be stored for long periods without damage, in any state of charge, provided the storage place is clean and dry and the battery is correctly filled. The battery should be stored on a shelf or rack, protected from dirt or dust, and where metallic objects such as bolts, hand-tools, etc., cannot drop onto the battery or touch the cell sides. NoteThe above refers to pocket plate nickel-cadmium cells and not to sintered plate nickel-cadmium cells, for which reference should be made to the manufacturer’s instructions.

:

It should be noted that sulphuric acid will destroy alkaline batteries; therefore, utensils which have been used for this acid should not be used with such batteries. It is also important to avoid any contamination from the fumes of lead-acid types of batteries.

Precautions:

4.9 Electrical Cables Where electrical cables are stored in large reels it is necessary that the axis of the reels is in a horizontal position. If stored with the axis vertical there is a possibility that the cable in the lowest side of the reel will become crushed. 4.10 Fabric Fabric and fabric covering materials (e.g. strips and thread) should be stored in dry conditions at a temperature of about 25o

C away from direct sunlight. Discolouration, such as iron mould, is sufficient to cause rejection of the material and this may be caused by unsuitable storage conditions. Most synthetic fibre fabrics should be stored away from heat sources. Rubber proofed fabrics should be stored away from plasticised materials such as PVC as it is known, in some cases, for plasticisers to leach from some plastics and have an adverse affect on rubbers.

4.11 Forgings, Castings and Extrusions All large forgings, castings and extrusions should be carefully and separately stored on racks to avoid superficial damage.

The high strength aluminum alloys are susceptible to stress corrosion when in the solution treated condition, and it is important that parts so treated should be coated with a temporary protective such as lanolin.

Note:




4.12 Instruments The smaller types of instruments are usually delivered in plastic envelopes and these should be used during storage to minimize the possible effects of condensation. The transit containers of the larger instruments contain bags of silica-gel to absorb moisture which may enter. The gel should be examined periodically, and if its colour has changed from blue to pink it should be removed, dried out and replaced, or renewed. It is essential that all instruments should be stored in a dry, even temperature.

Whenever possible instruments should be kept in transit or similar cushioned containers until required for fitment to an aircraft.

Note:

4.13 Oil Coolers and Radiators Oil coolers and radiators are normally filled with an inhibiting fluid during storage; the fluid used should be in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. The components should not be stored on the floor, but placed on raised wooden supports to permit a free circulation of air and minimize the possibility of damage to the matrices. 4.14 Sheet, Bar and Tube Metal It is recommended that sheet material should be stored on edge in racks; care being necessary to prevent the bending of single sheets. Flat stacking is not recommended (unless suction pads are used to lift the sheets) since sheets are almost invariably slid from the stack, often resulting in detrimental scratches on the sheet removed and on the adjacent sheet. Where vertical storage is employed, the material should be kept clear of the floor to prevent possible damage by scraping, splashing from disinfectants used for floor cleaning (which may cause corrosion) and the possibility of edge corrosion, which can occur with light alloy materials when in contact with composition floors. Temporary protectives, such as grease, paper or plastics coating, should be left in position until the material is required for use. If the temporary protective becomes damaged or partially removed, it should be restored without delay, and a periodic inspection of stock should be made. There may be some merit in storing the sheet material in the transit cases. After the initial checking of the sheets, the case should be closed to eliminate dust/dirt which can cause surface scratching during handling operations. Metal bars should be stored in racks either horizontally or vertically, well supported along the length when stored horizontally to prevent bending under weight. Metal tubing is normally stored in racks, well supported, the smaller diameter tubing being wired along the length, in bundles, to prevent damage.

Floor cleaning fluids containing chlorides should not be allowed to contact metallic materials, particularly austenitic steel as a brittle fracture may eventually result.

Note:

4.15 Sparking Plugs The plugs should be treated with light oil or other suitable corrosion inhibitor. The inhibitor should not come into contact with the plug screen, but the electrode end of the plug may be filled with oil and then emptied prior to fitting the caps. Plugs receiving this treatment should be washed out with trichloroethylene or carbon tetrachloride before use. Protector caps should be screwed on both ends of the plugs to prevent the ingress of moisture or foreign matter. The plugs should be stored in a warm dry place, preferably in a heated cupboard, as an additional precaution against the ingress of moisture. 4.16 Emergency Equipment Survival equipment should be stored in a room which can be maintained at a temperature between 10o and 25o

Under no circumstances should life-jackets or life rafts be stored one on top of the other without a separation of corrugated paper or similar shock absorbing material:

C, and which is free from strong light and any concentration of ozone.




a) In the case of life rafts, not more than three should be stored on top of each other. b) In the case of life-jackets, up to ten may be stored on top of each other. c) Owing to the light texture of life-jackets, it is important that they should be handled with care to avoid damage. 4.17 Acrylic Panels Acrylic sheets should be stored on edge, with the protective paper left in position as this will help to prevent particles of grit, etc., becoming embedded in the surfaces of the sheets. When this is not possible, the sheets should be stored on solid shelves, and soft packing, such as cotton wool, should be placed between each sheet. The pile of sheets should be kept to a minimum and not exceed 12 sheets. Protective paper may also be used and, to prevent deterioration of the adhesive between the protective paper and the sheet, store rooms should be well ventilated, cool and dry. The material should not be placed near steam pipes or radiators as hot conditions will cause the adhesive to harden and make the subsequent removal of the paper difficult. Material in storage should not be exposed to strong sunlight, particularly when the light shines through a glass window. This could cause a 'lens' formation resulting in local overheating to the detriment of the material. Acrylic materials should not be stored with certain other materials because of the adverse effects which may arise from the vapors given off. A typical list of these materials is as follows: Acetone Dopes Aviation Gasoline Nicotine Ammonia Vapor Ethyl Alcohol Methyl Alcohol Benzene Amyl Acetate Glacial Acetic Acid Aviation Turbine Fuel Rust Remover Butyl Acetate Carbon Tetrachloride Synthetic Finishes Cellulose Paints Thinners Cresol Deoxidize Materials Trichloroethylene Skydrol 500, and similar (Phosphate Ester) fluids. When sheets are handled or moved they should be lifted off (not drawn from) the adjacent sheet. The vulnerability of transparent plastics to surface damage by scratching and bruising should be impressed on all personnel handling the material. 4.18 Windscreen Assemblies All types of windscreen panels should be carefully protected from scratches, abrasions or other damage as small scratches or abrasions may considerably weaken the panels and impair their optical qualities. 4.19 Glass Panels and Windscreen Assemblies All types of glass panels should be carefully protected from scratches, abrasions or other external damage. 4.20 Sandwich Type Windows Sandwich type windows should be stored vertically in dry conditions, each window having its own desiccant cartridge attached, which should be inspected and renewed at specified periods. Spare windows are usually dispatched with desiccant cartridges attached and these should not be removed until the window is to be connected to the aircraft desiccation system. 4.21 Electrically Heated Windscreens Extreme care is necessary in handling and storing windscreens. It is generally recommended that windscreens are stored in the manufacturer’s packing, which usually consists of protecting both surfaces with adhesive polythene, wrapping in acid-free paper and cellulose wadding and storing in reinforced cartons. The panels should be stored separately in their cartons on racks, away from any strong light at a controlled temperature of approximately 10o to 25oC in well ventilated conditions.




It is important that during handling or storage the thick glass laminate is kept uppermost to prevent delamination and that the polythene film is not removed until the panel is fitted to the aircraft. 5 Shelf life and calibration date control Shelf life material when received is identified in the computer system for tracking purposes. Consumable items such as hoses, packing, seals and sealant are checked for cure dates and entered into the system depicting their expiration dates, based on manufacturer’s shelf life requirements. Emergency equipment: slides, rafts, life vests and portable breathing equipment will be tracked i.a.w. information contained in block 13 (for EASA Form 1 issued before 28th of September 2010) / block 12 (for EASA Form 1 issued on / after 28th

Review of shelf life items and calibrated tool is accomplished on a monthly basis and is the responsibility of Store Keeper. A shelf life report Shelf expiry control (Form 037) is generated in the week prior to the end of the month, listing the material in expiration date order. A member of the inspection team confirms the shelf life expiration date and checks the items. A shelf life reports will be stored for 3 years after inspection completion. Any item beyond shelf life limits and tool with overdue calibration date are handled as follows:

of September 2010) of Authorised Release Certificate EASA Form 1 or equivalent.

1. Items such as hoses, packing, chemicals seals and sealant are removed from the system and scrapped. 2. Routable, repairable, survival equipment (slides, slide rafts, life vests and portable breathing equipment)

will have their condition changed to “Unserviceable”. 3. Calibrated tool should be marked with Tool/GSE unserviceable tag (Form 029), Repair order to be issued

and tool should be sent for recalibration. 6 Receiving Spares and Materials to store. Performed i.a.w. Receiving Inspection Procedure CPM P.2.2. 7 Distribution of Spares and Materials to the Maintenance. Distribution of Spares and materials to the Maintenance staff performed on a 24-hours a day. Materials, parts, and assemblies shall be issued from stores on a first-in-first-out basis. Normal issue of goods held in stock is "on demand" at the stores service counter (AMOS Pickslip Request issued by Store keeper) or via AMOS (with Pickslip Request issue). Details of the part issued are entered in store book by the Store keeper, including ATA, part number, serial number, description, request number, incoming data, issue data, A/C registration, S/N and P/N of unserviceable components and hand recorded in the store book. Store keeper updates store inventory in AMOS. Consumable / expendable and raw material minimum level is traced by Stock engineers and shouldn’t decrease the required quantity. When an item is requested and is not available in store, Customer will be immediately notified to order required items, to satisfy requirements of the MOE. The Release Certificate (EASA Form 1 or equivalent) has been attached to the component and delivered to the maintenance. After component replacement the Release Certificates will be forwarded to the PPCD with work package.




The Release Certificate has been kept in the Customer Aircraft file and under the Customer responsibility till next component removal. Copies of the Release Certificate or Serviceable Tag have been archived with the work package. Standard parts and aircraft materials are released to Aircraft / Aircraft component maintenance with Certificate of Conformities (C of C), in case if C of C is issued for a batch of Standard parts or aircraft materials, to Aircraft / Aircraft component maintenance will be given the Reference Number of C of C (to make a cross-reference in work package), and C of C will be stored in the Store, till the batch of Standard parts or aircraft materials will be completely used in Aircraft / Aircraft component maintenance; after that C of C will be archived for three years. 8 Return of material to store In case of necessity serviceable parts and components can be returned to the store. If proper packing, plugging, preservation of the material, part and assembly is missing such parts will be not accepted for returning to the Store. 9 Material Handling Stock manager has overall responsibility to control that all aircraft components and parts are shipped in suitable containers that provide protection from damage and, when specified by the OEM, ATA-300 or equivalent containers are in use. 10 Distribution For Application: - Stock. For Information: - Maintenance Quality division (Master copy); - Maintenance department; - Library.


P.2.3.4. ELECTROSTATIC SENSITIVE DEVICES PROTECTION PROCEDURE



0 0

First issue Second issue

01 May 2009 01 Mar 2011

Signed








1. Purpose This procedure is outlined to minimize static electricity influence to any sensitive equipment in use onboard of aircraft during incoming inspection, storage in stock, maintenance operations and transportation. Some electronic line replaceable units (LRU’s) contain microcircuits and other devices, which can be damaged internally by electrostatic discharges. To avoid such type of damages the handling of these electrostatic discharge sensitive devices (ESD’s) have to be provided in compliance with mentioned requirements. 2. Scope of application This procedure is applicable to all ESD’s and to all staff involved in their handling in «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. 3. Definition ESD’s are identified by one or more of the following methods: - The words Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive, Static Sensitive, ESD, ESDS. - Yellow on the edge of the circuit board or ejector clip. - A special symbol or label (usually black and yellow). 4. References 3.1. EASA Part-145: 145A.25, 145.A.40, 145.A.42, 145.A.50; 3.2. Acceptance / Inspection of Aircraft Components and Material from Outside Contractors MOE 2.2; 3.3. Storage, Tagging and Release of Aircraft Components and Material to Aircraft Maintenance MOE 2.3; 3.4. Acceptance of Tools and Equipment MOE 2.4; 3.5. Use of Tool and Equipment by Staff (Including Alternate Tools) MOE 2.6; 3.6. Receiving inspection procedure CPM P.2.2.; 3.7. Storage procedures CPM P.2.3.3.; 3.8. Tool receiving and storage procedure CPM P.2.4. 5. Responsibility It is the responsibility of all staff coming into contact with ESD’s to ensure this procedure is followed. It is the responsibility of stores staff to ensure ESD’s, arrive and remain in anti static wrapping or bags. To only disrupt this protection as necessary to ascertain part/serial numbers and serviceability, whilst using the protection of wrist straps, mats, non-static clothing etc.




6. Procedure Receiving inspection should be done i.a.w. Receiving Inspection Procedure CPM P.2.2. Electrical energy can come from the body, clothing, tools, furniture, the floor, even electrical fields in the air, therefore all-possible precautions should be taken. Wrist straps and semiconductive mats have to be used during any operation with ESD’s. A wrist straps as well as semiconductive mats must have a mentioned in operational instructions value of resistance to ground. Overall responsibility to ensure that wrist strap is in serviceable condition before usage is lied with accepter (store personnel or maintenance staff but not limited). User’s signature in Tool distribution register put during tool receiving confirms that user has checked wrist strap and found it condition and resistance with in limits predetermined in operational instruction. Semiconductive mats and constantly connected to them wrist straps (if exists) are checked monthly by staff who are responsible for mentioned workplace. Register of checks shall be supported. Operations on ESD’s shall be carried out on an insulated workbench, which includes a grounded wrist strap for the technician. Workplaces for ESD’s have to be equipped with related placards and warnings. Personnel shall observe all normal precautions whilst carrying out component changes of ESD’s using wrist straps provided and following procedures laid out in the appropriate section of maintenance manual. Serviceable ESD’s located in stock or removed from aircraft shall be stored in ESD-approved conductive packaging sealed with conductive tape on grounded racks only. If the characteristics of component are not known, it should be handled as an ESD-sensitive component. 7. Records The records are provided in Tool distribution register and in Semiconductive mats checking register. 8. Distribution For application: - Maintenance Quality division (Master copy); - Maintenance department; - Stock; - Component maintenance shop. For information: - Library.


P.2.4. TOOL RECEIVING AND STORAGE PROCEDURE



0 0

01 02 03 0


01 Aug 2005 01 Oct 2006 01 Aug 2007 01 Jun 2008 16 Apr 2010 01 Mar 2011


Issued by Stock Manager: _______________________________







1. Purpose This procedure describes process: - Supplying staff with tool and equipment during maintenance activities on aircraft or on aircraft component; - Checking tool and equipment condition before put it in use; - Person to person specific tool/equipment transfer; - Checking tool and equipment condition after using; - Keeping (storage) of tool and equipment in Tool Store; 2. Scope of application This procedure is applicable to all technical staff involved for the aircraft and component maintenance activity. 3. Reference 3.1. Commission regulation (EC) No 2042/2003; 3.2 ED Decision No 2003/19/RM; 3.3 MOE-chapter 2.4.; 3.4 Receiving inspection procedure P.2.2.; 3.5 Tool / equipment register (Form 045); 3.6 Tool / GSE unserviceable tag (Form 029); 3.7 Tool and material list is (Form 040A); 3.8 Parts List is (Form 040) (AMOS generated form); 3.9 Lost tool / GSE report is (Form 050); 3.10 Equipment AD/SB status file (Form 018C). 4. Procedure In case of scope activities changes and before start hangar maintenance check since A-checks or equivalent. PPCD responsible engineer in collaboration with Maintenance Engineering create Tool and Material List (Form 040A) or reviews similar Operator documents (e.g. Parts List (Form 040) for «Rossiya airlines» OJSC) and transfer it to responsible «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock engineer. Stock engineer is obliged to check (ensure) availability of required tooling and materials for maintenance performance. 4.1. Tool / GSE availability If required tool / equipment / GSE is not available in the WAMD Stock responsible Stock engineer must immediately inform PPCD and Stock managers in order to purchase required tool / equipment / GSE, or delay subject task.




When required tool / equipment / GSE delivered responsible Stock engineer shall organize the following steps: - check Equipment AD/SB status file (Form 018C) for applicability to the received item; - check calibration certificate for calibrated tool; - check tool instruction manual (for complex tool / equipment); - marking of received tool / equipment with «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD identification and sending it to

the Tool Store, the alternate tool should be marked as “PLK” in addition to the standard marking nearby with part number of the tool at free surface;

- update of Tool / Equipment Register (Form 045); - completing and modifying Tool and Material List (Form 040A) or equal Operator document (e.g. Parts List

(Form 040) for «Rossiya airlines» OJSC) and sending it to the PPCD for information. Computer address of the Tool / Equipment Register (Form 045) is: \\Stc\otdel\AtbNine\LD\TOOLS & GSE LIST. File is available for all «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Staff, but only WAMD Stock authorized personnel can make changes. 4.2. Material / consumable parts availability If required material / consumable parts are not available in the WAMD Stock responsible Stock engineer shall immediately inform PPCD and Stock managers to purchase required material / consumable parts or delay subject task, if it possible. After material / consumable parts are delivered and successfully passed receiving inspection in accordance with P.2.2 Store keeper puts all items to the store and updates material consumable parts database in the AMOS software programme. PPCD is informed by Stock engineer, when all required material / consumable parts are available. WAMD Stock manager is responsible to organize continuing monitoring and up to dating of minimum level for each position of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD stock. When quantity of any item becomes less then required level it has to be ordered via WAMD Stock manager. 4.3. Tool / GSE distribution to the maintenance Before every distribution for maintenance any tool / equipment / GSE shall be inspected by Store keeper for general condition and serviceability. When the tool / equipment / GSE is returned to the Tool store the Store keeper is responsible to check condition, identification and serviceability of the tool. Maintenance staff is responsible to inform Store keeper in case if tool / equipment / GSE was damaged during maintenance. No penalties will be applied to the maintenance staff in such case. Note:

Only serviceable tool / equipment / GSE can be used for aircraft and component maintenance.

Generally tool / equipment / GSE may be splitted for two categories: standard tool and specific tool / equipment / GSE. WAMD Stock responsible engineer is in charge to support list of splitted tool / equipment / GSE categories and has to provide copy of this list for information and regular use of Store keepers and maintenance staff. Furthermore the storage of different tool / equipment / GSE categories shall be organized in manner to identify them easily.




All maintenance staff involved in aircraft or component service shall be provided with tool ident coins. The list of tool ident coins holders must be available and constantly supported in Tool Store. It has to mention following information and must be authorized by responsible person: - surname, name and signature of holder; - identification number of personal tool ident coins (shall be unique); - quantity of tool ident coins used by holder. Note:

When maintenance staff get a tool / equipment / GSE it is necessary to exchange it with tool ident coin. This tool ident coin shall be kept on the associated tool / equipment / GSE location (under Store keeper supervision) until related tool / equipment / GSE is come back. All the uncalled tool ident coins are subject of Store keepers shift handover process and must be illuminated in order to clarify the situation with tool / equipment / GSE received by staff not later than end of current shift. Otherwise investigation under control of Chief of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD, WAMD Stock manager and Maintenance Quality manager shall be initiated.

The list is a subject of periodic revision and all tool ident coins sets must be inspected for adequacy at least once a year.

Note:

Under no circumstances the tool ident coin may be released back to holder without tool / GSE came back except after acceptance of Lost tool / GSE report (Form 050) or as an investigation decision.

Note: When tool ident coins process is in use for STANDARD TOOL ONLY

the registration in Tool distribution register is not required.

All specific tool / equipment / GSE which is requested by maintenance staff must be inserted into the Tool distribution register additionally to tool ident coin process. The Tool distribution register includes the following information: - surname, name of the person receiving the tool; - tool / GSE description; - marking of the tool / GSE; - part number (serial number if applicable) of the tool / GSE; - where the tool / GSE is going to be used:

- tail number of the aircraft or Work order for aircraft component maintenance; - particular task to be performed (for measuring instruments only);

- signature of tool / equipment / GSE receiver; - date of distribution; - date of return (if not returned on the same date); - Store keeper’s signature (authorizes that tool / equipment / GSE has came back to Tool Store). It may be possible to use Tool distribution register for standard and specific Tool / equipment / GSE only when tool ident coins are not available for any reason. Special remark shall be maid by Store keeper in register to indicate tool ident coins absence. The tool ident coins’ holders are responsible for coins set completeness. Having lost any number of tool ident coins holder shall immediately report with Lost tool / GSE report (Form 050) to prevent it unauthorized usage. Note: Whilst there is no guarantee that tooling was lost out of board, aircraft may not be released for operation.




4.4. Transferring of specific tool/equipment between maintenance staff. Transferring of specific tool/equipment from one maintenance staff person to another may be realized through filling of «SPECIFIC TOOL/EQUIPMENT TRANSFER FORM», herein after STETF. Thereby: - a person who hands over a tool/equipment is responsible to sign, receive, and deliver the STETF to a Store

keeper. Delivering of the STETF to a Store keeper must take place before the end of the current shift; - a person who takes that tool/equipment over is responsible to fill in and sign the STETF and to deliver the

tool to a Store keeper. Person receiving the tool keeps the responsibility to make sure it is in serviceable condition. The form must be filled before an actual specific tool equipment transfer. Delivering of the tool to a Store keeper must take place before the end of the current shift;

- Store keeper is responsible for copying the form data into the Tool distribution register. This must be done in the following manner: the block “DATE AND TIME OF RETURN” of the TOOL DISTRIBUTION REGISTER (for the line of the person who hands over the tool) has to be filled with the entry “TRANSFERRED” in combination with a link to the corresponded STETF tracking number. A new entry (new line) is then filed in the TOOL DISTRIBUTION REGISTER which must reflect all required information listed in CPM P.2.4 «TOOL RECEIVING AND STORAGE PROCEDURE» and has to state the person whom the tool had been transferred to. Store keeper is also responsible to assign a current tracking number to the STETF, to archive it and to support the STETF tracking number register. STETF must include the following information: - specific tool/equipment description; - part number of the specific tool/equipment; - serial number of the specific tool/equipment; - where the specific tool/equipment is going to be used by person taking over the tool/equipment (aircraft tail number); - signatures of persons who hand over and take over the tool/equipment; - date of the specific tool/equipment transfer. Example of «SPECIFIC TOOL/EQUIPMENT TRANSFER FORM»:

«SPECIFIC TOOL/EQUIPMENT TRANSFER FORM» Form #

Tool description

Tool part number

Tool serial number

Tool is going to be used on (aircraft tail number)

Tool is handed over by (handing over person signature)

Tool is taken over by (taking over person signature)

Date of the specific tool/equipment transfer




If the tool / equipment / GSE is unserviceable (due to damage, calibration date, etc.) Tool / GSE unserviceable tag (Form 029) must be attached to such tool / equipment / GSE. Unserviceable tool / equipment / GSE is kept on special shelf / place for unserviceable tool / equipment / GSE. It is a responsibility of Stock engineer to make timely decision on sending it for repair / calibration as required in accordance with MOE section 2.5 or scrape it. If the tool / equipment / GSE has been lost the Lost tool / equipment / GSE report (Form 050) is used to ensure that lost tooling is not left on aircraft after maintenance. 5. Distribution For application: - Maintenance Quality division- (Master copy); - Maintenance department; - Stock; - PPCD. For information: - Library.


P.2.7. ENVIROPMENTAL CONDITIONS AND CLEANLINESS STANDARDS FOR

MAINTENANCE FACILITIES



0 0

01 0


01 Aug 2005 01 Oct 2006 01 Aug 2007 01 Mar 2011










1. Objective This procedure describes the environmental condition and cleanliness standards used by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD, to create a working environment appropriate for task carried out. The working environment is such that the effectiveness of personnel is not impaired, and that all safety rules are kept in mind. 2. References 2.1 Commission regulation (EC) No 2042/2003; 2.2 ED Decision No 2003/19/RM; 2.3 Maintenance Organization Exposition (MOE) chapter 2.7. 3. Executors It is the duty of the department manager to define the necessary action in order to ensure a suitable work condition including facilities cleanliness and initiation of required for facilities cleanliness support actions via engaging contracting cleaning company or «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD personal, and to maintain surveillance over the correct implementation of the given directives. It is the duty of each operator, technician to keep his work area clean, according to the received instructions. The Quality Auditors and Quality Inspectors - employees of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Maintenance Quality division must keep surveillance, issue Audit Report (Form 026) for non respect of requirements, and initiate necessary corrective actions. 4. Concerned activities / personnel All departments (hangar, store), and all personnel are involved. 5. Intervals All these conditions will be monitored and verified permanently as described in the concerning instructions or procedures. 6. Procedure 6.1. General requirements for facilities a) Facilities must be appropriate for planned work, ensuring in particular, protection from the weather

elements, dust and heat. Specialized workshops and bays must be segregated as appropriate or when necessary, to avoid work area contamination.





b) Office accommodation must be appropriate for the management of the planned work referred to in subparagraph (a), including in particular, the management of quality, planning, stock, technical records and for certifying staff so that they can carry out their designated tasks in a manner that contributes to good aircraft maintenance standards.

c) Lighting shall be such that each inspection and maintenance task can be carried out correctly. d) The working environments must be appropriate for the task carried out. In particular cases special

requirements must be observed, unless otherwise dictated by the particular task environment the working environment must be such that the effectiveness of personnel is not impaired.

e) Storage facilities must be provided, such as suitable trays, racks or stands for parts, equipment, tools and material. Storage conditions must be such as to provide security for serviceable parts, segregation of serviceable from unserviceable parts, and prevent deterioration of, and damage to stored items.

f) The department manager is responsible for ensuring that all maintenance requirements for the facilities are planned and observed to keep them in an optimal condition.

6.2. Maintenance Hangar a) The Maintenance Hangar accommodation is such that the personnel can carry out their task in an

effective manner. b) The temperature is controlled in such way that the 150

c) Dust and other airborne contamination are kept to a minimum by general cleaning and are not permitted to reach a level in the working area where visible aircraft / aircraft component surface contamination is evident.

C minimum are respected so that the personnel can carry out required tasks without undue discomfort.

d) The lighting shall be such that a minimum of 300 LUX is maintained to ensure that each inspection and maintenance task can be correctly carried out.

e) Where particular maintenance task requires the application of specific environmental condition different to the foregoing, then such condition should be observed. Specific conditions are identified in the appropriate maintenance manuals.

f) The working environment for maintenance shall be such that the particular maintenance or inspection task can be carried out without undue distraction. It therefore follows that if the working environment deteriorates to an unacceptable level in respect of temperature, moisture, hail, ice, snow, wind, light, dust and other airborne contamination, the particular maintenance or inspection tasks should be suspended until satisfactory conditions are re-established.

g) For maintenance where dust / other contamination result in visible surface contamination, all susceptible systems shall be sealed until acceptable conditions are re-establish.

h) The personnel must wear the protective clothing provided by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. Clothing must be of non-static electrical producing material.

i) Eating and smoking are forbidden in the aircraft or aircraft component maintenance work area. 6.3. Storage requirements a) Storage facilities are available for serviceable aircraft components. Unserviceable aircraft components,

material, tooling and equipment simply need to be separately stored. Separate and secure facilities must be provided for unserviceable components, material, equipment and tools.





b) Detailed storage conditions are defined in Procedure P.2.3.3. c) Storage racks should be strong enough to hold aircraft components and provide sufficient support for

large aircraft components such that component is not distorted during maintenance. d) All aircraft components and parts, wherever practicable, should remain packaged in protective material

to minimize damage and corrosion during storage. 7. Distribution For Application: - Maintenance Quality division; - Maintenance department; - Stock; - PPCD; - Component Maintenance Shop. For information: - Library.


P.2.8. MAINTENANCE DATA MANAGEMENT PROCEDURE



0 0

01 02 0


01 Aug 2005 01 Oct 2006 01 Aug 2007 01 May 2009 01 Mar 2011









1 Purpose Procedures and instructions are issued to describe «Rossiya airlines» OJSC manner of controlling all of its and Customer maintenance data and documents, in order to have always the latest up to date information to support the work performed, and this on all locations where needed. 2 Scope of application This procedure is applicable to all aircraft maintained by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. 3 References 3.1. Commission regulation (EC) No 2042/2003; 3.2. ED Decision No 2003/19/RM; 3.3. Maintenance organization exposition (MOE) – section 2.8.; 3.3. List of maintenance data (Form 046); 3.5. Technical documents distribution form (Form 043). 4 Definition 4.1. Maintenance data from the Authorities There are, but not limited: - EASA documentation, such as Commission regulation (EC) No 2042/2003, ED Decision No 2003/19/RM,

etc… - JAA documentation, such as JAR-OPS, JAR-MMEL/MEL requirements, Administrative and guidance

material, etc.; - Competent Authority documentation; - Airworthiness directives from EASA, FAA and NAA’s states of aircraft MFG and registration; - Data sheets for each type of aircraft maintained. This documentation is available on hard copy or on official web sites. 4.2. Aircraft / aircraft component manufacturer documentation There is documentation such as but not limited: For Boeing fleet: - Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM); - Service Bulletins (SB); - Service Letter (SL); - Power plant Buildup Manual (PPBU); - Maintenance Review Board (MRB); - Maintenance Planning Documents (MPD); - Illustrated Parts Catalogue (IPC); - Non Destructive Testing Manual (NDTM); - Aircraft Wiring Diagram Manual (WDM); - Aircraft System Schematic Manual (SSM); - Corrosion Prevention Manual (CPM);




- Structural Repair Manual (SRM); - Fault Isolation Manual (FIM); - Fault Reporting Manual (FRM); - Airplane Recovery Document (ARD); - Engine Ground Handling (EGHD); - Maintenance Facility & Equipment Planning (MFEP); - C.F.M.I. Aircraft Maintenance Manual (CFMI AMM); - Master Minimum Equipment List (MMEL), etc… For Airbus fleet: • Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM); • Service Bulletins (SB); • Service Letter (SL); • Aircraft Schematic Manual (ASM); • Aircraft Wiring Manual (AWM); • Aircraft Wiring List (AWL); • Illustrated Parts Catalogue (IPC); • Service Letter (SL); • Electrical Standard Practices (ESP); • Maintenance Planning Documents (MPD); • Non Destructive Testing Manual (NTM); • Structural Repair Manual (SRM); • Trouble Shooting Manual (TSM); • Master Minimum Equipment List (MMEL); • Maintenance Review Board (MRB); • Airplane Characteristics / Maintenance Facility Planning / VIM-GSE (AMVG); • Duct Repair Manual (DRM); • Component Maintenance Manual (CMM); • Support Equipment Summary / Tools Equipment Index / Tool and Equipment Manual, etc… This documentation is eventually available on hard copy, micro film, micro card, CD-ROM, DVD-ROM, official web site, or a combination of these formats. 4.3. Operator’s / customer's documentation There is documentation such as: - Aircraft maintenance program includes Maintenance Schedule (MS); - Aircraft (Engine, APU) log book; - Operator's MEL; - Operator’s customized Maintenance Data; - etc… Data are available on hard copy, micro film, micro card, CD-ROM, or a combination of these formats.




4.4. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD maintenance documentation There is documentation such as, but not limited: - Maintenance cards (Work Orders, Staged WOs, Task Cards, Job Instruction Cards, Job Cards, Job Orders, Job

Sheets etc.); - Maintenance procedures; - Maintenance instructions; - Maintenance forms; - Quality audit report; - etc… This documentation is available on hard copy or via local computer network and in the AMOS. 5 Procedure 5.1. General Rule Maintenance performed by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD, need to be performed in compliance with applicable and current Maintenance Data. 5.2. Ordering Technical documentation engineer of Maintenance Engineering is in charge for ordering, subscription and control of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD maintenance data (except AD and SB). If for any reason the necessary data is not available at the maintenance location when required, then the responsible manager of that particular maintenance location must order required maintenance data immediately through the Technical documentation engineer of Maintenance Engineering. 5.3. Receiving and Recording Technical documentation engineer receives Maintenance data and records it with the data of last revision into the computer information system (location in computer system: \\Stc\otdel\AtbNine\Library\...). Technical documentation engineer is responsible for the retention of Maintenance data, of the latest issue in a central file, for distribution of the necessary copies to all concerned departments and providing all further revisions to all distributed Maintenance data. All Maintenance data should be kept in an acceptable state of use and for making them available to all interested people. At least one copy of the Maintenance data (except AD and SB) used by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD is kept in the Maintenance Engineering department. 5.4. Status control and document/change evaluation All maintenance data shall be under control by Technical documentation engineer. There is a List of maintenance data (Form 046) in Maintenance Engineering department; subject list contains the reference to Revision number and date for each controlled document. Technical documentation technician is in charge to maintain the List of maintenance data. This list is available at local computer network: \\Stc\otdel\AtbNine\Library\...




Manager of each applicable department is responsible for revision of all Maintenance data. Revision of any Maintenance data located in other departments should be controlled by the Technical documentation engineer of Maintenance Engineering using write-down back system after receiving Technical documents distribution form (Form 043). Confirmation should be received not later than after 5 working days. In order to have maintenance data available in close proximity to aircraft portable personal computers (registered and stored in Stock tool store) may be used provided current revision status of all uploaded manuals. engineer of Maintenance Engineering (assigned by Maintenance department manager or his deputy) has overall responsibility to update manuals of portable personal computers in accordance with List of maintenance data (Form 046) with soonest possibility but not later than 3 days after its issue. Maintenance staff holds all the liability to check revision status of uploaded maintenance data before usage. No case these data may be used if content is older than 3 days before current List of maintenance data (Form 046) issue. In case of removal of any approved Maintenance Data from the controlled documents list or format of document is changed – Technical documentation engineer informs appropriate departments for subject change using Form 043. Information must be sent as soon as possible. Confirmation must be received within 5 working days. Work Orders / Job Cards / Job Orders or other types of work instructions have to be designed by responsible engineer of associated department in order to reflect all changes in applicable documentation and in maintenance process in use with the best practice. Each new issued / revised document has to get updated revision number and date of issue, be registered in Work Orders / Job Cards / Job Orders register(s) which contain(s) details of each Job Card / Job Order / work instruction issued and have to be confirmed by signature of design engineer and then approved by signature of responsible manager before passing in use. Ready to print documents with the current revision statuses are stored to provide full access for maintenance personnel involved and are subject of data back up process. Previous revisions have to be collected in manner which prevents their unapproved usage by staff. Register(s) is(are) stored under control of associated department’s manager. It is acceptable to have an AMOS register for the AMOS documents which are stored in the system when providing full traceability of all the changes and its originator. 5.5. Operator's / customer's Maintenance data In the case of operator / customer controlled and provided approved data, the Technical documentation engineer of Maintenance Engineering must ensure, that either it has written confirmation from the operator / customer that all such approved data is up to date or it has work orders specifying the amendment status of the approved data to be used or it can show that it is on the operator / customer approved data amendment list. The status of the above mentioned data must be available to the maintenance personnel, supervisors, inspectors and certifying staff for control that subject documentation is up to date.




6 Intervals «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD must be in receipt of all necessary Maintenance data from the Authority(-ies), the aircraft design organization, the customer and any other approved design organization, as appropriate to support the work performed. Status of last revisions Maintenance data should be checked by the Technical documentation engineer every 120 days. 7 Distribution For Application: - Maintenance Quality department (Master copy); - Maintenance department; - Maintenance Engineering; - Component Maintenance Shop; - Stock; - PPCD. For information: - Library.


P.2.9.1. BATTERY MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE



0 01 02 03 04 0

First issue Revision Revision Revision Revision Second issue

01 Apr 2007 01 Aug 2007 20 Dec 2007 01 May 2009 01 Sep 2010 01 Mar 2011


Issued by Component Maintenance Shop manager: _______________________________


Accountable Manager Maintenance Quality manager





1. Purpose To define procedure for Battery Maintenance Section of Component Maintenance Shop activity. 2. General The aircraft batteries require checking and maintenance in order to ensure their safety of operation when installed and their ability to perform their required functions, especially in emergency conditions on board the aircraft. Maintenance checks also permit any problems to be identified and rectified. Three type of maintenance are distinguished: Periodical Check, Regular Check and General Overhaul. 3. Applicable documents 3.1. Commission regulation (EC) No 2042/2003; 3.2. ED Decision No 2003/19/RM; 3.3. Component Maintenance Manual (CMM); 3.4. Component manufacturer’s Technical Notes (TN); 3.5. Component manufacturer’s Service Bulletin (SB); 3.6. Routable Repair Procedure P.2.3.2.; 3.7. Storage Procedures P.2.3.3.; 3.8. Tool Receiving and Storage Procedure P.2.4.; 3.9. Maintenance Data Management Procedure P.2.8.; 3.10. Production and Planning Control Procedure P.2.10.; 3.11. Defect Rectification Procedure is P.2.15.; 3.12. Release to Service Procedure P.2.16.; 3.13. Staff Qualification Procedure P.3.0.; 3.14. Storage, Tagging and Release Aircraft Components and Material to Aircraft Maintenance MOE 2.3; 3.15. Calibration of Tools and Equipment MOE 2.5; 3.16. Maintenance instructions and relationship to aircraft / aircraft component manufacturers’ instructions

including updating and availability to staff MOE 2.8; 3.17. Repair Procedure MOE 2.9; 3.18. Technical Records Control MOE 2.14; 3.19. Release to Service Procedure MOE 2.16; 3.20. Return of Defective Components to Store MOE 2.19; 3.21. Certificate of Release to Service - EASA Form 1 (Form 006); 3.22. List of Certifying Staff and Category B1 and B2 Support Staff (Form 008); 3.23. Unserviceable Tag (Form 010); 3.24. Condemned Tag (Form 011); 3.25. Repair Order (Form 021); 3.26. Component Job Card (Form 062) or AMOS CM Template; 3.27. Components Register (Form 063); 3.28. Work Shop Report (Form 064); 3.29. Report of Component Damaging Investigation (Form 065); 3.30. Scrap Report.




4. Definitions Maintenance of batteries includes organization and performance of works according to Component Job Cards which are developed basing on manufacturer’s Component Maintenance Manual (CMM), Technical Notes (TN) and Service Bulletin (SB). CMM is main document which determine sequence, method and technical conditions for maintenance. CMM determines test and control equipment, control and measuring equipment, tools and consumable materials needed to perform maintenance. Technical Notes and Service Bulletins are created and posted on an 'as needed' basis to clarify a maintenance practice or in the event of a change in practice. 5. Organization of Battery Maintenance Section of Component Maintenance Shop activity 5.1. Batteries acceptance procedure Batteries which are removed as requested by PPCD in accordance with CPM procedure P.2.10, removed as unserviceable due to defect in accordance with CPM procedure P.2.15, or come in from Customer in accordance with agreement are forwarded into the Battery Maintenance Section of Component Maintenance Shop of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. Each battery shall be accompanied with Repair Order (Form 021) issued in accordance with CPM procedure P.2.3.2 by means of AMOS software system and Unserviceable Tag (Form 010) or similar Customer documents. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock engineer or Customer (in case of Customer battery) is responsible for fullness and correctness of these documents filling in. Acceptance of incoming battery is performed by responsible person of Battery Maintenance Section. During acceptance procedure is necessary to perform following items: - check for presence and correctness of Repair Order (Form 021) or similar Customer document filling in; - check for presence and correctness of Unserviceable Tag (Form 010) or similar Customer document filling in; - battery exterior check for obvious damages. Having satisfied battery assistant enters the battery data in Battery Handover Log Book. Battery Handover Log Book has to include at least the following data: - component coming in date; - component Part Number; - component Serial Number; - surname and signature of receiver in Battery Shop; - component coming out date; - surname and signature of maintained component receiver. Battery Maintenance Section of Component Maintenance Shop personal determinate type of needed maintenance (in accordance with CMM) basing on: - Repair Order (Form 021) or similar Customer document; - Unserviceable Tag (Form 010) or similar Customer document; - Battery Log Book; - Battery technical state. If battery damage is found Report of Component Damaging Investigation (Form 065) shall be issued. This report is filled in by receiving and delivering side in two copies then signed by Chief of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. Copy of completed Report of Component Damaging Investigation (Form 065) shall be routed to Quality Management department for information and control.




Having passed acceptance procedure battery shall be put in unserviceable area of Battery Maintenance Section. Battery coming in is inserted into the Components Register (Form 063) located in the Battery Maintenance Section of Component Maintenance Shop of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. 5.2. Batteries maintenance procedure Battery maintenance is performed by Category “D” Certifying Staff (Battery Assistants) which are included in List of Certifying Staff and Category B1 and B2 Support Staff (Form 008) and qualified in accordance with СРМ procedure P.3.0. Batteries shall be maintained in required sequence as listed in Component Job Card (Form 062) or AMOS CM Template along with identification of each completed item by performer stamp or signature and stamp number. All the defects found during maintenance are rectified basing on CMM requirements. Process of Job Cards management is described in MOE section 2.8 and in CPM P.2.8. Battery charger operation manual is used only as instruction to apply charging / discharging method which is requested by CMM. Calibrated tools and equipment which are used in Battery Maintenance Section shall be timely checked (recalibrated) in Calibration Laboratory in accordance with schedule and shall be indicated in the List of Calibrated Tools and Equipment in accordance with МОЕ section 2.5. No tools and equipment can be used if expire date is exceeded. All used tools and equipment shall be marked and included in the Tools and Equipment List in accordance with CPM procedure P.2.4. Consumable material has to be stored together with Certificates of Conformance in special prepared space and divided for part numbers according to МОЕ section 2.3 and CPM procedure P.2.3.3. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock is responsible to make available consumable materials which are ordered by Battery Maintenance Section personnel. After maintenance is finished the following documents must be completed: - Component Job Card (Form 062) or AMOS CM Template; - Battery Log Book; - Components Register (Form 063); - Certificate of Release to Service - EASA Form 1 (Form 006) with Shelf Life Limit indication, according to

МОЕ section 2.16 and CPM procedure P.2.16. - Customer battery Work Shop Report (Form 064) is issued. When battery is owned by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC: completed Component Job Card and copy of Certificate of Release to Service forwarded to PPCD of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD, original of Certificate of Release to Service is forwarded together with the battery. If battery is a Customer property: completed Component Job Card and copy of Certificate of Release to Service forwarded to PPCD of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD; original of Certificate of Release to Service and Work Shop Report together with the battery forwarded to the Customer.




Maintained battery is placed into the serviceable area of Battery Maintenance Section (temporary storage area) till transferring to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock. When discrepancy of battery subcomponent to CMM requirements during maintenance is found and there is no possibility to repair or restore it - such component shall be recognized as unrepairable and marked with Condemned Tag (Form 011). Unrepairable subcomponents marked with Condemned Tag (Form 011) are put into the condemned area of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Battery Maintenance Section till it is sent to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock. Terminals of unrepairable cells shall be broken before put into condemned area. Unrepairable batteries which are owned by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC shall be accompanied with Unserviceable Tag (Form 010). Responsible for maintenance person shall also put “UNREPAIRABLE” into the Battery Log Book. After that battery is sent to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock till utilization board decision. Unrepairable Customer batteries shall be accompanied with Unserviceable Tag (Form 010) and Work Shop Report (Form 064) which shall contain precise reason, then battery together with these documents is forwarded to Customer via «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock. Discarding of battery or battery’s subcomponent is realized basing on Scrap Report and according to МОЕ section 2.19.5. To provide full monitoring of non completed maintenance (due to: lack of spares required or tool unavailability, e.t.c.) the following information shall be supported by maintenance staff in charge: - part number of component in maintenance; - serial number of component in maintenance; - reference to JC related to component abovementioned; - reason for maintenance delay; - required spares description; - required part number; - request number; - case closed by. 5.3. Batteries storage procedure Batteries are stored in «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD component store in accordance with requirements listed in manufacturer’s СММ, Technical Notes and «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD СРМ procedure P.2.3.3. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock engineer is responsible to control periodicity of maintenance for batteries are in the store. 5.4. Serviceable batteries handover procedure Serviced batteries are transferred to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock only. In that case Battery Handover Log Book shall be filled in.




6. Records Battery Log Book is stored in the Battery Maintenance Section till battery is utilized or otherwise specified by the Operator (agreement). Components Register (Form 063) and Battery Handover Log Book are retained in the Battery Maintenance Section at least 3 years. Component Job Cards (Form 062) or AMOS CM Template and Certificate of Release to Service - EASA Form 1 (Form 006) are stored in «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Archive at least 3 years or otherwise specified by the Operator (agreement) in accordance with MOE section 2.14. 7. Distribution For Application: - Maintenance Quality division (Master copy); - PPCD; - Component Maintenance Shop; - Stock. For information: - Library.


P.2.9.2. WHEELS AND BRAKES MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE



0 01 0

First issue Revision Second issue

20 May 2009 01 Sep 2010 01 Mar 2011

Signed Signed








1. Purpose To define procedure for Wheels and Brakes Maintenance Section of Component Maintenance Shop activity. 2. General The aircraft wheels and brakes require checking and maintenance in order to ensure their safety of operation when installed and their ability to perform their required functions on board the aircraft. Maintenance checks also permit any problems to be identified and rectified. Types of maintenance may be defined generally as minor and major. Scope of maintenance is mentioned in the applicable Component Maintenance Manual and defined based on number of previous tire and heat sink changes. 3. Applicable documents 3.1. Commission regulation (EC) No 2042/2003; 3.2. ED Decision No 2003/19/RM; 3.3. Component Maintenance Manual (CMM); 3.4. Manufacturer Standard Practices Manual (SPM) or equivalent (if exist); 3.5. Component manufacturer’s Service Bulletin (SB); 3.6. Routable Repair Procedure P.2.3.2.; 3.7. Storage Procedures P.2.3.3.; 3.8. Tool Receiving and Storage Procedure P.2.4.; 3.9. Maintenance Data Management Procedure P.2.8.; 3.10. Defect Rectification Procedure is P.2.15.; 3.11. Release to Service Procedure P.2.16.; 3.12. Staff Qualification Procedure P.3.0.; 3.13. Storage, Tagging and Release Aircraft Components and Material to Aircraft Maintenance MOE 2.3; 3.14. Calibration of Tools and Equipment MOE 2.5; 3.15. Maintenance instructions and relationship to aircraft / aircraft component manufacturers’ instructions

including updating and availability to staff MOE 2.8; 3.16. Repair Procedure MOE 2.9; 3.17. Technical Records Control MOE 2.14; 3.18. Release to Service Procedure MOE 2.16; 3.19. Return of Defective Components to Store MOE 2.19; 3.20. Certificate of Release to Service - EASA Form 1 (Form 006); 3.21. List of Certifying Staff and Category B1 and B2 Support Staff (Form 008); 3.22. Unserviceable Tag (Form 010); 3.23. Condemned Tag (Form 011); 3.24. Repair Order (Form 021); 3.25. Component Job Card (Form 062); or AMOS CM Template; 3.26. Components Register (Form 063); 3.27. Work Shop Report (Form 064); 3.28. Report of Component Damaging Investigation (Form 065); 3.29. Scrap Report.




4. Definitions Maintenance of wheels and brakes includes organization and performance of works according to Component Job Cards which are developed based on manufacturer’s Component Maintenance Manual (CMM), Manufacturer Standard Practices Manual (SPM) or equivalent (if exist) and Service Bulletins / Service Letters (SB / SL). CMM is main document which determine sequence, method and technical conditions for maintenance. CMM determines test and control equipment, control and measure equipment, tool and consumable material needed to perform maintenance. Service Bulletins and Service Letters are created and posted on an 'as needed' basis to clarify a maintenance practice or in the event of a change in practice. 5. Organization of Wheels and Brakes Maintenance Section activity 5.1. Wheels and Brakes acceptance procedure Wheels and Brakes which are removed as unserviceable due to excessive wear or defect in accordance with CPM procedure P.2.15, or come in from Customer in accordance with agreement are forwarded into the Wheels and Brakes Maintenance Section of Component Maintenance Shop of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. Each Wheel / Brake shall be accompanied with Repair Order (Form 021) issued in accordance with CPM procedure P.2.3.2 by means of AMOS software system and Unserviceable Tag (Form 010) or similar Customer documents. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock engineer or Customer (in case of Customer Wheel / Brake) is responsible for fullness and correctness of these documents filling in. Acceptance of incoming Wheel / Brake is performed by responsible person of Wheels and Brakes Shop. During acceptance procedure is necessary to perform following items: - check for presence and correctness of Repair Order (Form 021) or similar Customer document filling in; - check for presence and correctness of Unserviceable Tag (Form 010) or similar Customer document filling in; - Wheel / Brake exterior check for obvious damages. Having satisfied with Wheel / Brake condition maintenance staff enters the Wheel / Brake data in Component Handover Log Book. Component Handover Log Book has to include at least the following data: - component coming in date; - component Part Number; - component Serial Number; - surname and signature of receiver in Wheel / Brake Shop; - component coming out date; - surname and signature of maintained component receiver. Wheels and Brakes Maintenance Section personal determinate type of needed maintenance (in accordance with CMM) based on: - Repair Order (Form 021) or similar Customer document; - Unserviceable Tag (Form 010) or similar Customer document; - Maintenance History Log Book; - Wheel / Brake technical state.




If Wheel / Brake transportation damage is found Report of Component Damaging Investigation (Form 065) shall be issued. This report is filled in by receiving and delivering side in two copies then signed by Chief of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. Copy of completed Report of Component Damaging Investigation (Form 065) shall be routed to Quality Management department for information and control. Having passed acceptance procedure Wheel / Brake shall be put in unserviceable area of Wheels and Brakes Maintenance Section. Wheel / Brake coming in is inserted into the Components Register (Form 063) located in the Wheels and Brakes Maintenance Section of Component Maintenance Shop of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. Maintenance History Log Book shall contain the following information: - aircraft tail number; - date of installation, position; - date of removal; - reason for removal; - flight cycles since last maintenance; - number of changes; - Repair Order number; - type of maintenance; - Certificate of Release to Service; - number of EASA Form 1 issued; - remarks (if required). 5.2. Wheels / Brakes maintenance procedure Wheel / Brake maintenance is performed by Category “D” Certifying Staff (component mechanics) which are included in List of Certifying Staff and Category B1 and B2 Support Staff (Form 008) and qualified in accordance with СРМ procedure P.3.0. Wheels / Brakes shall be maintained in required sequence as listed in Component Job Card (Form 062) or AMOS CM Template along with identification of each completed item by performer stamp or signature and stamp number. All the defects found during maintenance are rectified basing on CMM requirements. Process of Job Cards management is described in MOE section 2.8 and in CPM P.2.8. Operation manuals of Wheels and Brakes Maintenance Section’s testing equipment (when exist and required) are used only as instruction to apply testing method which is requested by CMM. Calibrated tools and equipment which are used in Wheels and Brakes Maintenance Section shall be timely checked (recalibrated) in Calibration Laboratory in accordance with existed schedule and shall be indicated in the List of Calibrated Tools and Equipment in accordance with МОЕ section 2.5. No tools and equipment can be used if expire date is exceeded. All used tools and equipment shall be marked and included in the Tools and Equipment List in accordance with CPM procedure P.2.4. Consumable material has to be stored together with Certificates of Conformance in special prepared space and divided for part numbers according to МОЕ section 2.3 and CPM procedure P.2.3.3. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock is responsible to make available consumable materials which are ordered by Wheels and Brakes Maintenance Section personnel.




After maintenance is finished following documents must be completed: - Component Job Card (Form 062); - Maintenance History Log Book; - Component Register (Form 063); - Certificate of Release to Service - EASA Form 1 (Form 006), according to МОЕ section 2.16 and CPM procedure P.2.16. - for Customer Wheels / Brakes Work Shop Report (Form 064) is issued. When Wheel / Brake is owned by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC: completed Component Job Card and copy of Certificate of Release to Service forwarded to PPCD of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD, original of Certificate of Release to Service is forwarded together with the Wheel / Brake. If Wheel / Brake is a Customer property: completed Component Job Card and copy of Certificate of Release to Service forwarded to PPCD of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD; original of Certificate of Release to Service and Work Shop Report together with the Wheel / Brake forwarded to the Customer. Maintained Wheel / Brake is placed into the serviceable area of Wheels and Brakes Maintenance Section (temporary storage area) till transferring to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock. When discrepancy of Wheel / Brake subcomponent to CMM requirements during maintenance is found and there is no possibility to repair or restore it - such component shall be recognized as unrepairable and marked with Condemned Tag (Form 011). Unrepairable subcomponents marked with Condemned Tag (Form 011) are put into the condemned area of Wheels and Brakes Maintenance Section till are sent to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock. Unrepairable Wheels / Brakes which are owned by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC shall be accompanied with Unserviceable Tag (Form 010). Responsible for maintenance person shall also put “UNREPAIRABLE” into the Maintenance History Log Book. After that Wheel / Brake is sent to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock till utilization board decision. Unrepairable Customer Wheels / Brakes shall be accompanied with Unserviceable Tag (Form 010) and Work Shop Report (Form 064) which shall contain precise reason, then Wheel / Brake together with these documents is forwarded to Customer via «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock. Discarding of Wheel / Brake or its subcomponent is realized basing on Scrap Report and according to МОЕ section 2.19.5. To provide full monitoring of non completed maintenance (due to: lack of spares required or tool unavailability, e.t.c.) the following information shall be supported by maintenance staff in charge: - part number of component in maintenance; - serial number of component in maintenance; - reference to JC related to component abovementioned; - reason for maintenance delay; - required spares description; - required part number; - request number; - case closed by.




5.3. Wheels / Brakes storage procedure Wheels / Brakes are stored in «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD component store in accordance with requirements listed in manufacturer’s СММ, Manufacturer Standard Practices Manual (SPM) and «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD СРМ procedure P.2.3.3. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock engineer is responsible to control periodicity of servicing for Wheels / Brakes are in the store. 5.4. Serviceable Wheels / Brakes handover procedure Serviced Wheels / Brakes are transferred to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock only. In that case Component Handover Log Book shall be filled in. 6. Records Maintenance History Log Book is stored in the Wheels and Brakes Maintenance Section till part is utilized or otherwise specified by the Operator (agreement). Components Register (Form 063) and Component Handover Log Book are retained in the Wheels and Brakes Maintenance Section at least 3 years. Component Job Cards (Form 062) or AMOS CM Template and Certificate of Release to Service - EASA Form 1 (Form 006) are stored in «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Archive at least 3 years or otherwise specified by the Operator (agreement) in accordance with MOE section 2.14. 7. Distribution For Application: - Maintenance Quality division (Master copy); - Component Maintenance Shop; - Stock; - PPCD. For information: - Library.


P.2.9.3. GALLEY EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE



0 01 0


20 May 2009 01 Sep 2010 01 Mar 2011

Signed Signed








1. Purpose To define procedure for Galley Equipment Maintenance Section of Component Maintenance Shop activity. 2. General The aircraft galley equipment (such as ovens, water boilers/heaters, coffee makers etc…) requires checking and maintenance in order to ensure their operation when installed and their ability to perform required functions on board the aircraft. Maintenance checks also permit any problems to be identified and rectified. Types of maintenance may be defined generally as recommended servicing (when required by Customer) and defect rectification. Scope of maintenance is mentioned in the applicable Component Maintenance Manual. 3. Applicable documents 3.1. Commission regulation (EC) No 2042/2003; 3.2. ED Decision No 2003/19/RM; 3.3. Component Maintenance Manual (CMM); 3.4. Component manufacturer’s Service Bulletin (SB); 3.5. Routable Repair Procedure P.2.3.2.; 3.6. Storage Procedures P.2.3.3.; 3.7. Tool Receiving and Storage Procedure P.2.4.; 3.8. Maintenance Data Management Procedure P.2.8.; 3.9. Defect Rectification Procedure is P.2.15.; 3.10. Release to Service Procedure P.2.16.; 3.11. Staff Qualification Procedure P.3.0.; 3.12. Storage, Tagging and Release Aircraft Components and Material to Aircraft Maintenance MOE 2.3; 3.13. Calibration of Tools and Equipment MOE 2.5; 3.14. Maintenance instructions and relationship to aircraft / aircraft component manufacturers’ instructions

including updating and availability to staff MOE 2.8; 3.15. Repair Procedure MOE 2.9; 3.16. Technical Records Control MOE 2.14; 3.17. Release to Service Procedure MOE 2.16; 3.18. Return of Defective Components to Store MOE 2.19; 3.19. Certificate of Release to Service - EASA Form 1 (Form 006); 3.20. List of Certifying Staff and Category B1 and B2 Support Staff (Form 008); 3.21. Unserviceable Tag (Form 010); 3.22. Condemned Tag (Form 011); 3.23. Repair Order (Form 021); 3.24. Component Job Card (Form 062) or AMOS CM Template; 3.25. Components Register (Form 063); 3.26. Work Shop Report (Form 064); 3.27. Report of Component Damaging Investigation (Form 065); 3.28. Scrap Report.




4. Definitions Maintenance of galley equipment includes organization and performance of works according to Component Job Cards which are developed basing on manufacturer’s Component Maintenance Manual (CMM) and Service Bulletins / Service Letters (SB / SL). CMM is main document which determine sequence, method and technical conditions for maintenance. CMM determines test and control equipment, control and measuring equipment, tools and consumable materials needed to perform maintenance. Service Bulletins and Service Letters are created and posted on an 'as needed' basis to clarify a maintenance practice or in the event of a change in practice. 5. Organization of Galley Equipment Maintenance Section of Component Maintenance Shop activity 5.1. Galley equipment acceptance procedure Galley equipment which is removed as unserviceable due to defect in accordance with CPM procedure P.2.15, or come in from Customer in accordance with agreement are forwarded into the Galley Equipment Maintenance Section of Component Maintenance Shop of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. Each unit shall be accompanied with Repair Order (Form 021) issued in accordance with CPM procedure P.2.3.2 by means of AMOS software system and Unserviceable Tag (Form 010) or similar Customer documents. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock engineer or Customer (in case of Customer component) is responsible for fullness and correctness of these documents filling in. Acceptance of incoming component is performed by responsible person of Galley Equipment Shop. During acceptance procedure is necessary to perform following items: - check for presence and correctness of Repair Order (Form 021) or similar Customer document filling in; - check for presence and correctness of Unserviceable Tag (Form 010) or similar Customer document filling in; - component’s exterior check for obvious damages. Having satisfied with component’s condition maintenance staff enters the unit’s data in Component Handover Log Book. Component Handover Log Book has to include at least the following data: - component coming in date; - component Part Number; - component Serial Number; - surname and signature of receiver in Galley Equipment Shop; - component coming out date; - surname and signature of maintained component receiver. Galley Equipment Maintenance Section personal determinate scope of needed maintenance (in accordance with CMM) based on: - Repair Order (Form 021) or similar Customer document; - Unserviceable Tag (Form 010) or similar Customer document; - Component technical state.




If unit’s transportation damage is found Report of Component Damaging Investigation (Form 065) shall be issued. This report is filled in by receiving and delivering side in two copies then signed by Chief of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. Copy of completed Report of Component Damaging Investigation (Form 065) shall be routed to Quality Management department for information and control. Having passed acceptance procedure component shall be put in unserviceable area of Galley Equipment Shop. Unit coming in is inserted into the Components Register (Form 063) located in the Galley Equipment Maintenance Section of Component Maintenance Shop of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. 5.2. Galley Equipment maintenance procedure Galley equipment maintenance is performed by Category “D” Certifying Staff (component mechanics) who are included in List of Certifying Staff and Category B1 and B2 Support Staff (Form 008) and qualified in accordance with СРМ procedure P.3.0. Galley equipment shall be maintained in required sequence as listed in Component Job Card (Form 062) or AMOS CM Template along with identification of each completed item by performer stamp or signature and stamp number. All the defects reported or found during maintenance are rectified basing on CMM requirements. Process of Job Cards management is described in MOE section 2.8 and in CPM P.2.8. Operation manuals of Galley Equipment Maintenance Section testing equipment (when exist and required) are used only as instruction to apply testing method which is requested by CMM. Calibrated tools and equipment which are used in Galley Equipment Maintenance Section shall be timely checked (recalibrated) in Calibration Laboratory in accordance with existed schedule and shall be indicated in the List of Calibrated Tools and Equipment in accordance with МОЕ section 2.5. No tools and equipment can be used if expire date is exceeded. All used tools and equipment shall be marked and included in the Tools and Equipment List in accordance with CPM procedure P.2.4. Consumable material has to be stored together with Certificates of Conformance in special prepared space and divided for part numbers according to МОЕ section 2.3 and CPM procedure P.2.3.3. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock is responsible to make available consumable materials which are ordered by Galley Equipment Maintenance Section personnel.




After maintenance is finished the following documents must be completed: - Component Job Card (Form 062) or AMOS CM Template; - Component Register (Form 063); - Certificate of Release to Service - EASA Form 1 (Form 006), according to МОЕ section 2.16 and CPM procedure P.2.16. - Customer Galley Equipment Work Shop Report (Form 064) is issued. When component is owned by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC: completed Component Job Card and copy of Certificate of Release to Service forwarded to PPCD of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD, original of Certificate of Release to Service is forwarded together with the unit maintained. If component is a Customer property: completed Component Job Card and copy of Certificate of Release to Service forwarded to PPCD of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD; original of Certificate of Release to Service and Work Shop Report together with the unit maintained forwarded to the Customer. Maintained component is placed into the serviceable area of Galley Equipment Maintenance Section (temporary storage area) till transferring to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock. When discrepancy of component’s subcomponent to CMM requirements during maintenance is found and there is no possibility to repair or restore it - such subcomponent shall be recognized as unrepairable and marked with Condemned Tag (Form 011). Unrepairable subcomponents marked with Condemned Tag (Form 011) are put into the condemned area of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Galley Equipment Maintenance Section till be sent to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock. Unrepairable component which are owned by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC shall be accompanied with Unserviceable Tag (Form 010). Responsible for maintenance person shall also put “UNREPAIRABLE” into the Component Register (Form 063). After that component is sent to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock till utilization board decision. Unrepairable Customer component shall be accompanied with Unserviceable Tag (Form 010) and Work Shop Report (Form 064) which shall contain precise reason, then unit together with these documents is forwarded to Customer via «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock. Discarding of component or its subcomponent is realized basing on Scrap Report and according to МОЕ section 2.19.5. To provide full monitoring of non completed maintenance (due to: lack of spares required or tool unavailability, e.t.c.) the following information shall be supported by maintenance staff in charge: - part number of component in maintenance; - serial number of component in maintenance; - reference to JC related to component above mentioned; - reason for maintenance delay; - required spares description; - required part number; - request number; - case closed by.




5.3. Galley equipment storage procedure Units are stored in «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD component store in accordance with requirements listed in manufacturer’s СММ and «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD СРМ procedure P.2.3.3. 5.4. Serviceable Galley equipment handover procedure Serviced units are transferred to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock only. In that case Component Handover Log Book shall be filled in. 6. Records Components Register (Form 063) and Component Handover Log Book are retained in the Galley Equipment Maintenance Section at least 3 years. Component Job Cards (Form 062) or AMOS CM Template and Certificate of Release to Service - EASA Form 1 (Form 006) are stored in «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Archive at least 3 years or otherwise specified by the Operator (agreement) in accordance with MOE section 2.14. 7. Distribution For Application: - Maintenance Quality division (Master copy); - Component Maintenance Shop; - Stock; - PPCD. For information: - Library.


P.2.9.4. OXYGEN EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE



0 01 0


20 May 2009 01 Sep 2010 01 Mar 2011

Signed Signed








1. Purpose To define procedure for Oxygen Equipment Maintenance Section of Component Maintenance Shop activity. 2. General The aircraft oxygen equipment (such as stationary oxygen cylinders and portable oxygen bottles) during normal operation of aircraft requires filling and refilling. Type of maintenance may be defined generally as servicing when required by Customer or found by maintenance staff with regular inspection. Scope of maintenance is mentioned in the applicable Aircraft Maintenance Manual or/and in Component Maintenance Manual. Oxygen stationary cylinders and portable oxygen bottles filling / refilling it self does not require to CRS issue. Certificate of Release to Service shall be issued after installation of serviced component back to aircraft. 3. Applicable documents 3.1. Commission regulation (EC) No 2042/2003; 3.2. ED Decision No 2003/19/RM; 3.3. Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM); 3.4. Component Maintenance Manual (CMM); 3.5. Component manufacturer’s Service Bulletin (SB); 3.6. Routable Repair Procedure P.2.3.2.; 3.7. Storage Procedures P.2.3.3.; 3.8. Tool Receiving and Storage Procedure P.2.4.; 3.9. Maintenance Data Management Procedure P.2.8.; 3.10. Defect Rectification Procedure is P.2.15.; 3.11. Release to Service Procedure P.2.16.; 3.12. Staff Qualification Procedure P.3.0.; 3.13. Storage, Tagging and Release Aircraft Components and Material to Aircraft Maintenance MOE 2.3; 3.14. Calibration of Tools and Equipment MOE 2.5; 3.15. Maintenance instructions and relationship to aircraft / aircraft component manufacturers’ instructions

including updating and availability to staff MOE 2.8; 3.16. Repair Procedure MOE 2.9; 3.17. Technical Records Control MOE 2.14; 3.18. Release to Service Procedure MOE 2.16; 3.19. Return of Defective Components to Store MOE 2.19; 3.20. List of Certifying Staff and Category B1 and B2 Support Staff (Form 008); 3.21. Unserviceable Tag (Form 010); 3.22. Identification Tag (Form 012); 3.23. Repair Order (Form 021); 3.24. Workorder (Form 016) 3.25. Component Change Report (Form 035); 3.26. Workorder stages (Form 017); 3.27. Work Shop Report (Form 064); 3.28. Report of Component Damaging Investigation (Form 065).




4. Definitions Maintenance of oxygen equipment includes organization and performance of works according to Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM) or / and in accordance with manufacturer’s Component Maintenance Manual (CMM) and Service Bulletins / Service Letters (SB / SL). AMM or / and CMM is main document(s) which determine(s) sequence, method and technical conditions for maintenance. AMM or / and CMM determine(s) test and control equipment, control and measuring equipment, tools and consumable materials needed to perform maintenance. Service Bulletins and Service Letters are created and posted on an 'as needed' basis to clarify a maintenance practice or in the event of a change in practice. 5. Organization of Oxygen Equipment Maintenance Section of Component Maintenance Shop activity 5.1. Oxygen equipment acceptance procedure Oxygen equipment which is required to be serviced with oxygen filling / refilling may be processed with two different ways:

- removed from aircraft by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD maintenance staff in accordance with CPM procedure P.2.15 and forwarded into the Oxygen Equipment Maintenance Section of Component Maintenance Shop of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. In this case each unit shall be accompanied with Identification Tag (Form 070)

- come in from Customer in accordance with agreement and forwarded into the Oxygen Equipment Maintenance Section of Component Maintenance Shop of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. In this case each unit shall be accompanied with Repair Order (Form 021) issued in accordance with Customer requirements which clearly state filling / refilling to be done. Customer (in case of Customer component) is responsible for fullness and correctness of these documents filling in.

Acceptance of incoming component is performed by responsible person of Oxygen Equipment Maintenance Section. During acceptance procedure is necessary to perform following items: - check for presence and correctness of Identification Tag (Form 010) or similar Customer document filling in; - check for presence and correctness of Repair Order in case of Customer’s component; - component’s exterior check for obvious damages. Having satisfied with component’s condition maintenance staff enters the unit’s data in Component Handover Log Book. Component Handover Log Book has to include at least the following data: - component coming in date; - component Part Number; - component Serial Number; - surname and signature of receiver in Oxygen Equipment Maintenance Section; - component coming out date; - surname and signature of maintained component receiver.




If unit’s transportation damage is found Report of Component Damaging Investigation (Form 065) shall be issued. This report is filled in by receiving and delivering side in two copies then signed by Chief of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. Copy of completed Report of Component Damaging Investigation (Form 065) shall be routed to Quality Management Department for information and control. Having passed acceptance procedure component shall be served in Oxygen Equipment Maintenance Section. 5.2. Oxygen Equipment maintenance procedure Oxygen equipment servicing is performed by Category “B1” Certifying Staff (Certifying staff - mechanics) who are included in List of Certifying Staff and Category B1 and B2 Support Staff (Form 008) and qualified in accordance with СРМ procedure P.3.0 (additional OJT for Oxygen equipment servicing is required). Oxygen equipment shall be serviced in required sequence as listed in applicable AMM or / and CMM. Details of component removal for filling / refilling has to be inserted in Aircraft Logbook (for line maintenance) (Form 022 or similar customer document), Workorder (Form 016), W/O stages (Form 017), Component Change Report (Form 035). Operation manuals of Oxygen Equipment Maintenance Section’s testing equipment (when exist and required) are used only as instruction to apply testing method which is requested by AMM or / and CMM. Calibrated tools and equipment which are used in Oxygen Equipment Maintenance Section shall be timely checked (recalibrated) in Calibration Laboratory in accordance with existed schedule and shall be contained in the List of Calibrated Tools and Equipment accordance with МОЕ section 2.5. No tools and equipment can be used if expire date is exceeded. All used tools and equipment shall be marked and included in the Tools and Equipment List in accordance with CPM procedure P.2.4. Consumable material has to be stored together with Certificates of Conformance in special prepared space and divided for part numbers according to МОЕ section 2.3 and CPM procedure P.2.3.3. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock is responsible to make available consumable materials which are ordered by Oxygen Equipment Maintenance Section personnel. After maintenance is finished following documents must be completed: - Oxygen Equipment Work Shop Report (Form 064) is issued. When component is owned by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC: completed Work Shop Report (Form 064) is attached to Work Pack /Work Order for aircraft maintenance to be then forwarded to PPCD of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. If component is a Customer property: completed Work Shop Report is forwarded to Customer and its copy to PPCD of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD for archiving.




Maintained component is placed into the serviceable area of Oxygen Equipment Maintenance Section of Component Maintenance Shop (temporary storage area) till transferring either for installation on board of aircraft or to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock (in case of customer’s component). When discrepancy of component or its subcomponent to AMM or / and CMM requirements during servicing is found and there is no possibility to repair it locally - such component / subcomponent shall be recognized as unserviceable and marked with Unserviceable Tag (Form 010). Unserviceable components / subcomponents marked with Unserviceable Tag (Form 010) are put into the Unserviceable area of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Oxygen Equipment Maintenance Section till be sent to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock. 5.3. Oxygen equipment storage procedure Units are stored in «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD facilities in accordance with requirements listed in manufacturer’s СММ and «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD СРМ procedure P.2.3.3. 5.4. Serviceable Oxygen equipment processing Serviced Customer’s units are transferred to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock only. Component Handover Log Book shall be filled in. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock is responsible for transferring of the units to Customer.. Serviced units removed from aircraft shall be installed back. Details of component installation after filling / refilling has to be inserted in Aircraft Logbook (for line maintenance) (Form 022 or similar customer document), Workorder (Form 016), Component Change Report (Form 035) and W/O stages (if exists) (From 017). 6. Records Component Handover Log Book is retained in the Oxygen Equipment Maintenance Section of Component Maintenance Shop at least 3 years. Work Shop Report (Form 064) is stored in «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Archive at least 3 years or otherwise specified by the Operator (agreement) in accordance with MOE section 2.14. 7. Distribution For Application: - Maintenance Quality division (Master copy); - Component Maintenance Shop; - WAMD Stock; - PPCD. For information: - Library.


P.2.10. PRODUCTION AND PLANNING CONTROL PROCEDURE



0 0

01 0


01 Aug 2005 01 Oct 2006 01 Aug 2007 01 Mar 2011


Issued by Manager of PPCD: _______________________________







1 Purpose This procedure regulates the control of production and planning. 2 Scope of application This procedure is applicable to all aircraft maintained by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. This procedure covers all scheduled works, unscheduled works, open DIR and components replacement. 3 References 3.1. Commission Regulation (EC) No 2042/2003; 3.2. ED Decision No 2003/19/RM; 3.3. Maintenance Organization Exposition (MOE) – section 2.10.; 3.4. Work Package Establishment Procedure is P.2.13.; 3.5. Defect Rectification Procedure is P.2.15.; 3.6. Monthly Hangar Visit Plan is Form 024; 3.7. Annual Hangar Visit Plan is Form 047; 3.8. Unserviceable Tag Form 010. 4. Control of production and planning 4.1 Information sources. 4.1.1 Maintenance Program and Workpackage / Work Orders, issued by Customer. 4.1.2 Flights data (flight hours, flight cycles, calendar days) received from Customer. 4.2 Control sources. Production and planning control is performed in accordance with: 4.2.1 Primary source of information - Customer request and Aircraft / Engine / APU Log books and Hard Time component list (when provided by Customer and their control and support is contractually agreed). 4.2.2 Secondary source of information - AMOS system for «Rossiya airlines» OJSC fleet or for Customer fleet when Customer particular aircraft data is uploaded into the AMOS. 4.3 Planning of Scheduled works. 4.3.1 The Scheduled works are the following:

- Line maintenance checks*; - Maintenance hangar checks (A-checks or equivalent)* which are divided for:

- Light A-checks or equivalent*; - Heavy A-checks or equivalent*.

Note: * The name of works depends on Customer Maintenance Program. 4.3.2 The terms of checks performance is based on Aircraft Maintenance Program approved by Competent Authority.




The Manager of PPCD is responsible to create Monthly Hangar Visit Plan (Form 024) and Annual Hangar Visit Plan (Form 047) for accomplishment of scheduled hangar works. The basement for this document is «Rossiya airlines» OJSC fleet maintenance checks and works. Other Customers fleet are subject of additional assessment of the management following to the Contract and physical availability of hangar space, man-hours, spares etc... Normally PPCD manager is in charge to agree with Maintenance department manager the Plans updates. Scheduling is carried out by regular meeting between the concerned departments (PPCD, Maintenance Engineering, Stock and Customer) and will take into account: • Next check due data; • Limits (hours, cycle...); • A/C operation projections; • Company requirements; • Personnel availability; • Facilities availability; • Parts availability. Ordered works to be checked for correspondence with «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD approved scope of work. Maintenance Engineering and Maintenance Quality division are in contact in case of any doubt. 4.3.3 PPCD staff issues daily plan which should contain:

- flight schedule, - routing works, - the implementation and control of DIR's, - the Repeat Discrepancies Items (upon request of Customer or Maintenance Engineering), - Unscheduled works (upon request of Customer or Maintenance Engineering).

The daily man-hours drawings are prepared by PPCD engineer and checked for the possibility of planned works performance. Any negative alteration in the personnel number versus scheduled works shall be taken in to account in order to reflected in daily plan. PPCD coordinates maintenance requirements with Operator. Using all requirements PPCD creates plans and disseminate it Maintenance department (including Maintenance Engineering, Maintenance Quality division, and Stock. PPCD can update long-term plans i.a.w. change of requirements. In this case applicable departments should be informed as soon as possible. Stock is responsible to arrange the inventory level in accordance with plans update, all related information are to be provided by Customer or consulted with Maintenance Engineering. 4.3.4 Planning engineer acts in coordination with Customer Planning or MCC in order to get timely information about works planned by Customer to be performed. Customer is responsible to timely order all required routing maintenance tasks and AD / SB / modifications as well unless otherwise is agreed by Contract. Any additional maintenance arouse since the workscope already agreed it is subject of internal agreement between associated department’s managers. All the noncompliances or mismatches found in the initially agreed and eventually performed scope of work shall be immediately reported to the Customer.




No deviations are possible from supplied by Customer workscope without prior Customer approval in written. 4.3.5 Prior maintenance check of aircraft, PPCD issue Work Order or Workpackage in accordance with MOE Section 2.13 and Procedure P.2.13. 4.4 Planning of WOs / JOs accomplishment (when agreed with Customer). 4.4.1 PPCD engineer is responsible for control, planning and scheduling the accomplishment of all tasks and works according to issued by maintenance staff or added by Customer during routine maintenance WOs / JOs. Such works are subject of prior agreement with Customer. 4.4.2 Certain WOs / JOs which have extensive down time requirements may be included in long-terms or month plans. 4.4.3 PPCD will schedule the WO / JO in accordance with the scheduled priority specified on the WO / JO cover page. 4.4.4 PPCD is responsible for the incorporation of WO / JO to Workpackage for maintenance floor, for tracking their accomplishment and for reporting back to Customer. The incorporation of extensive maintenance tasks (more than 5 man-hours) into the earlier agreed Workpackage is subject of prior approval with maintenance department manager. Spares availability (when listed) is subject of prior approval with Stock manager. 4.5 Planning of DIR accomplishment. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD does not track the timely rectification of Customer deferred items. Customer has overall responsibility to timely agree the clearance of deferred defects with PPCD as per item 4.4. (when not a part of earlier agreed workscope). 4.5.1. PPCD receives the information about all new DIRs from Maintenance department in accordance with procedure P.2.15. 4.5.2. PPCD engineer is responsible to notify change of DIR status to the Customer. DIR accomplishment is ordered by Customer. The accomplishment of DIR will be planned when spares, facilities, tooling or man-power are available for such works. 4.5.3 No case the airplane may be released with deferred item overdue while not validated by Customer or associated Authorities in written. 4.6 Planning of Component removal. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD does not track the timely change of Customer hard time or life limited parts. Customer has overall responsibility to timely agree the exchange of such components with PPCD as per item 4.4. (when not a part of earlier agreed workscope). 4.6.1 PPCD engineer plans the replacement of components when ensured for availability of spare parts, facilities, tool / GSE and manpower. 4.6.2 Removed components shall be marked with Unserviceable tag (Form 010) by Maintenance department staff and will be sent to Unserviceable area of Stock for following processing in accordance with Customer request.




4.7 Updating of Control Source (log books, computerized programs, etc…). Update of Control Sources is a Customer responsibility. All the accomplished projects should be supplied to the Customer as soon as possible, but not later than 10 working days after aircraft release. When update of Control Sources is contractually agreed to be done by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD PPCD, Customer is responsible to organize the training for associated PPCD staff for the process and to provide all required software, hardware, documentation and guidance. Records are stored in accordance with MOE section 2.14. 5 Distribution For Application: - PPCD; - Maintenance Engineering; - Stock; - Maintenance department. For information: - Maintenance Quality department (Master copy); - Library.


P.2.13. WORK PACKAGE ESTABLISHMENT PROCEDURE



0 0

01 02 0


01 Aug 2005 01 Oct 2006 01 Aug 2007 01 Jun 2008 01 Mar 2011


Issued by Manager of PPCD: _______________________________







1 Purpose This procedure regulates the compilation of scheduled maintenance work package including non-routine works (i.e. modifications required by SB, AD, hard time / life limited parts replacement), but excluding unscheduled jobs (i.e. defect rectification). 2 Scope of application This procedure is applicable to all aircraft maintained by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. 3 References 3.1 Commission regulation (EC) No 2042/2003; 3.2 ED Decision No 2003/19/RM; 3.3 Maintenance Organization Exposition (MOE) – section 2.13.; 3.4 Certificate of Release to Service is Form 005; 3.5 Job Instruction Card is Form 031 (AMOS generated form); 3.6 Workpackage-Summary is Form 034 (AMOS generated form); 3.7 Component Change Report is Form 035; 3.8 Tool and Material List Form 040A or Part List is Form 040 (AMOS generated form); 3.9 Annual Hangar Visit Plan is Form 047; 3.10 Monthly Hangar Visit Plan is Form 024; 3.11 Staged W/O is Form 017 (AMOS generated form); 3.12 Workorder is Form 016 (AMOS generated form); 3.13 Man-Hours Plan is Form 001. 4 Definition Workpackage consists of: - Routine works i.a.w. Maintenance Program; - Additional works i.a.w.:

- Supplementary jobs on the basis of ADs, SBs; - Supplementary jobs on the basis of demand; - Replacements and inspections of the hard-time components; - Deferred repairs / defects;

- Workpackage-Summary for aircraft maintenance (Form 034) used as a title and workscope list. Supplied by Customer (AMOS generated form);

- Part List (Form 040) or Tools and Material List (Form 040A) which is prepared and provided by Customer in accordance with planned workscope. These forms may be developed by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Maintenance Engineering upon Customer request. Part List (Form 040) is an AMOS generated form, Tools and Material List (Form 040A) is a hand written form. These two forms are interchangeable and may be used each instead other as per issuer convenience;




- Maintenance Job Card (Form 015), which are produced to reflect Customer routing tasks and appropriated to the particular inspections, special inspections, structural inspections, etc… Routing Maintenance Job Cards (or their analog like a Task Cards) generally are supplied by Customer. Maintenance Engineering is responsible to issue Maintenance Job Card when agreed with Customer;

- Workorder (Form 016) which is produced to meet the requirements of the AD, SB or any additional Customer nonroutine works, also issued to clarify any inexactitudes in position of aircraft component, its serial or part numbers (AMOS generated form);

- W/O Stages (Form 017) is used as an attachment to the Workorder (Form 016) when indication of stages (step by step performance) in necessary (AMOS generated form);

- Component change report (Form 035), which is produced for requiring routable replacement; - Job Instruction Card (Form 031) issued for repetitive inspections with defined periodicity (AMOS generated

form); - Technical Logbook pages; - Deferred works; - Certificate of Release to Service (Form 005); - Aircraft Status information (when initially notified by Customer); - Airworthiness Release Certificate for fitted parts; - Certificate of Conformities, or cross-reference to Certificate of Conformities for used standard parts and

aircraft materials; - Any special documentation required by Customer. - Test Flight Report (if Test Flight is required); - etc… The Customer’s (operator’s) Check Lists may be used for the purpose of performance of routine line maintenance checks if is agreed with operator. There is no need to issue Work package in this case. Workorder is normally prepared by Customer and checked by PPCD staff, Maintenance Engineering is consulted when required. Having received Operator’s Workorder for routine line maintenance check PPCD registers it and forward to Maintenance department for fulfillment i.a.w. plan of work. As a feedback form Maintenance department PPCD receives appropriately filled in Workorder with attached Certificate of Release to Service (basically filled A/C Technical Report) together with another applicable technical documentation (such as but not limited: Component Change Report, EASA Form 1 or equivalent, Certificates of Conformity etc…). Receive completed maintenance document are registered, analyzed for correct fill in and content conformity to Customer order, and copied. Copy is forwarded to archive and original is sent to Customer. Line maintenance Check Lists are to be provided by Customer or if otherwise agreed between Customer and «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD – by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Maintenance Engineering. Operator is responsible to train «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD personnel to proceed and fill in operator’s maintenance documentation.




5 Workpackage establishment procedure 5.1 Hangar Visit Plan Prior to commencement of a project a Monthly Hangar Visit Plan (Form 024) will be drawn up by the PPCD engineer. This plan will be a controlled document with the following information:

- aircraft registration and model; - planned input / output dates; - the maintenance checks required to be performed.

5.2 Man Hours Plan Concurrent with the Monthly Hangar Visit Plan (Form 024), a Man-Hours Plan (Form 001) will be draw up for each maintenance project. PPCD engineer shall prepare this plan. Man-Hours Plan is subject for acceptance by Maintenance department manager. Monthly Hangar Visit Plan need to be notified to the Stock manager. This plan shows availability of all required maintenance staff for subject project. Man Hours Plan (Form 001) should be draw up and accepted for at least five days before start of project. If the Manpower for performance of the project is not enough, the PPCD will request Customer to increase the down time for the project. Every hangar maintenance project must be assessed by PPCD engineer to determine whether it is Light A-check or Heavy A-check. Whenever it is Heavy A-check or equivalent then Certificate of Release to Service (Form 005) for Member State registered aircraft (or other kind of aircraft registration when agreed with Customer) shall be incorporated into the Workpackage by PPCD engineer to be completed by appropriate Certifying Staff. Workorders (Form 016) for work performance with execution time more than 5 Man hours which are requested to be included in routine Workpackage later that it was validated by Maintenance manager have to be agreed with Maintenance department manager and checked with Stock manager for mentioned spares / tools (if any) availability. 5.3 Spare parts/ GSE plan Concurrent with the Hangar Visit and Man Hours Plans, the Spare Parts / GSE plan will be draw up for each project. This plan shall be prepared by the Customer and released to Stock for at least 5 days before start of project to be sure, that all required tooling, parts and materials are available for maintenance project. In case of absents of any item, Stock will order it. Upon Contract conditions «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Maintenance Engineering may be requested by Customer to prepare this plan basing on the Workpackage (Part List (Form 040) / Tools and Materials List (Form 040A)). Spare parts / GSE plan is sent to Stock (to be checked and approved by Stock staff with mentioned priority) Each Workorder (Form 016) which requests spares, materials or special equipment to be performed have to prior checked for availability of mentioned in the Stock. Workorders which listing unavailable items are retained in PPCD control or returned to the Customer for his control. Customer Planning or MCC shall be notified in this case to organize required actions (defer the work, supply the required parts, etc…). All works with delayed status (Stock confirmation of spares / tools available or no Customer decision in due time) have to be reported on the daily meetings. Workorders list any items required for work performance are forwarded to the maintenance process ensuring their full availability only (Maintenance department manager’s agreement may be required as per item 5.2).




5.4 Drawing up the Workpackage There are two fundamental cases for drawing up the Workpackages: 5.4.1. The Operator presents Workpackage (normal process). In this case it is the Operator’s responsibility to comply with the Maintenance Program, the responsibility of the «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD as a maintenance organization is to check the received from Customer file content for the conformance to the order form (workscope). 5.4.2. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD PPCD drawing up Workpackage on the basis of Operator’s Maintenance Program (when contractually agreed only). Operator supplies Task Cards based on the technical documentation (Maintenance program, actual AD and SB statuses, components maintenance program, hard time / life limited parts current status, etc…). Workpackage planner is responsible for drawing up Workpackage basing on following documents:

- aircraft maintenance program; - adequate hard-time and configuration data up the work package (relating to both the aircraft and the

component); - list of required supplementary jobs; - list of the actual, deferred defects rectification.

In procession of the above mentioned information PPCD engineer selects the actual jobs and issues work cards of the given jobs supplied with adequate summary sheet for the accomplishment. Maintenance Engineering is responsible to check the prepared Workpackage. 6 Release of Workpackage / Workorder Each Worpackage / Workorder has individual unique number, provided by Customer (or registered internally by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD PPCD). This number will be referred in the associated maintenance documentation issued during maintenance. Prepared and agreed with interested parties Workpackage / Workorder is forwarded to the Maintenance department. 7 Processing of fulfilled Workpackage / Workorder Completed Workpackage is forwarded to PPCD where it shall be registered as received back, checked for content completeness. Any mismatch to be immediately clarified with Maintenance department and Customer. PPCD keeps and files a Workpackage / Workorders copies as per chapter 2.14 of this MOE. Original is routed to the Customer within 10 working days.




8 Distribution For Application: - PPCD; - Maintenance Engineering; - Stock; - Maintenance department. For Information: - Maintenance Quality division (Master copy); - Library.


P.2.15. DEFECT RECTIFICATION PROCEDURE



0 0

01 02 0


01 Aug 2005 01 Oct 2006 01 Aug 2007 01 Jun 2008 01 Mar 2011


Issued by Maintenance department manager: _______________________________







1 Purpose To establish a procedure for defect rectification. 2 General Defect rectification is work of a non routine nature and cannot be included as part as planned work except in the case of incoming defects identified by the maintenance or flight staff. It is essential therefore to be precise when reporting defects and subsequent rectification actions. 3 Applicable documents 3.1 Commission regulation (EC) No 2042/2003; 3.2 ED Decision No 2003/19/RM; 3.3 Workorder (Form 016) (AMOS generated form); 3.4 W/O Stages (Form 017) (AMOS generated form); 3.5 List of Certifying Staff and Category B1 and B2 Support Staff Form 008; 3.6 Aircraft Technical Report (Customer form); 3.7 Open DIR’s Form 036. 4 Definitions "Defect rectification" means rectification of any confirmed abnormal condition of an item whether or not this could eventually result in a failure. 5 Defect classification Defect covered by maintenance data; Defect does not covered by maintenance data. 6 Defect revelation and recording: For each known defect, the Maintenance department shall refer to the defect source and fill out an appropriate section of: - Aircraft Technical Report and Workorder (Form 016) (together with W/O Stages (Form 017) when

required) during line maintenance; - Workorder (Form 016) (together with W/O Stages (Form 017) when required) during Hangar

maintenance.




For line maintenance Certifying staff category A can rectify and certify only simple defects. In accordance with AMC 145.A.30 (g) 2 simple defects, allowed to be rectified by appropriately trained Certifying staff category A, are as follow:

(a) Replacement of wheel assemblies; (b) Replacement of wheel brake units; (c) Replacement of emergency equipment; (d) Replacement of boilers, ovens and beverage makers; (e) Replacement of internal and external lights, filaments and flash tubes; (f) Replacement of windscreen wiper blades; (g) Replacement of passenger and cabin crew seats, seat belts and harnesses; (h) Closing of cowling and refitment of quick access inspection panels; (i) Replacement of toilet system components but excluding gate valves; (j) Simple repairs and replacement of internal compartments doors and placards but excluding doors

forming part of a pressure structure; (k) Simple repairs and replacement of overhead storage compartment doors and cabin furnishing items; (l) Replacement of static wicks; (m) Replacement of aircraft main and APU aircraft batteries; (n) Replacement of in-flight entertainment system components but excluding public address; (o) Routine lubrication and replenishment of all system fluids and gases; (p) The de-activation only of sub-systems and aircraft components as permitted by the Operator’s

MEL. All other defects will be rectified by Certifying Staff category B, or under his supervisions. For hangar maintenance all defects will be rectified by Certifying Staff category B, or under his supervisions. Details to be included in the Aircraft Technical Report and Workorder (together with W/O Stages when required):

- defect description to be included in the Aircraft Technical Report title; - originating Aircraft Technical Report (if necessary) number or Work Order number; - detailed description of defect including location; - document references (if applicable); - parts required identified (if applicable); - corrective action.

Particular attention should be paid to the phraseology used when raising Aircraft Technical Report and Workorder. Ambiguous statements must be avoided and entries must be neat, legible ant concise. In certain cases (i.e. large job volume, troubleshooting steps, etc.) W/O Stages may be issued as appendix to Workorder (Form 016). When the recording defect rectification cannot be recorded on one Aircraft Technical Report or in Workorder because of its complexity, the defect rectification shall be recorded on W/O Stages attached to Workorder. In such cases work performed shall be recorded and inspected (if required) step by step. Recording shall be done with special care when handover of remaining work steps is necessary to the other employee.




7 Scheduling of worksteps for defect rectification It is particular importance that worksteps are properly structured on the Aircraft Technical Report or Workorder. A typical worksteps structure is detailed below: - troubleshooting in accordance with valid technical documentation; - parts and/or equipment ordering; - cleaning; - removal / disassembly; - rectification / adjustment / inspection; - installation / reassemble; - test; - final locking and inspection. 8 Work Performance Work performance procedure should be done in accordance with scheduling of worksteps for defect rectification (chapter 7). All defect rectification works shall be performed in accordance with maintenance data by Certifying staff category B or under his supervision (refer to List of Certifying Staff and Category B1 and B2 Support Staff Form 008). Where measurements or adjustments are involved the established values should be reported or reference to the relevant manuals in the "Action Description" column. When it is impossible to determine the method of defect rectification using the valid technical documentation or defects not covered by maintenance data, Maintenance Engineering and Operator (when required) shall determine it basing on request from maintenance staff. If the defects cannot be rectified due to parts, equipment or time lack, then a Deferred Item Record (DIR) should be opened in accordance with approved MEL procedure (or another relevant document) and should content recommended actions for ground and / or flight crew. DIR could be opened only after performing following actions: - carry out troubleshooting to determine at least, which system, indication or component is faulty; - check MEL and other technical documentation concerning possibility for dispatch of the aircraft; - analyze the defect influence over aircraft's operation or passengers comfort and determines information important for crew or not. DIR should be cleared and corrected in specified by MEL item categories terms or in compliance with another relevant documentation. Defects, other than contained in MEL/CDL, may be transferred to the Deferred Item List, if the defect does not affect on the safe operation of the aircraft, e.g. galley equipment, passenger entertainment systems, interior defects not affecting the structural strength. In this case the dead line date shall be defined by the Certifying Staff B1 / B2 Category who accepted the transfer to the Deferred Item List. Information about opened DIR should be notified to PPCD and Operator not later, than one hour after departure of aircraft and to be included to the List of Open DIR's (Form 036). List of Open DIR's should be distributed to the applicable aircraft and Maintenance Office. There is possibility for one-time extension deferred items in accordance with MOE section 2.15.




9 Policy of Defect Control for Airbus A319/320/321 fleet Certifying Staff who checks the aircraft during turnaround time has to observe the A/C Technical Report (ATR) for finding written. If there is a finding written in ATR Certifying Staff shall perform actions (troubleshooting, defect rectification, defect deferment, etc…) in accordance with current maintenance documentation. If there is no finding written in Aircraft Technical Report - no action required concerning Post Flight Report (PFR). ATR findings written and PFR (class 1 and class 2) fault messages have to be checked by Certifying Staff during any line maintenance checks (Daily check or equivalent, Weekly check or equivalent and so on if existed) or hangar checks (A-check or equivalent). If there is a finding written and / or PFR (class 1 and class 2) fault messages in ATR Certifying Staff shall perform actions (troubleshooting, defect rectification, defect deferment, etc…) in accordance with current maintenance documentation. Class 3 faults are stored in BITE memory of associated systems and have to be observed with required by Maintenance Schedule time interval (if existed). Such faults can be rectified during check which is performed i.a.w. this time interval or deferred in accordance with Approved Maintenance Data and Operator’s Minimum Equipment List. If rectification of this class 3 fault is not possible during current maintenance check and there is no reference for this fault in Operator’s MEL it can be deferred (based on assurance that there is no influencing to airworthiness of the aircraft and to the passenger safety) till next hangar check. When the fault is not confirmed on ground by performing the test required in the fault confirmation paragraph following procedure must be applied “to trap” intermittent faults: - If test OK (fault not confirmed), no further action is required (unless specified in the fault isolation procedure), dispatch the aircraft, then perform a monitoring of the reported symptom on the following flight by checking the log book of the previous flights. After 3 occurrences of the same phenomenon (even though the test is still OK), the other steps of the TSM procedure shall be followed and the LRU involved be removed. In this case, as for all LRUs removed from the aircraft: PFR, test result, trouble shooting data (if available) have to accompany together with Unserviceable Tag (Form 010) this removed LRU. - If test NOT OK (fault confirmed), apply the trouble shooting procedure. 10 Keeping of Defect Record / Aircraft Technical Log and the related documents After regular documenting of defect, defect rectification and closing of defect rectification, the Aircraft Technical Reports and work packages shall be sent to the PPCD and then proceed in accordance with MOE section 2.14. 10 Distribution For Application: - Maintenance Quality department (Master copy); - Maintenance department; - PPCD. For information: - Library.


P.2.16. RELEASE TO SERVICE PROCEDURE



0 01 0

01 02 03 04 0

First issue Revision Second issue Revision Revision Revision Revision Third issue

01 Aug 2005 01 Jun 2006 01 Oct 2006 01 Aug 2007 01 May 2009 16 Apr 2010 01 Sep 2010 01 Mar 2011

Signed Signed Signed Signed Signed Signed Signed

Issued by Maintenance department manager: _______________________________







1 Purpose To establish a procedure for Release to Service. 2 General A certificate or release to service shall be issued before flight at the completion of any maintenance. 3 Applicable documents 3.1. Commission regulation (EC) No 2042/2003; 3.2. ED Decision No 2003/19/RM; 3.3. AMC 145.A.50 (a); 3.4. AMC No 2 to 145 A 50 (d); 3.5. Serviceable Tag (Form 009); 3.6. Identification Tag (Form 012); 3.7. Workpackage–Summary (Form 034); 3.8. Certificate of Release to Service (Form 005); 3.9. List of Certifying Staff and Category B1 and B2 Support Staff (Form 008); 3.10. Staff qualification procedure P.3.0; 3.11. EASA Form 1 – MF/145 issue 2 (Form 006); 3.12. Aircraft Technical Report (ATR) (Customer form). 4 Release to service forms Certificate of release to service (CRS) contains basic details of the maintenance and additional works carried out, the date such maintenance was completed. The Certifying staff issued following CRS forms: - Statement of Certificate of Release to Service in Aircraft Technical Report (Customer form) – after line

maintenance checks and Light A-checks or equivalent. - Certificate of Release to Service (Form 005) – after hangar maintenance (Heavy A-checks or equivalent). - EASA Form 1 (Form 006) – used when serviceable components removed from aircraft, for installation on

other aircraft, as per MOE section 2.16.6. 5 Procedure A certificate of release to service shall be issued before flight at the completion of any maintenance. A certificate of release to service shall be issued by appropriately authorized certifying staff on behalf of the organization when it has been verified that all maintenance ordered has been properly carried out by the organization in accordance with approved MOE and Company Procedures Manual, taking into account the availability and use of the maintenance data specified in MOE section 2.8 and that there are no non-compliances which are known that hazard seriously the flight safety.




«Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Certifying Staff is limited by List of Certifying Staff and Category B1 and B2 Support Staff (Form 008). Following basic steps shall be completed prior to CRS issue:

- All works required by the Work package has been performed; - All works performed are authorized by approved scope of work; - All documentation has been completed and signed by appropriate staff; - All maintenance data current and up to date in accordance with MOE section 2.8; - There is no deferred work other than as defined in MOE chapter 2.10, 2.15; - Characteristics that have to be recorded are recorded; - Replaced components are identified and Life Limit has been checked.

After aircraft maintenance the Certifying staff (CS) at least category “A” for line maintenance or category “B1” for Light A-checks (or equivalent) or category “C” for Heavy A - checks (or equivalent) shall check open operators DIR’s for validity (refer CPM P.2.15 Defect rectification procedure) and sign Statement of Certificate of Release to service in Operator Aircraft Technical Report and signs Certificate of release to service (Form 005) (after Heavy A-checks or equivalent), in case if there are no incomplete maintenance. It is Operator’s responsibility to authorize incomplete maintenance in accordance with operator approved procedures. Certificate of Release to Service can not be issued by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Certifying Staff if incomplete maintenance not authorized. In case Workpackage-Summary (Form 034) for Aircraft Maintenance has been issued, the certifying technicians shall sign Maintenance Task Card / Job Card / Work Order / Staged Workorder with his full signature and stamp (or stamp number) as the work advances. After all works are completed Certifying Staff should check work package including all certificates, tags for replaced components, standard parts and sign Workpackage-Summary for aircraft maintenance (Form 034) with full signature and stamp number. Then CS fill and sign Certificate of Release to Service (Form 005) with their full signatures and date. If test flight is required:

1. Certifying Staff must list all incomplete or outstanding work (means works, which requires test Flight) in block Incomplete maintenance of Certificate of release to service Form 005 and sign release to service;

2. After test flight the flight defects (if defects are discovered during test flight) should be entered to the Aircraft Technical Report / Workorder and rectified in accordance with procedure P.2.15.

3. The copy of Aircraft Technical Report should be attached to the Certificate of release to service Form 005 (which was issued before test flight) and stored with Workpackage-Summary in accordance with MOE section 2.14.

EASA Form 1 (Form 006) can be issued only by appropriately rated for EASA Form 1 issuance Certifying staff B1 or B2 category when serviceable component removed from one aircraft for installation to other aircraft or for storage, as per AMC No 2 to 145 A 50 (d) and MOE 2.16.6. Release to Service can be issued by Certifying Staff after Component has been inspected / tested on the Aircraft in accordance with relevant AMM and after Aircraft Technical Log or ATR has been checked in accordance with AMC No 2 to 145.A.50 (d) 2.6. EASA Form 1 will be issued in accordance with section 2.16 of MOE. This procedure allows fitment of parts removed from one Member state registered aircraft to be fitted to another Member state registered aircraft.




Serviceable aircraft components removed from a non Member State registered aircraft may only be issued with an EASA Form 1 if the components are leased or loaned from the maintenance organisation approved under Part-145 who retains control of the airworthiness status of the components. An EASA Form 1 may be issued and should contain the information as specified in AMC No 2 to 145.A.50 (d) 2.4 including the aircraft from which the aircraft component was removed. This procedure allows fitment of parts removed from non Member state registered aircraft to be fitted to another Member state or non Member State registered aircraft. When component removed from one aircraft for installation on another aircraft Certifying Staff shall issue new EASA Form 1 (Form 006) as well as all applicable maintenance documentation and attach them to the Workpackage-Summary of aircraft on which the component is installed. PPCD shall make two copies of EASA Form 1 (Form 006):

- Original of EASA Form 1 transferred to Customer to be archived in the folder of aircraft. - First copy is retained in the «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD and should be archived with Work

Package at least for 3 years after issue date in accordance with MOE 2.14. - Second copy has to be stored in «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD PPCD to support a traceability of

issued forms. If aircraft component removed from serviceable aircraft for storage - Certifying Staff shall issue new EASA Form 1 and perform all the relevant AMOS procedures and fill in an Ident Tag (Form 012) and attach it to the removed component. Component is forwarded to WAMD Stock where responsible engineer makes copy of EASA Form 1 attached. The copy is forwarded to PPCD. PPCD responsible person retains copy for traceability support (located in «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD PPCD). Having new issued EASA Form 1 (Form 006) Stock authorized Staff shall perform inspection of above mentioned component and if satisfied then change an Ident Tag (Form 012) for a Serviceable Tag (Form 009). Register of tracking numbers of issued EASA Form 1 (Form 006) shall be supported in electronic format by personnel of Maintenance department and located at «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Server \\Stc\otdel\AtbNine\LMD\LMD Private\Registers... Quality Management department staff performs inspection of issued EASA Form 1 copies (which stored in PPCD) for correctness of filling in and to be match with tracking number register every two weeks. Any noncompliance found is reported to Maintenance Quality manager which request immediate corrective actions from Chief of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. 8 General information for Authorised Release Certificate issue rules and errors correction The Authorised Release Certificate is issued in accordance with Appendix II to Annex I (EASA Part-M) “Authorised Release Certificate EASA Form 1” to COMMISSION REGULATION (EC) No 2042/2003.




The error(s) found in Authorised Release Certificate are to be corrected as follows: 1. If an end-user finds an error(s) on a Certificate, he must identify it/them in writing to the originator. The

originator may issue a new Certificate only if the error(s) can be verified and corrected. 2. The new Certificate must have a new tracking number, signature and date. 3. The request for a new Certificate may be honoured without re-verification of the item(s) condition. The

new Certificate is not a statement of current condition and should refer to the previous Certificate in block 12 by the following statement; ‘This Certificate corrects the error(s) in block(s) [enter block(s) corrected] of the Certificate [enter original tracking number] dated [enter original issuance date] and does not cover conformity/condition/release to service’. Both Certificates should be retained according to the retention period associated with the first.

7 Keeping of CRS and the related documents After the line or hangar maintenance has been completed, CRS and related documents signed, all applicable documents shall be sent to the PPCD. PPCD engineer will update all required files i.a.w. MOE section 2.10 and CPM Procedure P.2.10. Copy of the completed work package and Certificate of Release to Service shall be retained by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD for at least 3 years or otherwise specified by the Operator (contract) in accordance with MOE section 2.14. 8 Distribution For Application: - Maintenance Quality department (Master copy); - Maintenance department; - Component Maintenance Shop; - Stock; - PPCD. For information: - Library.


P.2.17. SWAP / CHANGE OVER (ROBBERY) OF SERVICEABLE COMPONENTS

BETWEEN MEMBER STATES REGISTERED AIRCRAFT PROCEDURE



0 0

First issue Second issue

20 May 2009 01 Mar 2011

Signed









1 Purpose During normal operation of one aircraft fleet (Member States registered) it may be necessary to remove serviceable component from one Member State registered aircraft in order to install it into other Member State aircraft to cover lack of readily available aircraft spares or in trouble shooting purposes. This procedure is designed to designate all aspects of processes and delegate responsibilities and duties to the personnel involved. 2 Applicable documents 2.1. EASA Part 145 AMC No 2 to 145.A.50 (d) paragraph 1; 2.2. EASA Part 145 AMC No 2 to 145.A.50 (d) paragraph 2.6.1; 2.3. Technical records control MOE 2.14; 2.4. Rectification of defects arising during base maintenance MOE 2.15; 2.5. Release to Service Procedure MOE 2.16; 2.6. Defect Rectification Procedure CPM P.2.15; 2.7. Robbery Tag (Form 070). 3 General When an organisation maintains a component for use by the organisation, an EASA Form 1 may not be necessary and MOE defined procedure shall be used in such case. Serviceable aircraft components removed from a Member State registered aircraft may be issued a Robbery Tag (Form 070) by an appropriately rated to compliance with this subparagraph: a Component has to be removed from the aircraft by an appropriately qualified person - Certifying Staff of

B1 or B2 Category (depend on component purpose and system). b The aircraft component may only be deemed serviceable if the last flight operation with the component

fitted revealed no faults on that component/related system. c The aircraft component should be inspected for satisfactory condition including in particular damage,

corrosion or leakage and compliance with any additional manufacturer’s maintenance instructions. d The aircraft record should be researched for any unusual events that could affect the serviceability of the

aircraft component such as involvement in accidents, incidents, heavy landings or lightning strikes. Under no circumstances may a Robbery Tag (Form 070) be issued in accordance with this procedure if it is suspected that the aircraft component has been subjected to extremes of stress, temperatures or immersion which could effect its operation.

e A maintenance history record should be available for all used serialized aircraft components. f Compliance with known modifications and repairs should be established. g The flight hours/cycles/landings as applicable of any service life limited parts including time since

overhaul should be established. h Compliance with known applicable airworthiness directives should be established. i Subject to satisfactory compliance with this requirements a Robbery Tag (Form 070) may be issued and

should contain the information as specified below but not limited including the aircraft from which the aircraft component was remove:





- A list of all airworthiness directives, repairs and modifications known to have been incorporated. If

no airworthiness directives or repairs or modifications are known to be incorporated then this should be so stated.

- Detail of life used for service life limited parts being any combination of fatigue, overhaul or storage life.

- For any aircraft component having its own maintenance history record, reference to the particular maintenance history record as long as the record contains the details that would otherwise be required. The maintenance history record and acceptance test report or statement, if applicable, should be attached to the Robbery Tag (Form 070).

4 Robbery Tag issue Robbery Tag (Form 070) is issued in strict compliance with authorities requirements mentioned above and valid within one aircraft fleet only. Robbery Tag (Form 070) releaser has to attach completed document to the Work Package of aircraft fitted with the component robbed. In case of components’ Swap / Change over between aircraft there shall be two Robbery Tags (Form 070) issued – each one to be attached to Work Package of recipient aircraft accordingly. All the requested by Robbery Tag (Form 070) information shall be provided by Operator (either computerized program data or paper archive). Form releaser has all the rights to access mentioned data and holds all the responsibility for fullness and correctness of data put into the Robbery Tag (Form 070). Robbery Tag (Form 070) number has to be unique. 5 Content cross check. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC PPCD must cross check information mentioned in received Robbery Tags (Form 070) attached to Work Package received from Maintenance department. Operator has to be contacted when necessary to clarify the component history. Operator has to provide all requested clarification relative to modification status of component in question upon Maintenance staff request. 6 Records Additionally to Robbery Tag (Form 070) all the records must be supported by Maintenance staff in accordance with Defect Rectification Procedure CPM P.2.15 and proceed in compliance with MOE section 2.14.





7 Distribution For Application: - Maintenance Quality division (Master copy); - Maintenance department; - PPCD. For information: - Library.


P.2.23. CONTROL OF CRITICAL TASK PROCEDURE



0 0

01 02 03 0


01 Aug 2005 01 Oct 2006 01 Aug 2007 01 Jun 2008 16 Apr 2010 01 Mar 2011









1 Purpose This procedure is for the determination of different kinds of inspection levels for aircraft / component maintenance. All maintenance and workshop staff shall in the normal course of their duties ensure that inspections (work steps) which could be subject to increased risks are recognized as such and that a higher inspection level is subsequently applied. 2 Scope of application This procedure is valid for Maintenance Quality division and Maintenance department. 3 References 3.1. PART 145.A.65(b)3; 3.2. AMC 145.A.65(b)3; 3.3. MOE section 2.23 Control of critical tasks per AMC.145.65 (b)(3); 3.4. Task Card (Form 015) (AMOS generated form); 3.5. Work order (Form 016) (AMOS generated form); 3.6. Staged Work order (Form 017) (AMOS generated form); 3.7. Examples of maintenance records filling in WAMD instruction. 4 Responsibilities The Maintenance Quality manager has overall responsibility for the complete and efficient performance of inspections done on aircraft which is undergoing maintenance in «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. The Maintenance department manager has overall responsibilities associated with maintenance performed in «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. The Category B1 and B2 Certifying Staff have overall responsibility for control and satisfactory performance of Critical Tasks. Quality Inspectors of Quality Control department are responsible to monitor and supervise Critical Tasks Control process. Quality Inspectors of Quality Control department may act as Critical Tasks Control inspectors (when required). The Maintenance Engineering staff or Customer has overall responsibility for ensuring that before any work is performed all necessary current information and specifications are included or referred to in the «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Work Packages, Work orders, Task Cards, JC, JO, JIC, that are to be used (such as: Critical Task Control, CDCCL Task, specific requirements to performer, etc…).




5 Definitions Certifying Staff - Personnel who is authorized by the approved maintenance organization according to a

procedure acceptable for Authority to certify an aircraft or components for Release to service. Category B1 and B2 Certifying Staff holds the responsibility to control the Critical Tasks performed by others for the satisfactory performance.

Quality Inspector - Personnel who is authorized by Maintenance Quality manager to perform monitoring and

supervision for Critical Tasks Control process. Quality Inspector may perform Critical Task Control (when required).

Single Inspection Item (SII) - non-critical task to be subject of lower risk of failure. Carried out and signed by

one Certifying Staff. Critical Task - critical task to be subject to a higher risk of failure. Critical Task is the higher inspection level used and requires the specific inspection in addition

to the one performed by the maintenance staff.

6 Inspection levels 6.1. Single inspection items (SII’s) SII's have been determined through application of this procedure, to be subject of lower risk of failure. This is the most common inspection level used. (a) The Category A Certifying staff who carried out the minor scheduled line maintenance task or simple

defect rectification (listed in P.2.15) should sign that they have accomplished the task only when the task has been properly carried out by himself in accordance with the maintenance data.

(b) The Category B Certifying staff who carried out the maintenance tasks including defect rectification should sign that he has accomplished the task only when satisfied by self inspection that the task has been properly carried out by himself or under his supervision in accordance with the maintenance data.

6.1.1. SII’s identification SII's are certified in WO/ Staged WO/ TC/ JC / JO by the Certifying Staff stamp in “MECH” / “PERF” column and identified as SII’s with the same stamp in “INSP” column. 6.2. Critical task Critical task has been determined - through application of this procedure, to be subject of higher risk of failure than an SII’s. With respect to critical tasks, «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD applies the following policy. Critical tasks are the higher inspection level used and require specific inspections in addition

This

to the one performed by the Certifying staff.

addition inspection should be accomplished by another person who should sign for the second inspection when satisfied.




The initial inspection of critical task shall be performed by Certifying staff. Second Certifying Staff (holder of B1/B2 Category – depends on task chapter) or Quality Inspector of Quality Control department, shall personally and independently perform an additional duplicate inspection of the work steps identified as being critical task. Note:

No person may perform a critical task inspection if he performed the item of work required to be inspected.

This is accomplished by the incorporation of the following two steps for certification purposes: - 1-st step against which the staff who performed the initial inspection makes certification; - 2-nd step against which the second Certifying Staff or Quality Inspector of Quality Control department

who performed the duplicate inspection. However, the Certifying staff (performer) and second Certifying Staff or Quality Inspector of Quality Control department (duplicate inspector) certifying for completion of the applicable critical task in a WO / Staged WO / TC / JC / JO containing the subject prompt, shall evaluate the risk of failure relating to each work step in the WO / Staged WO / TC /JC / JO and apply the provisions of this procedure. 6.2.1. Identification of critical task It is the responsibility of the initial performer (Certifying Staff) to highlight the existence of one or more critical task on Maintenance Documentation. In case of critical task column "INSP" should be clean for duplicate inspection performer signature or stamp. Certifying Staff shall clearly mark CDCCL items performed (scheduled and unscheduled works) in the maintenance records. 6.3. Critical task dispute settlement mechanism In the event that a dispute develops with respect to the performance of a Critical task, Quality Inspectors of Quality Control department and Maintenance Quality manager subsequently in consultation with the staff and manager of the relevant department shall resolve the problem. 7 Control of critical task procedure Critical task is the designation given to items of maintenance and alteration that must be inspected - including at least those that could result in a failure, malfunction or defect endangering the safe operation of the aircraft if not performed properly or if improper parts or materials are used. Critical tasks are performed in areas where there is an increased risk of failure or where the consequences of a failure could compromise the safety of the aircraft. Components or systems identified as being subject of critical task shall not be disturbed or readjusted between the initial inspection and the duplicate inspection. The duplicate inspection must, as far as possible, follow immediately after the initial inspection. Note:

The maintenance personnel who carried out critical task are responsible to request the second Certifying Staff or Quality Inspector of Quality Control department (holder of B1/B2 Category – depends on task chapter) for duplicate inspection performance. The Certifying Staff is responsible for final inspection of all maintenance documents including critical task.

In some circumstances, due to peculiarities of assembly or accessibility, it may be necessary for both parts of the inspection to be made simultaneously - but independently. Internal locking and critical assembly features, the correctness of which cannot be proved during final inspection or function tests with the assembly installed in the aircraft shall have, where applicable, the critical task performed during assembly.




In certain aircraft and systems, it may not be possible after complete assembly of the aircraft to inspect all the parts because sections may become progressively sealed off. In such cases, the condition and security of any portion of the system liable to be sealed shall be established to the satisfaction of the person performing the critical task before the section is sealed and the related WO/ Staged WO / TC/ JC / JO endorsed accordingly. 8 Identification and scope of critical task A general function inherent in the performance of all critical tasks is inspections to assure that no improper parts or materials have been are used. Maintenance functions for which a critical task has been assessed as being applicable are detailed below - together with the applicable specific requirements. 8.1. Structures The intent of the critical task would be to assure:

- Compliance with the relevant maintenance data; - The adequacy of workmanship.

8.2. Engines The intent of the critical task would be to assure:

- The correct installation of control cable; - The correct installation and / or security of locking devices and shear pins; - The correct functioning of the affected engine control(s) and / or fuel shutoff system by means of checking for correct adjustment and operation of the system and ensuing that the system has full travel and free movement (in the correct sense).

8.3. Landing Gear The intent of the critical task would be to assure:

- The correct installation; - Security of locking devices (where applicable), include a function check to ensure correct adjustment and that satisfactory free drop times are obtained.

Note:

A minimum of 3 landing gear retractions shall be performed to assure satisfactory adjustment.

8.4. Flight crew windscreens The intent of the critical task would be to assure:

- The correct installation; - Security of locking devices.

8.5. Fire extinguisher bottles The intent of the critical task would be to assure:

- The correct installation of electrical and plumbing connections; - Security of locking devices.

Caution:

Correct installation of electrical and plumbing connections shall be determined from the manufacturers' data.

8.6. Flight controls The intent of the critical task would be to assure:

- The correct installation of control cable routing; - The correct installation and / or security of locking devices and shear pins;




- The correct functioning of the system by means of checking for correct adjustment and operation of the system;

- Ensuring that the system has full travel and free movement (in the correct sense). 9 Critical task table.

ATA CRITICAL TASK ITEMS NOTES

All

All items during defect rectification after flight / ground incident All items required by Airworthiness directive Replace and / or adjustment control cables CDCCL tasks

05

Conditional inspections: - Airframe vibration - Bird strike - Blown or flat spotted tires - Brake seizure - Buffeting - Cabin de-pressurization - Cold brakes - Dragged tail - Engine and strut damage - Engine seizure - Exceeding design speed - Exceeding flap down speed - Exceeding maximum nose gear towing angle - Excessive cabin pressure leakage - Extreme dust - Hard landing - High drag or side load landing - High energy stop - Hot air duct rupture - Hot brakes - Landing with deflated nose strut - Lighting strike - Mercury spillage - Overweight landing - Severe turbulence - Tire tread loss or tire burst

21 Air condition: - Pressurization test - Major components replace

23 Communication: - Flight deck intercom - Voice recorder system

24 Electrical: - Wiring (repairs after extensive damage)





25 Equipment & furnishings: - Automatically deployed life raft or escape slide installation

26 Fire protection: - Fire extinguisher bottles replacement. - Fire extinguisher bottles cartridges replacement.

27

Flight controls: - Aileron installation - Aileron tab installation - Control system rigging - Power control unit installation - Balance panel installation - Rudder PCU functional test - Rudder installation - Rudder tab installation - Control system rigging - Power control unit installation - Elevator installation - Elevator tab installation - Control system rigging - Power control unit installation - Feel computer installation - Balance panel installation - Stabilizer installation - Control system rigging - Jackscrew / gearbox installation - TE Flap installation - Control system rigging - Jackscrew / gearbox - Flight spoiler installation - Control system rigging - Spoiler mixer installation - L/E slat installation - L/E flap installation

-

28 Fuel: - Fuel cell installation - Major components replace

32

Landing gear: - Main landing gear installation - Nose landing gear installation - Extension / retraction system - Actuator installation - Control system rigging - Sequence / selector valve - Up-lock / down-lock assy installation - Lock actuator installation - Emergency extension system





33 Light: - Interior emergency lighting system

34 Navigation: - Pitot system - Compass swing

49 Auxiliary power unit: - APU installation - Major components replace

56 Windows: - Cockpit windows replacement - Passenger compartment windows replacement

61

Propellers: - Propeller change and / or adjustment - Propeller assembly / disassembly - Static balancing

N/A due to fleet configuration

71

Power plant: - Power plant installation Engine: - Fan blade installation - Major component installation - Engine trimming - Engine component rigging and adjustment

10 Distribution For Application: - Maintenance Quality division (Master copy); - Maintenance department; - Maintenance Engineering; - PPCD. For information: - Library.


P.2.29. NDT ACTIVITY



0 01 0


01 Jun 2008 01 Sep 2010 01 Mar 2011

Signed Signed








1. Purpose To define procedure for Specialized NDT activity section of Component Maintenance Shop activity. 2. General NDT means such testing specified by type certificate holder of aircraft or engine manufacturer i.a.w. approved maintenance data and “NDT Written Procedure” (based on EN 4179/NAS 410 and 1444E Standards). 3. Applicable documents 3.1. Commission regulation (EC) No 2042/2003; 3.2. ED Decision No 2003/19/RM; 3.3. Component Maintenance Manual (CMM); 3.4. Component manufacturer’s Service Bulletin (SB); 3.5 Routable Repair Procedure P 2.3.2; 3.6. Tool Receiving and Storage Procedure P.2.4.; 3.7. Production and Planning Control Procedure P.2.10.; 3.8. Defect Rectification Procedure is P.2.15.; 3.9. Storage, Tagging and Release Aircraft Components and Material to Aircraft Maintenance MOE 2.3; 3.10. Calibration of Tools and Equipment MOE 2.5; 3.11. Repair Procedure MOE 2.9; 3.12. Technical Records Control MOE 2.14; 3.13. Release to Service Procedure MOE 2.16; 3.14. Qualification procedure for specialized activities - such as NDT MOE 3.11; 3.15. Certificate of Release to Service - EASA Form 1 (Form 006); 3.16. List of Authorized Personnel (Form 051); 3.17. Unserviceable Tag (Form 010); 3.18. Condemned Tag (Form 011); 3.19. Repair Order (Form 021); 3.20. NDT Written Instruction (Form 062) –Component Job Card or AMOS CM Template; 3.21. NDT Report (Form 064) – Work Shop Report; 3.22. NDT Log Book (Form 067); 3.23. Handover Log Book (Form 068); 3.24. Report of Component Damaging Investigation (Form 065); 3.25. NDT Written Procedures. 4. Definitions NDT includes organization and performance of works according to NDT Written Instructions which are developed and based on “NDT Written Procedures”, Service Bulletin (SB), CMM and/or Aircraft NDT Manual’s Task Cards. Written instructions should be developed by NDT Level 2 staff and shall require final approval by responsible NDT Level 3 personnel.




Written Procedures, Service Bulletin (SB), CMM and Aircraft NDT Manuals determine the requirements for the carrying out of NDT of aerospace components, parts or/and an individual aircraft component or part of the structure. These documentation describe techniques for detection of cracks and others surface defects. 5. Organization of Specialized NDT Activity Section activity 5.1. Components acceptance procedure Component for NDT which are removed as requested by PPCD in accordance with CPM procedure P.2.10, removed as unserviceable due to defect in accordance with CPM procedure P.2.15, or come in from Customer in accordance with agreement are forwarded into the NDT Activity Section of Component maintenance shop of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. Each component shall be accompanied with Repair Order (Form 021) issued in accordance with CPM procedure P.2.3.2 by means of AMOS software system and Unserviceable Tag (Form 010) or similar Customer documents. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock engineer or Customer (in case of Customer component) is responsible for fullness and correctness of these documents filling in. Acceptance of incoming component is performed by responsible person of Specialized NDT Activity Section. During acceptance procedure is necessary to perform following items: - check for presence and correctness of Repair Order (Form 021) or similar Customer document filling in; - check for presence and correctness of Unserviceable Tag (Form 010) or similar Customer document filling in; - component exterior check for obvious damages. Having satisfied NDT personnel enters the component data in Handover Log Book (Form 068). Handover Log Book has to include at least the following data: - component coming in date; - component description; - component Part Number; - component Serial Number; - surname and signature of component deliverer; - surname and signature of receiver in NDT section; - component coming out date; - surname and signature of person who hand component out of NDT section; - surname and signature of maintained component receiver. If component damage is found Report of Component Damaging Investigation (Form 065) shall be issued. This report is filled in by receiving and delivering side in two copies then signed by Chief of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. Copy of completed Report of Component Damaging Investigation (Form 065) shall be routed to Quality Management department for information and control. Having passed acceptance procedure component shall be put in unserviceable area of Specialized NDT Activity Section.




5.2. Component NDT procedure NDT personnel determinate type of needed NDT method (in accordance with CMM, Written Procedures, and NDT Manuals) based on: - Repair Order (Form 021) or similar Customer document; - Unserviceable Tag (Form 010) or similar Customer document. Component maintenance is performed by NDT personnel who are included in List of Authorized Personnel (Form 051) and qualified in accordance with MOE, section 3.11. Components shall be maintained in required sequence as listed in NDT Written Instructions (Form 062) – Component Job Cards or AMOS CM Template or relevant Operator’s documentation along with identification of each completed item by performer stamp or signature and stamp number. Written Procedures is used only as instruction to apply relevant method of NDT which is requested by CMM, NDT Manuals and Service Bulletin (SB). Calibrated tools and equipment which are used in Specialized NDT Activity Section shall be timely checked (recalibrated) in Calibration Laboratory in accordance with schedule and shall be indicated in the List of Calibrated Tools and Equipment accordance with МОЕ section 2.5. No tools and equipment can be used if expire date is exceeded. All used tools and equipment shall be marked and included in the Tools and Equipment List in accordance with CPM procedure P.2.4. Consumable material has to be stored together with Certificates of Conformance in special prepared space and divided for part numbers according to МОЕ section 2.3 and CPM procedure P.2.3.3. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock is responsible to make available consumable materials which are ordered by NDT personnel. After maintenance is finished following documents must be completed: - NDT Written Instruction (Form 062) – Component Job Card or AMOS CM Template; - NDT Report (Form 064) – Work Shop Report (if required). NDT report should be issued if any faults are

found during components inspection or with a Customer request; - NDT Log Book (Form 067) which supported in electronic format; NDT Log Book has to include at least following data:

- component coming in date; - registration number of aircraft - component description - component Part Number; - component Serial Number; - description/method of NDT; - result of testing; - surname of NDT performer;

- Certificate of Release to Service - EASA Form 1 (Form 006), according to МОЕ section 2.16 and CPM procedure P.2.16 (if NDT inspection is a part of more complex maintenance then separate NDT CRS is not required).




When component is owned by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC: completed NDT Written Instruction, NDT Report (if exists) and original of Certificate of Release to Service forwarded together with the component. If component is a Customer property: originals of NDT Report (if requested) and Certificate of Release to Service forwarded together with the component to the Customer; Copy of these documents and NDT Written Instruction forwarded to PPCD of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. Maintained component is placed into the serviceable area of Specialized NDT Activity Section (temporary storage area) till transferring to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock. When discrepancy of component to CMM, Service Bulletin (SB), and NDT Manuals requirements during NDT is found - such component shall be recognized as unrepairable and marked with Condemned Tag (Form 011). Unrepairable components marked with Condemned Tag (Form 011) are put into the condemned area of « Specialized NDT Activity Section till be sent to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock . Unrepairable Customer component shall be accompanied with Unserviceable Tag (Form 010) and NDT Report (Form 064) which shall contain precise reason, then component together with these documents is forwarded to Customer via «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock. 5.3. NDT on the aircraft If NDT on the aircraft is required NDT personnel is informed via PPCD (in written) in advance at least 3 weeks before. When NDT on the aircraft is finished the following documents must be completed: - Relevant Operator’s documentation in Work Package on maintained aircraft; - NDT Log Book (Form 067) which supported in electronic format. - NDT Report (Form 064) (if requested). NDT report should be issued if any faults are found during aircraft inspection and shall be attached to relevant Operator’s Work Order in Work Package for the maintained aircraft. 5.4. Serviceable component handover procedure Serviceable components are transferred to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Stock only. Handover Log Book (Form 068) shall be filled in.




6. Records All the print outs (which are not part of Work Package) which were used during inspection have to be destroyed after have been used immediately. NDT Log Book (Form 067) is supported in electronic format. Handover Log Books are retained in the NDT section at least 3 years. NDT Written Instruction (Form 062), NDT Report (Form 064) and Certificate of Release to Service - EASA Form 1 (Form 006) are stored in «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Archive at least 3 years or otherwise specified by the Operator (agreement) in accordance with MOE section 2.14. 7. Distribution For Application: - Quality Management department (Master copy); - PPCD; - Specialized NDT Activity Section of Component Maintenance Shop; - Stock. For information: - Library.


P.3.0. STAFF QUALIFICATION PROCEDURE



0 01 0

01 02 03 04 05 0

First issue Revision Second issue Revision Revision Revision Revision Revision Third issue

01 Aug 2005 01 Jun 2006 01 Oct 2006 01 Apr 2007 01 Aug 2007 01 Jun 2008 01 May 2009 16 Apr 2010 01 Mar 2011

Signed Signed Signed Signed Signed Signed Signed Signed








1 Purpose This procedure describes actors, responsibilities and process to qualify and maintain qualification level of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD staff. 2 Scope of application This procedure is applicable to all technical staff, involved in the maintenance activity. 3 References 3.1. Commission regulation (EC) No 2042/2003; 3.2. ED Decision No 2003/19/RM; 3.3. Part 66; 3.4. Appendix IV Conditions for the use of staff not qualified to Part-66 in accordance with 145A.30(J)1 & 2; 3.5. MOE - chapters 3.1., 3.4., 3.5., 3.6., 3.7.; 3.6. On job training list and authorization form (Form 007); 3.7. Personal qualification files (Form 019); 3.8. Certifying staff log sheet (Form 044); 3.9. Auditor’s Experience Log Sheet (Form 025); 3.10. Training Certificate (Form 056); 3.11. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC Training Manual (TM). 4 Responsibilities Related department managers are responsible for establishing Training and Qualification; Maintenance Quality manager is responsible for monitoring of compliance of this procedure. 5 Definitions and abbreviations Qualification Board The management persons who are in charge to analyze the staff qualification. Qualification board may consist of the following members:

- Maintenance Quality manager – chairman; - Chief of Western Aircraft Maintenance Division – deputy chairman; - Quality Management department manager; - Quality Control department manager; - Maintenance department manager; - Component Maintenance shop manager; - Stock manager; - PPCD manager.

The Accountable Manager should approve each Qualification board decision. Note: In the meetings should take a part at least two Qualification boards members, the chairman or deputy chairman will head each meeting.




Certifying staff Personnel, which is authorized by the approved maintenance organization according to procedure acceptable to the authority to certify an aircraft for Release to Service. Qualification monitoring Process of demonstration whether an entity capable of fulfilling specified requirement. Certifying staff must demonstrate experience in maintenance on operating aircraft / aircraft components and in maintenance certification at least for 6 months during each 2 years period. To confirm experience certifying staff Category B1 and B2 must maintain a Certifying Staff Log Sheet (Form 044). The log sheet will contain the following information: details of performed maintenance and signed certificates of release to service, maintenance on operating aircraft. On a monthly basis department manager or shift leaders will confirm that information added in the log book is correct by signing / stamping log book. For all the rest maintenance personnel (non certifying staff) the department manager should issue statements about its work experience. Verification of Certifying Staff maintenance experience for continuous work is performed annually (+/- one month). Total experience records have to cover not less then 100 days of two years period for all maintained types of aircraft including each individual type of aircraft is covered by experience records not less then 40 days of two years period. Hangar maintenance tasks have to cover 50 % of total experience records for two years period minimum. Note:

type of aircraft means type of technology used on aircraft, basically Airbus A320 family aircraft are one type but Boeing 737 Classic and Boeing 767 aircraft are the second type.

In addition to the confirmation of experience Certifying staff Category B1 and B2 will receive the continuation training i.a.w. MOE 3.4. To confirm experience of auditors they have to fill in an Auditor’s Experience Log Sheet (Form 025) according to the MOE 3.6. Company authorization Company authorizations shall only be granted to persons who have been passed internal procedures training (OJT) and found to meet the requirements specified in this procedure. Such authorizations shall only be granted or revoked by the Maintenance Quality manager as per MOE 3.4.7. The certification authorization must be in a style that makes its scope clear to the certifying staff and any authorized person who may require to examine the authorization. Note:

If Certifying Staff during aircraft or component maintenance had the major errors, that the validity of the Company authorizations can be suspended by Maintenance Quality manager up to next Qualification board meeting. The validity of the Company authorization can be renewed or cancelled by Qualification board.

On Job Training (OJT) Basically it is Practical training after completion of type training. The same wording is used for internal procedures training.




Before applicants which have received basic and type training will be accepted as certifying staff by Qualification board, must pass an OJT as per MOE 3.4.5.3. Minimum duration of Practical training per GM 66.A.45(d) 3 is two weeks for applicants who have practical experience of similar aircraft type and for others up to 4 month (depending on education and experience of applicant). Minimum duration of OJT for component maintenance may vary depend on scope of training. OJT is performed based on «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD approved scope of work under supervision of most experienced Category B1/B2/D certifying staff which act as instructors. OJT can be realized for «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD personnel as well as for customer’s personnel. In case of customer staff training it can be performed either at main «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD base location or at customer’s facilities if aircraft are available. Program of OJT is prepared by «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD responsible department instructor based on work experience and approved by MQD. Practical training syllabus is in Individual Logbook (as a part of On Job Training and Authorization Form – Form 007) shall be signed by probationer and instructor thereby conform that items are familiarized. After course completed records of OJT:

- for «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD personnel - On Job Training and Authorization Form (Form 007) is retained in Personnel Certification group of MQD;

- for Customer personnel – originals of Job Training and Authorization Form (Form 007) as an Individual Logbook and additionally to it a Training Certificate (Form 056) are forwarded to the Customer, copies are retained in Personnel Certification group of MQD («Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD).

Register of Training Certificates is supported by Personnel Certification group of MQD. 6 Implementation 6.1. Purpose Qualification process is designed to ensure: - That only properly persons act on the process; - Continuity of qualification in link with the methods activity on the maintenance organization. 6.2 Basic Function - Criteria - Responsibilities 6.2.1. Functions:

- Certifying staff category A – Line maintenance certifying mechanic (LMCM); - Certifying staff category B – Maintenance certifying technician (MCT); - Certifying staff category C – Base maintenance certifying engineer (technician) (BMCE); - Certifying staff category D – Component maintenance certifying technician (mechanic) (CMCT); - Category B support staff; - NDT personnel; - Quality inspector; - Quality auditor; - Aviation mechanic: - Other specialties involved in EASA Part-145 activity.




6.2.2. Criteria - Responsibilities Criteria are defined in order verify the ability of person to keep the function and to assume the associated Criteria and Responsibilities are defined in Appendix 1. 6.3. Qualification process Qualification process is conducted following three steps and formalized in a Personal Qualification File (Form 019):

- Evaluation; - Qualification; - Monitoring.

6.3.1. Evaluation First step of Evaluation is conducted by Personnel Certification group responsible engineer and consists of recording Person Education and Experience on Personal qualification file box 1.1 to box 1.4. Second step is formalized on Personal qualification file box 1.5. This step (conducted by related Managers) is an assessment of candidate abilities according to function criteria as described in Appendix 1. This step consists of:

- Reviewing candidate Qualification level; - Collecting Training and Experience record; - Candidate interview; - Proposing (if needed) complementary and / or specific Training; - Proposing function according to file conclusion; - Signing the file.

6.3.2. Monitoring Monitoring is under Personnel Certification group responsibility to be reported to Quality Management department. It is a subject for internal Audits and on regular basis, once per 2 year all licensed personnel will pass Qualification board meetings. Subject of Qualification board meetings is to be sure, that Mechanics and Certifying Staff are involved in at least 6 months of actual relevant aircraft maintenance experience in last two-year period. Certifying staff will demonstrate the maintenance certification experience specified in the particular Company authorization. The Certifying staff log sheet (Form 044) should be used for this purpose. The auditor’s experience is controlled by using an Auditor’s Experience Log Sheet (Form 025). Usually Qualification board meetings are scheduled first Thursday of each month. The results of Qualification board meetings are formalized to the protocols. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD personnel are qualified in accordance with requirements and standards mentioned in «Rossiya airlines» OJSC Training Manual (TM).




Company Authorization renewal process is organized to assess the qualification and experience level of existed Certifying Staff. It is basically an examination which includes following steps:

- Personnel Certification group performs reviewing the training and qualification records of candidate for Company Authorization renewal;

- Personnel Certification group performs reviewing the aircraft maintenance license details and Company Authorization for passed period details;

- Quality Management department instructor performs interviewing of candidates for continuous knowledge of related Company procedures and processes (verbal or written test);

- Maintenance department instructor performs interviewing of candidate for continuous technical knowledge and understanding of served aircraft systems and maintenance practices (verbal or written test);

- Quality Management department instructor performs checking of candidate’s maintenance experience as per chapter 5 of this procedure.

Assessment of tasks above is performed by Qualification Board members, shall be detailed in On Job Training List and Authorization Form (Form 007) and formalized Qualification Board protocol. Having successfully passed the examination candidate is granted with renewed Company Authorization (Form 027) for following period. Staff which did not pass the renewal process in time shall not be accepted as Certifying Staff until process completeness. Staff which did not pass the renewal process from the first time has rights for re-examination. When re-examination is failed the candidate shall pass the initial qualification process for Company procedures and On Job Training for applicable aircraft type maintenance. Manager of candidates’ related department is responsible to organize Qualification Board for full compliance with Company Authorization renewal process above in accordance with chapter 5 of this procedure. 7 Filling Personnel Certification group responsible engineer is responsible for keeping and updating of Personal Qualification Files (Form 019) for all qualifying personnel of the «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD. To reduce a paperwork Personal qualification files are updated on one-year basis, it is mean that copy of certificates of all training are collected and filed in Personnel Certification group of Maintenance Quality division during the year from last updating, at end of the year Form 019 is updated and signed. Access to the records is limited to:

- Quality auditors for audit purpose; - Civil Aviation Authorities on request; - Certifying staff or B1 and B2 support staff on request to their personal records.

Qualification files are retained at least three years after the certifying staff has ceased employment with «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD or as soon as the authorization has been withdrawn. In addition, upon request, the «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD shall furnish certifying staff with a copy of their record on leaving the organization.




8 Appendixes Appendix 1 - Function, criteria and responsibilities. 9 Distribution For Application: - Maintenance Quality division (master copy); - Maintenance Department; - Maintenance Engineering; - Component Maintenance Shop; - Stock; - PPCD. For Information: - Library.


APPENDIX 1 TO THE PROCEDURE P.3.0.

FUNCTION, CRITERIA AND RESPONSIBILITIES.



0 01 0

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 0

First issue Revision Second issue Revision Revision Revision Revision Revision Revision Revision Third issue

01 Aug 2005 01 Jun 2006 01 Oct 2006 10 Jan 2007 01 Apr 2007 01 Aug 2007 01 Jun 2008 01 May 2009 16 Apr 2010 01 Sep 2010 01 Mar 2011

Signed Signed Signed Signed Signed Signed Signed Signed Signed Signed









Qualification – AVIATION MECHANIC Criteria and compliance requirements: - At least 18 years of age; ID And - Secondary school education;

And - On the job training as Aviation Mechanic for 3 month; OJT And - Initial Human Factors training (i.a.w. training syllabus

per GM 145.A.30 (e) or Part-66 module 9); Certificate And - Critical Design Configuration Control Limitations

(CDCCL) Level 2 of knowledge as per Appendix IV to AMC 145.A.30(e). Certificate

Responsibilities: - Use of tool and equipment; - Use of current data; - Conformity of work performed under Certifying Staff Category B supervision; - Signing maintenance documents as “performer” under Certifying Staff Category B supervision; - Declare findings and non-conformance; - Not allowed to certify any work. Refreshment: - Continuation training course - every 2 years. - Human Factors continuation training - every 2 years (included into the Continuation training course). - Critical Design Configuration Control Limitations (CDCCL) continuation training - every 2 years (included

into the Continuation training course).





Qualification – CERTIFYING STAFF CATEGORY “A” – LINE MAINTENANCE CERTIFYING MECHANIC (LMCM)

Criteria and compliance requirements: - Must not be less than 21 years of age; ID And - Must be able to read, write and communicate to an understandable level Certificate

in the English language (2 level); And - Must hold license or a certifying staff authorization issued under the License

country's National regulations in compliance with ICAO Annex 1; And - 3 years maintenance experience; Experience statement And - Task training or type training at a level corresponding to Part-66 Certificate

Appendix III level 3; And - On the job training as Certifying staff; OJT And - PART-66 Module 9 and Module 10 training and examination; Certificate And - Critical Design Configuration Control Limitations

(CDCCL) Level 2 of knowledge as per Appendix IV to AMC 145.A.30(e); Certificate

And - ETOPS Maintenance Training

(for maintenance of ETOPS operated aircraft only); Certificate / Statement And - EWIS training. Certificate / Statement Responsibilities: - Use of tool and equipment; - Use of current data; - Conformity of work performed; - Declare findings and non-conformance; - Not allowed to certify work performed by others; - Signing maintenance job cards during minor line maintenance checks and simple defect rectification (ref. P.2.15); - Issue Certificate of Release to Service after minor line maintenance checks and simple defect rectification (ref. P.2.15). Refreshment: - Continuation training course for Certifying staff - every 2 years. - Human Factors continuation training every 2 years (included to the Continuation training course for Certifying staff). - Critical Design Configuration Control Limitations (CDCCL) continuation training - every 2 years (included into the

Continuation training course for Certifying staff); - ETOPS Maintenance Training (for maintenance of ETOPS operated aircraft only); - EWIS Continuation training every 2 years (included into the Continuation training course for Certifying staff).





Qualification – CERTIFYING STAFF CATEGORY “B” – MAINTENANCE CERTIFYING TECHNICIAN Criteria and compliance requirements: - Must not be less than 21 years of age; ID And - Must be able to read, write and communicate to an understandable level Certificate


country's National regulations in compliance with ICAO Annex 1; And - 5 years maintenance experience; Experience statement And - Type training at a level corresponding to Part-66 Appendix III level 3; Certificate And - On the job training as Certifying staff; OJT And - PART-66 Module 9 and Module 10 training and examination; Certificate And - Engine Borescope inspection training (for those Certifying Staff Certificate

Category B1, who qualified for such inspections); And - Critical Design Configuration Control Limitations



(for maintenance of ETOPS operated aircraft only); Certificate / Statement And - EWIS training. Certificate / Statement Responsibilities: - Certifying staff category “A” responsibilities; - Airframe / power-plant / electric specialist (Category B1) or electric / radio / instruments specialist (Category B2); - Carry out and sign line and hangar maintenance job cards up to and including A-checks or equivalent; - Is allowed to rectify all defects; - Is allowed to certify work performed by others; - Issue Certificate of Release to service (CRS) after maintenance checks up to and including Light A-checks or equivalent

and defect rectification (for Category B1 only); - Issue Certificate of Release to service (CRS) after line maintenance checks (for Category B2 if hold Category A

responsibilities) and defect rectification; - Recognize STATUS “Critical task” in accordance with Procedure P.2.23; - Recognize STATUS “CDCCL task” in accordance with approved maintenance data; - Perform Critical tasks control when requested by other staff. Refreshment: - Continuation training course for Certifying staff - every 2 years. - Human Factors continuation training every 2 years (included to the Continuation training course for Certifying staff). - Critical Design Configuration Control Limitations (CDCCL) continuation training - every 2 years (included into the

Continuation training course for Certifying staff). - OJT for Engine run-up procedure every 2 years (if holder of Engine run-up rating); - ETOPS Maintenance Training (for maintenance of ETOPS operated aircraft only); - EWIS Continuation training every 2 years (included into the Continuation training course for Certifying staff).





Qualification – CATEGORY “B” SUPPORT STAFF Criteria and compliance requirements: - Must not be less than 21 years of age; ID And - Must be able to read, write and communicate to an understandable level Certificate






(for maintenance of ETOPS operated aircraft only); Certificate / Statement And - EWIS training. Certificate / Statement Responsibilities: - Certifying staff category “B” responsibilities (if hold associated category additionally to Support Staff privileges); - Airframe / power-plant / electric specialist (Category B1) or electric / radio / instruments specialist (Category B2); - Carry out and sign line and hangar maintenance job cards up to and including A-checks or equivalent; - Is allowed to rectify all defects; - Is allowed to certify work performed by others; - Recognize STATUS “Critical task” in accordance with Procedure P.2.23; - Recognize STATUS “CDCCL task” in accordance with approved maintenance data; - Perform Critical tasks control when requested by other staff. - Monitor the process of Heavy A-checks (or equivalent) performance and supervise maintenance personnel activity, ensure

that all tasks or inspections relevant to Workorder have been carried out in accordance with “Rossiya airlines” OJSC WAMD policies before category “C” certifying staff issues CRS on behalf of Company.

Refreshment: - Continuation training course for Certifying staff - every 2 years. - Human Factors continuation training every 2 years (included to the Continuation training course for Certifying staff). - Critical Design Configuration Control Limitations (CDCCL) continuation training - every 2 years (included into the






Qualification – CERTIFYING STAFF CATEGORY “C” – BASE MAINTENANCE CERTIFYING ENGINEER (TECHNICIAN) Criteria and compliance requirements: - Must not be less than 21 years of age; ID And - Must be able to read, write and communicate to an understandable level Certificate


country's National regulations in compliance with ICAO Annex 1; And - 8 years maintenance experience; Experience statement And - Type training at a level corresponding to Part-66 Appendix III level 1; Certificate And - On the job training as Certifying staff; OJT And - PART-66 Module 9 and Module 10 training and examination; Certificate And - Critical Design Configuration Control Limitations



(for maintenance of ETOPS operated aircraft only); Certificate / Statement And - EWIS training. Certificate / Statement Responsibilities: - Issue Certificate of Release to service (CRS) after Heavy A-checks and base maintenance; - May be holder of other Categories with associated responsibilities; - Recognize STATUS critical task in accordance with Procedure P.2.23; - Recognize STATUS CDCCL task in accordance with approved maintenance data. Refreshment: - Continuation training course for Certifying staff - every 2 years. - Human Factors continuation training every 2 years (included to the Continuation training course for Certifying

staff). - Critical Design Configuration Control Limitations (CDCCL) continuation training - every 2 years (included

into the Continuation training course for Certifying staff). - OJT for Engine run-up procedure every 2 years (if holder of Engine run-up rating); - ETOPS Maintenance Training (for maintenance of ETOPS operated aircraft only); - EWIS Continuation training every 2 years (included into the Continuation training course for Certifying staff).





Qualification – CERTIFYING STAFF CATEGORY “D” – COMPONENT MAINTENANCE CERTIFYING TECHNICIAN (MECHANIC) Criteria and compliance requirements: - Must not be less than 21 years of age; ID And - Must be able to read, write and communicate to an understandable level Certificate


country's National regulations in compliance with ICAO Annex 1; And - 1 years maintenance experience; Experience statement And - Type training for component maintenance; Certificate And - On job training as component maintenance staff; OJT And - PART-66 Module 9 and Module 10 training and examination; Certificate And - Critical Design Configuration Control Limitations


Responsibilities: - Issue Certificate of Release to Service (CRS) – EASA Form 1 after component maintenance. - May be holder of other Categories with associated responsibilities. Refreshment: - Continuation training course for Certifying staff - every 2 years. - Human Factors continuation training every 2 years (included to the Continuation training course for Certifying


into the Continuation training course for Certifying staff). Note: CDCCL initial training and continuation training is obligatory only for those Category “D” Certifying staff who directly involved in maintenance and repair of the parts under this requirements. Category “D” Certifying staff are not related to the CDCCL items not necessarily to pass CDCCL initial training and continuation as well.





Qualification – QUALITY INSPECTOR Criteria and compliance requirements: - Certifying staff category “B” criteria;

And - On the job training as Quality Inspector; OJT And - Critical Design Configuration Control Limitations



(for maintenance of ETOPS operated aircraft only); Certificate / Statement And - EWIS training. Certificate / Statement Responsibilities: - Certifying staff Category “B” responsibilities; - Declare findings in accordance with applicable data; - Declare STATUS “Critical task” in accordance with Procedure P.2.23; - Declare STATUS “CDCCL task” in accordance with approved maintenance data; - Signing Maintenance job card, Work package and Defect rectification as a Quality inspector for critical task

control; - Monitor and supervise Critical Tasks Control and maintenance activity. Refreshment: - Continuation training course for Certifying staff - every 2 years. - Human Factors continuation training every 2 years (included to the Continuation training course for Certifying


into the Continuation training course for Certifying staff); - ETOPS Maintenance Training (for maintenance of ETOPS operated aircraft only); - EWIS Continuation training every 2 years (included into the Continuation training course for Certifying staff).





Qualification – QUALITY AUDITOR Criteria and compliance requirements: - Knowledge of EC No 2042/2003 and ED Decision No 2003/19/RM; Certificate And - Qualified as Auditor according to MOE 3.6; Certificate And - Type training at a level corresponding to Part-66 Appendix III level 3; Certificate And - On the job training as Certifying staff; OJT And - Initial Human Factors training (i.a.w. training syllabus




(for maintenance of ETOPS operated aircraft only); Certificate / Statement And - EWIS training. Certificate / Statement Responsibilities: - Perform scheduled audits as part of an Annual audit plan; - Perform unscheduled audits; - Prepare of “Quality and flight safety analyze”; - Assist in finding solutions to non-conformances raised; - Assessment and subsequent approval of sub-contractors and vendors; - Auditing of approved sub-contractors and vendors; - Incident / Accident investigation; - Update MOE and Company Procedures Manual (CPM) master copy. Refreshment: - Continuation training course for Certifying staff - every 2 years. - Refreshment training course for Quality auditor - every 2 years. - Human Factors continuation training - every 2 years. - Critical Design Configuration Control Limitations (CDCCL) continuation training - every 2 years (included

into the Continuation training course for Certifying staff); - ETOPS Maintenance Training (for maintenance of ETOPS operated aircraft only); - EWIS Continuation training every 2 years (included into the Continuation training course for Certifying staff).





Qualification – STOCK STAFF AUTHORIZED FOR INCOMING INSPECTION PROCEDURE Criteria and compliance requirements: - At least 20 years of age; ID And - Secondary school education;

And - Incoming Inspection Procedures training i.a.w. MOE/CPM; Statement And - Initial Human Factors training (i.a.w. training syllabus



Responsibilities: - Incoming inspection of the components and consumable which are for installation on aircraft. Refreshment: - Human Factors continuation training for Incoming Inspectors - every 2 years. - Continuation training course (according to MOE/CPM requirements) - every 2 years. - Critical Design Configuration Control Limitations (CDCCL) continuation training - every 2 years (included






Qualification – NDT STAFF Criteria and compliance requirements: - Must not be less than 21 years of age; ID And - Must be able to read, write and communicate to an understandable level Certificate


country's National regulations in compliance with ICAO Annex 1; And -Must comply with requirements are described in “NDT Written Practices” (certification and qualification of NDT personnel) Certificate And - PART-66 Module 9 and Module 10 training and examination; Certificate And - Critical Design Configuration Control Limitations


Responsibilities: -To perform NDT with responsibility in accordance with “NDT Written Practices” (certification and qualification of NDT personnel) document. Refreshment: - Continuation training - every 2 years. - Human Factors continuation training every 2 years (included to the Continuation training course for Certifying


into the Continuation training course for Certifying staff).





Qualification – ENGINEER OF MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING Criteria and compliance requirements: - Must not be less than 21 years of age; ID And - Must be able to read, write and communicate to an understandable level Certificate






(for maintenance of ETOPS operated aircraft only); Certificate / Statement And - EWIS training. Certificate / Statement Responsibilities: - Certifying staff category “A” responsibilities; - Airframe / power-plant / electric specialist (Category B1) or electric / radio / instruments specialist (Category B2); - Carry out and sign line and hangar maintenance job cards up to and including A-checks or equivalent; - Is allowed to rectify all defects; - Is allowed to certify work performed by others; - Issue Certificate of Release to service (CRS) after maintenance checks up to and including A-checks or equivalent and

defect rectification (for Category B1 only); - Issue Certificate of Release to service (CRS) after line maintenance checks (for Category B2 if hold Category A

responsibilities) and defect rectification; - Recognize STATUS “Critical task” in accordance with Procedure P.2.23; - Recognize STATUS “CDCCL task” in accordance with approved maintenance data; - Perform Critical tasks control when requested by other staff. Refreshment: - Continuation training course for Certifying staff - every 2 years. - Human Factors continuation training every 2 years (included to the Continuation training course for Certifying staff). - Critical Design Configuration Control Limitations (CDCCL) continuation training - every 2 years (included into the






Qualification – PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL DEPARTMENT ENGINEER Criteria and compliance requirements: - Must not be less than 21 years of age; ID And - Must be able to read, write and communicate to an understandable level Sec. school education

in the English language (3 level); And - Maintenance experience; Not required And - PART-66 Module 9 training and examination; Certificate And - On the job training as PPCD engineer OJT

(i.a.w. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC MOE/CPM); And - Critical Design Configuration Control Limitations


Responsibilities: - EASA Part-145 activity related to PPCD (i.a.w. MOE/CPM/Internal Documents). Refreshment: - Human Factors continuation training - every 2 years. - Continuation training course (according to MOE/CPM requirements) - every 2 years. - Critical Design Configuration Control Limitations (CDCCL) continuation training - every 2 years (included






Qualification – STOCK ENGINEER Criteria and compliance requirements: - Must not be less than 21 years of age; ID And - Must be able to read, write and communicate to an understandable level Sec. school education

in the English language (3 level); And - Maintenance experience; Not required And - PART-66 Module 9 training and examination; Certificate And - On the job training as Stock engineer OJT



Responsibilities: - EASA Part-145 activity related to Stock management (i.a.w. MOE/CPM/Internal Documents). Refreshment: - Human Factors continuation training - every 2 years. - Continuation training course (according to MOE/CPM requirements) - every 2 years. - Critical Design Configuration Control Limitations (CDCCL) continuation training - every 2 years (included






Qualification: - STOCK STORE KEEPER; - STOCK STORE COORDINATOR AND TOOL / EQUIPMENT COMTROL STAFF; - PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL DEPARTMENT COORDINATOR; - TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION TECHNICIAN (VARIOUS DEPARTMENTS) Criteria and compliance requirements: - At least 20 years of age; ID And - Secondary school education;

And On the job training for applied responsibilities OJT (i.a.w. «Rossiya airlines» OJSC MOE/CPM); And - Initial Human Factors training (i.a.w. training syllabus



Responsibilities: - EASA Part-145 activity related to applied responsibilities (i.a.w. MOE/CPM/Internal Documents). Refreshment: - Human Factors continuation training - every 2 years. - Continuation training course (according to MOE/CPM requirements) - every 2 years. - Critical Design Configuration Control Limitations (CDCCL) continuation training - every 2 years (included






Qualification – MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL INCLUDING DEPARTMENT MANAGERS Criteria and compliance requirements: - Must not be less than 21 years of age; ID And - Must be able to read, write and communicate to an understandable level Certificate

in the English language (2 level); And - Maintenance experience; Not required And - PART-66 Module 9 and Module 10 training and examination; Certificate And - On the job training for Company’s processes OJT


(CDCCL) Level 1of knowledge as per Appendix IV to AMC 145.A.30(e). Certificate

Responsibilities: - EASA Part-145 activity related to department (i.a.w. MOE/CPM/Internal Documents). Refreshment: - Human Factors continuation training - every 2 years. - Continuation training course (according to MOE/CPM requirements) - every 2 years. - Critical Design Configuration Control Limitations (CDCCL) continuation training - every 2 years (included






Qualification – ACCOUNTABLE MANAGER Criteria and compliance requirements: - Must not be less than 21 years of age; ID And - Maintenance experience; Not required And - EASA PART-145 – General Familiarization; Understanding And - «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD MOE/CPM processes. Understanding Responsibilities: - EASA Part-145 activity related to maintenance organization (i.a.w. MOE/CPM/Internal Documents). Refreshment: - Continuation training course (EASA Part-145 and MOE/CPM amendments) - every 2 years.


P.3.1. QUALITY AUDIT PROCEDURE



0 0

01 0


01 Aug 2005 01 Oct 2006 16 Apr 2010 01 Mar 2011









1 Purpose To establish procedures to ensure that the performance and product of all departments within «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD is consistent with those required by the PART-145 and «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD policies. 2 General This procedure summary determines the main objectives, methods and rules to complete quality audit of all level company procedures. 3 Scope of application of audits Quality audits apply to all activities described in the MOE. 4 References 4.1 Commission regulation (EC) No 2042/2003; 4.2 ED Decision No 2003/19/RM; 4.3 Maintenance Organization Exposition (MOE) chapter 3.1.; 4.4 Company Procedures Manual (CPM) – Corrective Action Request Procedure P.3.3.; 4.5 Quality Audit Plan (Form 041); 4.6 Quality Audit Report (Form 026); 4.7 Quality Audit Checklist (Form 052); 4.8 Company Procedures Manual (CPM) – Staff qualification procedure P.3.0. 5 Definitions “Quality Audit” - means an independed examination of a particular activity or process against the relevant

Quality System Standart and documented Procedure to which the activity or service is required to be performed.

6 Responsibility It is the responsibility of the Maintenance Quality division to ensure that all procedures and products and within «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD activities are regularly audited. Quality Auditors shall be formally trained to undertake the audits defined in this procedure. The training shall be done in accordance with Staff qualification procedure P.3.0. Auditors shall not audit activities for which they are directly responsible.




7 Procedure 7.1. Audit Planning The Quality auditor has the authority to select functions or sections to be audited based on the status and importance of each activity. The timing and frequency will be influenced by such considerations as: - The time lapse since the last audit – every procedure and product will be audited at least once per 12

month. - Any problems that might have arisen within the working of the function or department. - Recent or impending changes to the functional or departmental procedures. - The increase in the relative importance of a function or department with respect to new work. Notwithstanding the above considerations, every function or department shall be audited against the laid down procedures at least once a year. The Maintenance Quality manager shall generate a Quality Audit Plan (Form 041). 7.2. Audit Execution The Maintenance Quality division is to ensure that the internal audit program is completed to schedule. Dates for the audits are to be agreed with the person responsible for a particular function at least one week before execution. Details of what will be generally examined and where the audit will take place will also be agreed in advance. Audit will be done in accordance with pre-established Checklist, based on Quality Audit Checklist (Form 052). Quality Audit Checklist is stored as a separate document in Quality Management department. During, or immediately after the audit, the auditor will complete the Quality Audit Report (Form 026), all non-compliances have to be agreed by Auditee with written acceptance in the “Auditee’s Report Acceptance” field. Where the audit establishes that the function or department is operating satisfactorily, and that no improvements are necessary or desirable, then no further action shall be taken. The Quality Audit Report will be filed in the Audit File under “Closed Quality Audit Reports” name. If non-compliance is found, then the responsible person with the auditor should designate finding Level, the Root Cause and indicate them in associated fields, discuss Corrective and Preventive actions. These shall be added to the sections “Corrective Action Proposed by Auditee” and to “Preventive Action proposed by Auditee” of Quality Audit Report (Form 026). The calendar date, by which the Corrective and Preventive actions shall be completed, will be added to the section “Target date” box of Quality Audit Report (Form 026). When all Level 1 & 2 findings are accepted by Auditee and all Level 1 & 2 proposed Corrective, Preventive Actions and schedule are accepted by Auditor, a copies of the Quality Audit Report will be distributed to the Auditee, Maintenance Quality division and Accountable manager (only in case if Level 1 or Level 2 findings are discovered), and the original will be placed in the Audit File under “Opened Quality Audit Reports”. Development of Corrective and Preventive actions is a responsibility of Auditee and shall be completed, as described above, within time period defined in “Reply Due Date” box but not later than one month from the Audit Report issue date. Quality Audit Report is closed when Auditor could confirm the effectiveness of the all Corrective and Preventive Actions taken. Corrective and Preventive Actions will be followed by procedure P.3.3. When the agreed corrective and preventive actions dates are outside the control of the person responsible, then the auditor will note this on the Quality Audit Report, together with an agreed revised correction action date. After realization of Quality Audit in accordance with «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Audit Plan (Form 041), in the appropriate column of this Plan, the date of Quality Audit realization and Number of Quality Audit Report is entered.




Each Level 1 or Level 2 non-compliance has to be identified with Root Cause. Observation of linked procedures, and environmental condition (such as action sequence, weather condition, used documentation etc…) must be done with all responsible persons involved. Generally Root Cause can be explained by next category but not limited: - Human Factor (HF); - Incomplete Procedure (IP); - Partial Provision (PP); - Obvious Breach (OB). 7.3. Classification of Audit findings and terms of corrective and preventive action completion Audit findings are classified into following three categories according to the seriousness of their nature of which level 1 represents major non-compliance, level 2 represents minor non-compliance and recommendation represents improvement actions. Note

: Levels of findings are compared with Part-145 145.A.95 Findings.

7.3.1. Level 1 finding A level 1 finding is any significant non-compliance with Part-145, MOE and CPM requirements which lowers the safety standard and hazards seriously the flight safety, the event shall be reported to the Accountable Manager. Deadline

: immediately.

7.3.2. Level 2 finding A level 2 finding is any non-compliance with Part-145, MOE and CPM requirements which could lower the safety standard and possibly hazard seriously the flight safety, the event should be reported to the Accountable Manager. Deadline

: according to schedule but not later then 3 months.

7.3.3. Recommendation Recommendation is any action which improves the process or product and prevents the appearance of non-compliance in area where it may potentially exist in future. Deadline

: not required. Implementation and follow up of recommendation is upon Auditee control.

7.5. Records Quality Audit Report is dispatched to Auditees, Maintenance Quality division and Accountable Manager (only in those cases, where Level 1 or Level 2 finding is discovered during an audit). The «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Audit Plan, Quality Audit Report and Quality Audit Checklist should be kept by the Quality Assurance or in the «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Archive for a minimum period of three years. 8 Distribution For Application: - Maintenance Quality division (Master copy). For information: - Library.


P.3.3. CORRECTIVE ACTION PROCEDURE



0 0

01 02 0


01 Aug 2005 01 Oct 2006 01 Aug 2007 16 Apr 2010 01 Mar 2011









1 Purpose Management to ensure that all activities of the company shall always be in compliance with the effective rules and regulations, to generate remedial actions on quality audit findings. The main target is to analyse quality problems with the purpose to identify trends, causes and take actions to prevent them. 2 Scope of application Corrective and Preventive actions should be issued on every non-compliance found in the «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD, or other companies. Corrective and Preventive actions may be initiated in the following circumstances: - faults or defects discovered during Audits; - defects discovered during receiving inspection; - after Audit Report analysis. 3 References 3.1. Commission regulation (EC) No 2042/2003; 3.2. ED Decision No 2003/19/RM; 3.3. Maintenance Organization Exposition (MOE) chapter 3.3.; 3.4. Quality Audit procedure as P.3.1.; 3.5. Quality Audit Report (Form 026); 3.6. Concession Request (Form 023). 4 Definitions and abbreviations Corrective action - action taken to eliminate the causes of an existing non-compliance, defect or other

undesirable situation. Preventive action - action taken to eliminate the possibility of an existing cause which may follow non-

compliance, defect or other undesirable situation in order to prevent recurrence. Quality audit - systematic and independent examination to determine whether quality activities and

related results comply with planned arrangements and whether these arrangements are implemented effectively and are suitable to achieve objectives.

Non-compliance - non fulfilment of a specified requirement. Auditee - an organization, division or department being audited;

- responsible managing person of the organization, division or department being audited. QA - Quality Assurance. 5 Responsibilities The QA is responsible for analysing the causes of poor quality, issuing Audit Reports, control and management of the Corrective and Preventive actions Request Follow-up System, acceptance and co-ordinating proposed by Auditee Corrective and Preventive actions.




6 Corrective actions 6.1. Requirements If non-compliances are discovered, then the Auditee and the Auditor should designate finding Level, the Root Cause and indicate them in associated fields, discuss proposed Corrective and Preventive actions and its completion date. Where the implementation of Corrective and Preventive actions in any way modifies the approved Company's procedures, then the Procedures and Working Instructions should be updated accordingly. When completion date are set in the column “Target date” and proposed Corrective and Preventive actions are agreed, the “Auditee Comments for Corrective and Preventive Actions Implementation” box must be left for Auditee final report of this non-compliance. 6.2. Corrective action follow-up The Quality Audit system is covered by the computerized Follow-Up system in order to ensure that all findings resultants from independent audits are corrected. When Corrective and Preventive actions are issued or closed, computerized Follow-Up system is updated. 1 On the proposed Corrective and Preventive actions completion date (Target date), the Auditee should

implement the mentioned actions. Having received Auditee reply (with inserted in to “Implementation Date” box information) and when satisfied and ensured (with re-audit or performed or evidence provided) that actions taken are effective Auditor will complete “«Rossiya airlines» OJSC Quality Assurance Comment” block and fill out the “Finding Closure Date” box of the Quality Audit Report (Form 026).

2 If proposed Corrective and Preventive actions have not been completed or completed in wrong way on the proposed Corrective and Preventive action completion date, QA should inform the Auditee about that. Auditee may apply in this case for extension of Corrective and Preventive actions interval with Concession Request (Form 023) agreed with division manager. In accordance with division manager acceptance Auditee and the Auditor should revise new proposed Corrective and Preventive actions date (Delay 1) and enter it in the “Delay 1” field of Quality Audit Report (Form 026) and into Follow-up system. For further information please return to the item 1 of this section. The Accountable manager will be informed in such case.

3 When proposed Corrective and Preventive actions have not been completed on the revised proposed completion date (Delay 1), the second time QA should inform Auditee about that. The Auditee has to apply to Accountable manager for second extension and the Auditor should revise new proposed Corrective and Preventive actions date (Delay 2) and enter it in the “Delay 2” field of Quality Audit Report (Form 026) and into Follow-up system. For further information please return to the item 1 of this section. The Accountable manager will be informed in such case.

In that way all the Corrective and Preventive actions should be implemented by Auditee and accepted by the Auditor in the “«Rossiya airlines» OJSC Quality Assurance Acceptance of Proposed Corrective and Preventive Actions” box of Quality Audit Report (Form 026). When all Level 1 or Level 2 findings mentioned in Quality Audit Report (Form 026) are eliminated as stated above then Quality Auditor closes this Audit Report by completion “Report Closure Date” block and moves it into the file “Closed Quality Audit Reports” as required by Quality Audit procedure P.3.1.




6.3. Reporting to the Accountable manager The Maintenance Quality manager should report to the Accountable Manager, when: - Level 1 or Level 2 non-compliances have been discovered; - Corrective and Preventive actions due date exceeds the proposed Corrective and Preventive actions

completion date (initially agreed time interval, first delay and second delay); - There is a disagreement between the Auditor and the Auditee. 7 Records Opened and closed Quality Audit Reports (Form 026) are kept in the files “Open Quality Audit Reports” and “Closed Quality Audit Reports” accordingly. Quality Audit Report and Quality Audit Checklist should be kept by the Quality Management department or in the «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD Archive for a minimum period of three years. 8 Distribution For Application: - Maintenance Quality division (Master Copy). For information: - Maintenance department; - PPCD; - Stock; - Component Maintenance shop; - Library.


P.3.7. INSPECTOR’S DUTIES DELEGATION PROCEDURE



0 0

01 02 0


01 Aug 2005 01 Oct 2006 01 Aug 2007 16 Apr 2010 01 Mar 2011









1 Purpose This procedure describes process to delegate Quality Inspector’s duties to «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD staff. 2 Scope of application This procedure is applicable to all technical staff, involved in aircraft maintenance activity. 3 References 3.1. MOE - chapter 3.7.; 3.2. Staff qualification procedure is P.3.0.; 3.3. Critical task control procedure is P.2.23.; 3.4. On job training list and authorization form (Form 007); 3.5. List of Certifying Staff and Category B1 and B2 Support Staff (Form 008). 4 Responsibilities Maintenance Quality manager is responsible for election of suitable applicants from related departments to Quality Inspectors. Maintenance Quality manager is responsible for training and qualification of Quality Inspectors and monitoring of this procedure compliance and update List of Certifying Staff and Category B1 and B2 Support Staff. 5 Definitions and abbreviations Quality inspector - person, who is authorized by Maintenance Quality manager according to a procedure acceptable for Authority to perform monitoring, supervision and performance (when required) of Quality inspection of the Product (RII) and / or Activity. Generally this term is applicable for Quality Inspectors. Qualification - process of demonstration whether an entity capable of fulfilling specified requirement. 6 Implementation 6.1. Purpose Duties of Quality Inspector are laid down with Quality Control department staff and also delegated to Category B1/B2 Certifying staff. Maintenance department manager should inform Maintenance Quality manager when number of staff is insufficient for Critical Tasks inspection performance.




6.2. Pre-requisites A person seeking authorization as Quality Inspector shall: Hold of an Aircraft maintenance license issued by Russian Federation CAA; Meet qualification requirements in accordance with MOE chapter 3.7. and Staff qualification procedure

P.3.0; Hold needed aircraft / component type rating. 6.3. Delegation procedure If Maintenance Quality manager decides to start delegation procedure he sends “On job training list and authorization form” (Form 007) including Quality Inspector’s on job training program to the related department manager. The last one is responsible to determine scope of authorization of candidates and to propose candidates to the Maintenance Quality manager for election. After election on job training will be started. When OJT is completed the candidate must pass the examination and according to Maintenance Quality manager decision will be inserted by responsible engineer of Personnel Certification group into the List of Certifying Staff and Category B1 and B2 Support Staff (Form 008) as Quality Inspector. 6.4. Scope of Authorization The scope of authorized Quality Inspector is monitoring, supervision and performance (when required) of Critical Task and maintenance process control of the Product and / or Activity. Quality Inspectors report to the Quality Control department manager and to Maintenance Quality manager relative to all activity. 7 Inspector’s privileges The privileges of Quality Inspector are to continuously control of «Rossiya airlines» OJSC WAMD maintenance activity for compliance with this MOE and CPM. 8 Distribution For Application: - Maintenance Quality division (Master copy); - Maintenance department; - Stock. For Information: - Library.

moe, forms and cpm issue 3 from 01.03.2011 revision 00 from 01.03.2011

Documents

issue date

revision pages

revision number

written authorisation

list of holders

revised pages

list of applicable documents

receipt of revisions